Quarterlytics / Technology / Hardware, Equipment & Parts / Clinical Laserthermia Systems

Clinical Laserthermia Systems

cls · NYSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker cls
Exchange NYSE
Sector Technology
Industry Hardware, Equipment & Parts
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · Clinical Laserthermia Systems
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM  20-F
(cid:1) Registration  statement pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
or
(cid:2) Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009
or
(cid:1) Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
or
(cid:1) Shell company report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report:

Commission file number: 1-14832

CELESTICA  INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Ontario, Canada
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

844 Don Mills Road
Toronto, Ontario, Canada M3C 1V7
(Address of principal executive offices)

Paul Carpino
416-448-2211
clsir@celestica.com
844 Don Mills Road
Toronto, Ontario, Canada M3C 1V7
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number  and  Address of  Company Contact Person)

SECURITIES  REGISTERED OR TO BE REGISTERED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

Subordinate  Voting  Shares
(Title  of Class)

The Toronto Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange
(Name of each Exchange on which Registered)

SECURITIES  REGISTERED OR TO BE REGISTERED
PURSUANT  TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:
N/A

SECURITIES FOR WHICH THERE IS A REPORTING OBLIGATION
PURSUANT  TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE ACT:
N/A

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each  of  the issuer’s classes  of  capital or common stock as of  the close of  the period covered by the annual report.
210,564,162 Subordinate Voting Shares

0 Preference Shares

18,946,368 Multiple Voting Shares
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is  a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in  Rule  405 of the Securities  Act. Yes (cid:2) No (cid:1)
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934. Yes (cid:1) No (cid:2)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes (cid:2) No (cid:1)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be
submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T  (§232.405  of  this  chapter)  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the
registrant was required to submit and  post such files). Yes (cid:1) No (cid:1)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of ‘‘accelerated filer and large
accelerated filer’’ in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange  Act.  (Check  one):
(cid:2) Large accelerated  filer 
Indicate by check mark which basis of  accounting the registrant has  used to prepare the  statements  included  in this filing:
U.S. GAAP (cid:1)
If  ‘‘Other’’  has  been  checked  in  response  to  the  previous  question,  indicate  by  check  mark  which  financial  statement  item  the  registrant  has  elected  to  follow.
Item 17 (cid:1) Item 18 (cid:2)
If this is an annual report, indicate by  check mark whether the registrant is  a shell company  (as defined in Rule  12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes (cid:1) No (cid:2)

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued  by the International Accounting Standards Board (cid:1)

(cid:1) Non-accelerated filer

(cid:1) Accelerated filer 

Other (cid:2)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 1.

Item 2.

Item 3.

Identity of Directors, Senior  Management and Advisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Offer Statistics and Expected  Timetable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Key Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A.

B.

Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Capitalization and Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C. Reasons for Offer and Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D. Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 4.

Information on the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A. History and Development of the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B.

Business Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C. Organizational Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D. Description of Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 4A.

Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 5.

Item 6.

Operating and Financial  Review and Prospects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Directors, Senior Management  and Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A. Directors and Senior Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B.

C.

Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Board Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D. Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

E.

Share Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 7.

Major Shareholders and  Related Party Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A. Major Shareholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B. Related Party Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C.

Interests of Experts and Counsel

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 8.

Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial  Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B.

Significant Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 9.

The Offer and Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A. Offer and Listing Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B.

Plan of Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C. Markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D.

Selling Shareholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

E. Dilution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F.

Expense of the Issue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 10.

Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A.

Share Capital

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B. Memorandum and Articles of Incorporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C. Material Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D. Exchange Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

1

2

2

2

2

5

5

5

17

17

17

26

27

27

28

57

57

61

88

90

90

93

93

94

95

95

95

95

95

95

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

98

98

E.

F.

G.

Taxation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dividends and Paying Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Statement by Experts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

H. Documents on Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

I.

Subsidiary Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 11.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market  Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 12.

Description of Securities  Other than Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A. Debt Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B. Warrants and Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C. Other Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D. American Depositary Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Part II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 13.

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 14.

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds . . . . . .

Item 15.

Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 16.

[Reserved.] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial  Expert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 16B.

Code of Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 16C.

Principal Accountant Fees and Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing  Standards for Audit Committees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 16E.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated  Purchasers . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 16F.

Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 16G. Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Part III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 17.

Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 18.

Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 19.

Exhibits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

98

103

103

103

104

104

105

105

105

105

105

105

105

105

105

105

105

106

106

106

107

107

107

108

108

108

109

Part I

In  this  Annual  Report,  ‘‘Celestica,’’  the  ‘‘Company,’’  ‘‘we,’’  ‘‘us’’  and  ‘‘our’’  refer  to  Celestica  Inc.  and  its

subsidiaries.

In this Annual Report, all dollar amounts are expressed in United States dollars, except where we state otherwise.
All  references  to  ‘‘U.S.$’’  or  ‘‘$’’  are  to  U.S.  dollars  and  all  references  to  ‘‘C$’’  are  to  Canadian  dollars.  Unless  we
indicate otherwise, any reference in this Annual Report to a conversion between U.S.$ and C$ is a conversion at the
average  of  the  exchange  rates  in  effect  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009.  During  that  period,  based  on  the
relevant noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers in Canadian dollars, as certified for customs purposes
by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, the  average daily exchange rate was U.S.$1.00  = C$1.1412.

Unless we indicate otherwise, all information in this Annual Report is stated as of February 22, 2010, the date as
of which we prepared information for our annual report to shareholders and management information circular and
proxy statement.

Forward-Looking Statements

Item  4,  ‘‘Information  on  the  Company,’’  Item  5,  ‘‘— Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations’’  and  other  sections  of  this  Annual  Report  contain  forward-looking
statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the U.S. Securities
Act, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the U.S. Exchange Act, and applicable
Canadian securities legislation including, without limitation, statements related to our future growth, trends in
our  industry,  our  financial  or  operational  results,  including  anticipated  expenses,  benefits  or  payments,  the
redemption of our senior subordinated notes and the expected benefits of such redemption, and our conversion
from  Canadian  GAAP  to  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards,  and  our  financial  or  operational
performance.  Such  forward-looking  statements  are  predictive  in  nature,  and  may  be  based  on  current
expectations,  forecasts  or  assumptions  involving  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  actual  outcomes  and
results  to  differ  materially  from  the  forward-looking  statements  themselves.  Such  forward-looking  statements
may,  without  limitation,  be  preceded  by,  followed  by,  or  include  words  such  as  ‘‘believes,’’  ‘‘expects,’’
‘‘anticipates,’’ ‘‘estimates,’’ ‘‘intends,’’ ‘‘plans,’’ or similar expressions, or may employ such future or conditional
verbs  as  ‘‘may,’’  ‘‘will,’’  ‘‘should’’  or  ‘‘would’’  or  may  otherwise  be  indicated  as  forward-looking  statements  by
grammatical construction, phrasing or context. For those statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor
for  forward-looking  statements  contained  in  the  U.S.  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995,  and  in
applicable Canadian securities legislation.

Forward-looking  statements  are  not  guarantees  of  future  performance.  You  should  understand  that  the
following  important  factors,  in  addition  to  those  discussed  in  Item  3,  ‘‘Key  Information — Risk  Factors,’’  and
elsewhere in this Annual Report, could affect our future results and could cause those results to differ materially
from  those  expressed  in  such  forward-looking  statements:  the  effects  of  price  competition  and  other  business
and  competitive  factors  generally  affecting  the  electronics  manufacturing  services  (EMS)  industry,  including
changes  in  the  trend  for  outsourcing;  our  dependence  on  a  limited  number  of  customers  and  end  markets;
variability  of  operating  results  among  periods;  the  challenges  of  effectively  managing  our  operations  during
uncertain  economic  conditions,  including  significant  changes  in  demand  from  our  customers  as  a  result  of  an
uncertain  or  weak  economic  environment;  our  inability  to  retain  or  expand  our  business  due  to  execution
problems  resulting  from  significant  headcount  reductions,  plant  closures  and  product  transfer  activities;  the
challenge of responding to changes in customer demand; the delays in the delivery and/or general availability of
various components and materials used in our manufacturing process; our dependence on industries affected by
rapid  technological  change;  our  ability  to  successfully  manage  our  international  operations;  the  challenge  of
managing our financial exposures to foreign currency fluctuations; and the risk of potential non-performance by
counterparties, including but not limited to financial institutions, customers and suppliers. Our forward-looking
statements are also based on various assumptions which management believes are reasonable under the current
circumstances,  but  may  prove  to  be  inaccurate  and  many  of  which  may  involve  factors  that  are  beyond  our
control. The material assumptions may include the following: forecasts from our customers, which range from
30 days to 90 days; timing and investments associated with ramping new business; general economic and market
conditions;  currency  exchange  rates;  pricing  and  competition;  anticipated  customer  demand;  supplier
performance and pricing; commodity, labor, energy and transportation costs; operational and financial matters;
technological  developments;  and  the  timing  and  execution  of  our  restructuring  plan.  These  assumptions  are
based on management’s current views with respect to current plans and events, and are and will be subject to the

risks and uncertainties discussed above. Forward-looking statements are provided for the purpose of providing
information about management’s current expectations and plans relating to the future. Readers are cautioned
that such information may not be appropriate  for other purposes.

Except  as  required  by  applicable  law,  we  disclaim  any  intention  or  obligation  to  update  or  revise  any
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You should read
this Annual Report and the documents, if any, that we incorporate by reference with the understanding that the
actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We may not update these forward-looking
statements,  even  if  our  situation  changes  in  the  future.  All  forward-looking  statements  attributable  to  us  are
expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.

Item 1.

Identity of Directors, Senior  Management  and Advisers

Not applicable.

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected  Timetable

Not applicable.

Item 3. Key Information

A. Selected Financial Data

You  should  read  the  following  selected  financial  data  together  with  Item  5,  ‘‘Operating  and  Financial
Review  and  Prospects,’’  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  in  Item  18  and  the  other  information  in  this
Annual Report. The selected financial data is derived from the consolidated financial statements for the years
we present.

The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  Canadian  GAAP.  These
principles conform in all material respects with U.S. GAAP except as described in note 20 to the Consolidated
Financial  Statements  in  Item  18.  For  all  the  years  presented,  the  selected  financial  data  is  prepared  in
accordance with Canadian GAAP unless otherwise  indicated.

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data  (Canadian  GAAP):
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross profit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and administrative expenses  (SG&A)(2) . . . . . . . .
Amortization of intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Integration costs related to acquisitions(3)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other charges(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accretion of convertible debt (LYONs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense(5)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other Financial Data:
Basic earnings (loss) per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted earnings (loss) per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property, plant and equipment expenditures

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data  (U.S.  GAAP)(6):
Net earnings (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shares used in computing per share  amounts (in millions):
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2

2005(1)

Year ended December 31
2007(1)
(in millions, except per share amounts)

2008(1)

2006(1)

2009(1)

$8,471.0
7,989.9

$8,811.7
8,359.9

$8,070.4
7,648.0

$7,678.2
7,147.1

$6,092.2
5,662.4

481.1
274.4
50.9
0.6
130.9
7.6
42.2

451.8
264.7
47.9
0.9
211.8
—

62.6

422.4
271.7
44.7
0.1
47.6

—

51.2

7.1
20.8

531.1
292.0
26.9

—
885.2
—

42.5

(715.5)
5.0

$ (0.21) $ (0.66) $ (0.06) $ (3.14) $
$ (0.21) $ (0.66) $ (0.06) $ (3.14) $
$
$
$ 158.5

$ 189.1

63.7

88.8

$

$ (42.8) $ (149.3) $ (16.1) $ (725.8) $

39.0

226.2
226.2

227.2
227.2

228.9
228.9

229.3
229.3

229.5
230.9

429.8
244.5
21.9

—

68.0

—

35.0

60.4
5.4

55.0

0.24
0.24
77.3

Earnings (loss) before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(25.5)
21.3

(136.1)
14.5

Net earnings (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (46.8) $ (150.6) $ (13.7) $ (720.5) $

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (Canadian  GAAP):
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working capital(7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property, plant and equipment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total long-term debt, including current portion(8)
. . . . .
Shareholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (U.S.  GAAP)(6):
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total long-term debt, including current portion . . . . . .
Shareholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1) Changes in  accounting policies:

2005(1)

2006(1)

As at December 31
2007(1)
(in millions)

2008(1)

2009(1)

$ 969.0
1,488.1
458.9
4,857.8
751.4
2,214.4

$ 803.7
1,394.9
484.1
4,686.3
750.8
2,094.6

$1,116.7
1,553.0
418.4
4,470.5
758.5
2,118.2

$1,201.0
1,603.6
433.5
3,786.2
733.1
1,365.5

$ 937.7
1,023.0
393.8
3,106.1
222.8
1,475.8

$4,876.2
751.4
2,176.9

$4,708.1
750.8
1,960.4

$4,485.8
757.2
1,996.5

$3,786.2
723.4
1,254.8

$3,106.1
221.2
1,346.8

(i) Effective  January  1,  2007,  we  adopted  CICA  Handbook  Section  1530,  ‘‘Comprehensive  income,’’  Section  3855,  ‘‘Financial
instruments — recognition  and  measurement,’’  Section  3861,  ‘‘Financial  instruments — disclosure  and  presentation,’’  and
Section 3865, ‘‘Hedges.’’ We were not required to restate  prior results.

The transitional impact of adopting these standards and recording our derivatives on January 1, 2007 at fair value was as follows:

Increase (decrease)

(in millions)

Prepaid  and other assets
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other long-term assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term debt — embedded option and debt obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term debt — unamortized debt issue costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other long-term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term deferred income tax liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Opening  deficit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated other comprehensive loss — cash flow hedges

$ 5.5
(10.3)
5.8
1.9
(11.5)
8.1
(2.2)
6.4
0.5

(ii) Effective  January  1,  2009,  we  adopted  CICA  Handbook  Section  3064,  ‘‘Goodwill  and  intangible  assets.’’  This  revised  standard
establishes  guidance  for  the  recognition,  measurement  and  disclosure  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets,  including  internally
generated  intangible  assets.  As  required  by  this  standard,  we  have  retroactively  reclassified  computer  software  assets  on  our
consolidated balance sheet from property, plant and equipment to intangible assets. We have also reclassified computer software
amortization  on  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations  from  depreciation  expense,  included  in  SG&A,  to  amortization  of
intangible assets. There was no impact on previously  reported  net earnings or loss.

Computer software reclassified to intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$72.2

$69.5

$47.6

$34.0

As at December 31

2005

2006

2007

2008

(in millions)

Year ended December 31

2005

2006

2007

2008

(in millions)

Amortization of computer software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$22.5

$20.9

$23.4

$11.8

(2)

SG&A expenses include research and development costs.

(3) These  costs  include  costs  to  implement  new  information  systems  and  business  processes,  including  salary  and  other  costs,  directly

related to the integration activities in newly acquired facilities.

(4)

In 2005, Other charges totaled $130.9 million, comprised primarily of: (a) a $160.1 million restructuring charge, offset, in part, by (b)(i)
a  $13.9  million  gain  on  repurchase  of  LYONs  and  (ii)  a  $13.8  million  recovery  of  additional  amounts  realized  relating  to  a  specific
customer risk.

3

In 2006, Other charges totaled $211.8 million, comprised primarily of: (a) a $178.1 million restructuring charge and (b) a $33.2 million
non-cash loss resulting from the sale of our plastics business.

In  2007,  Other  charges  totaled  $47.6  million,  comprised  primarily  of:  (a)  a  $37.3  million  restructuring  charge  and  (b)  a  non-cash
write-down  of  $15.1  million  relating  to  the  annual  impairment  assessment  of  long-lived  assets,  primarily  property,  plant
and equipment.

In 2008, Other charges totaled $885.2 million, comprised primarily of: (a)(i) a non-cash write-down of $850.5 million relating to the
annual  goodwill  impairment  assessment,  (ii)  a  $35.3  million  restructuring  charge  and  (iii)  a  non-cash  write-down  of  $8.8  million
relating  to  the  annual  impairment  assessment  of  long-lived  assets  against  property,  plant  and  equipment,  offset,  in  part,  by  (b)  a
$7.6 million gain on repurchase of long-term debt.

In  2009,  Other  charges  totaled  $68.0  million,  comprised  primarily  of:  (a)(i)  a  $83.1  million  restructuring  charge  and  (ii)  a  non-cash
write-down of $12.3 million relating to the annual impairment assessment of long-lived assets against property, plant and equipment,
offset, in part, by (b)(i) a net $23.7 million recovery of damages from the settlement of a class action lawsuit and (ii) a net $2.8 million
gain on repurchase of long-term debt, net of a write-down to the embedded options on the debt.

(5)

Interest expense is comprised of interest expense incurred on indebtedness and debt facilities, less interest income earned on cash and
cash equivalents. As a result of adopting the standards on financial instruments and hedges referred in footnote (1)(i) above, in 2007,
we have marked-to-market the embedded prepayment options in our debt instruments and have applied fair value hedge accounting to
our  interest  rate  swaps  and  our  hedged  debt  obligation  (particularly  our  77⁄8%  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  due  2011,  which  were
redeemed  in  full  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009).  The  swap  agreements  were  terminated  in  February  2009,  at  which  point  hedge
accounting  was  discontinued.  The  changes  in  fair  values  each  period  are  recorded  in  interest  expense.  The  marked-to-market
adjustment  fluctuates  each  period  as  it  is  dependent  on  market  conditions,  including  future  interest  rates,  implied  volatilities  and
credit spreads.

(6) The  significant  differences  between  the  line  items  under  Canadian  GAAP  and  those  as  determined  under  U.S.  GAAP  arise

primarily from:

(cid:127) For 2005: interest on convertible debt classified as a long-term liability rather than as a bifurcated instrument, reversal of deferred
taxes  on  convertible  debt,  loss  on  repurchase  of  convertible  debt  and  the  adoption  of  fair-value  accounting  for  stock-based
compensation for Canadian GAAP only;

(cid:127) For 2006: the transition adjustment resulting from adopting the fair-value accounting for stock-based compensation for U.S. GAAP

in  2006;

(cid:127) For  2007:  the  transition  adjustment  resulting  from  adopting  the  standards  on  financial  instruments,  hedges  and  comprehensive

income for Canadian GAAP in 2007;

(cid:127) For  2008:  reversal  of  gain  on  foreign  exchange  contract,  the  timing  of  recording  certain  tax  uncertainties  and  the  adjustments

relating to the adoption of financial instruments, hedges and comprehensive income for Canadian GAAP; and

(cid:127) For  2009: adjustments relating to financial instruments  and  hedging and the timing of recording certain tax uncertainties.

Refer to note  20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements  in Item 18.

(7) Calculated as current assets less current liabilities.

(8) Long-term debt includes capital lease obligations.

4

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C. Reasons for Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D. Risk Factors

Our shareholders and prospective investors should carefully consider each of the following risks and all of

the other information set forth in this  Annual Report.

We are in an industry comprised of numerous  competitors and aggressive  pricing dynamics.

We are in a highly competitive industry. We compete on a global basis to provide electronics manufacturing
services  and  solutions  to  original  equipment  manufacturers  (OEMs)  in  the  consumer,  communications,
enterprise  computing,  industrial,  aerospace  and  defense,  healthcare  and  green  technology  markets.  Our
competitors  include  major  domestic  and  foreign  companies  such  as  Benchmark  Electronics,  Inc.,  Flextronics
International  Ltd.,  Hon  Hai  Precision  Industry  Co.,  Ltd.,  Jabil  Circuit,  Inc.  and  Sanmina-SCI  Corporation,  as
well  as  smaller  EMS  companies  that  often  have  a  regional,  product,  service  or  industry  specific  focus.  In
addition,  original  design  manufacturers  (ODMs),  companies  that  provide  internally  designed  products  and
manufacturing services to OEMs, continue to increase their share of outsourced manufacturing services across
several  markets  and  product  groups,  including  personal  computer  motherboards,  notebook  and  desktop
computers, and smartphones and cell phones. While we have not historically participated in these segments, and
we  have  not,  to  date,  encountered  significant  direct  competition  from  ODMs  in  the  end  markets  in  which  we
participate,  we  anticipate  competition  with  ODMs  will  increase  if  our  business  in  these  markets  grows,
particularly  in  smartphones,  or  if  ODMs  expand  into  our  primary  end  markets.  We  also  face  indirect
competition from the manufacturing operations of our current and prospective customers, as these companies
could choose to manufacture products internally rather than to outsource to EMS providers, particularly where
internal excess capacity exists.

Some of our competitors have greater scale and a greater production presence in lower-cost geographies, as
well  as  a  broader  service  offering  than  we  have.  While  we  have  increased  the  capacity  we  have  in  lower-cost
regions over the past several years, lower-cost regions may not provide the same operational benefits that they
have in the past as these regions have also experienced excess capacity. As a result, our industry is continually
responding to aggressive pricing pressure and other competitive pressures. Additionally, our current or potential
competitors may also increase or shift their presence in new lower-cost regions to try to offset the continuous
competitive  pressure  or  develop  or  acquire  services  comparable  or  superior  to  those  we  develop,  combine  or
merge  to  form  larger  competitors,  or  adapt  more  quickly  than  we  will  to  new  technologies,  evolving  industry
trends  and  changing  customer  requirements.  Competition  has  caused  and  will  continue  to  cause  pricing
pressures, increased working capital requirements, reduced profit or loss of market share (from both program
and customer disengagements), any of which could materially and adversely affect us. The weak global economic
environment  will  also  increase  the  competitive  environment  in  all  these  areas  which  could  impact  our
profitability.  In  addition,  the  North  American  and  Asian  EMS  industries  have  excess  manufacturing  capacity
which may trigger EMS providers to expand into new and each other’s end markets. These factors have exerted
and  will  continue  to  exert  additional  pressures  on  pricing  for  components  and  services,  thereby  increasing  the
competitive pressures in the EMS industry. We may not be able to compete successfully against our current and
future competitors, and the competitive pressures we  face may have a material adverse effect on us.

We are dependent on a limited number of customers and end markets, primarily within the consumer, communications
and enterprise computing markets, for a  substantial  portion of  our revenue.

A  decline  in  revenue  from  these  customers  or  end  markets  or  the  loss  of  a  large  customer  could  have  a
material  adverse  affect  on  our  financial  condition  and  operating  results.  During  2009,  one  customer  from  our
consumer end market individually represented more than 10% of our total revenue, and our top 10 customers
represented 71% of total revenue. During 2008, we had no individual customer that represented more than 10%

5

of  our  total  revenue,  and  our  top  10  customers  represented  63%  of  total  revenue.  Our  largest  customer,
Research in Motion, or RIM, represented 17% of total revenue in 2009. Our recent success in the smartphone
market,  driven  primarily  by  new  program  wins  from  RIM,  has  increased  our  customer  concentration  as  a
percentage of total revenue.

We expect to continue to depend upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage
of  our  revenue.  To  reduce  this  reliance,  we  have  been  targeting  new  customers  and  new  services  in  our
traditional  segments,  as  well  as  new  markets  such  as  industrial,  aerospace  and  defense,  healthcare  and  green
technology markets. We may also pursue acquisition opportunities to further diversify our revenue or customer
base,  although  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  any  acquisition  will  increase  revenue  or  reduce  our  customer
concentration. Acquisitions are also subject to integration risk and volumes and margins could be lower than we
anticipated.  As  we  pursue  opportunities  in  new  markets,  we  may  encounter  challenges  as  our  knowledge  or
experience may be limited in these new markets or technologies.

Although we generally enter into master supply agreements with our customers, the level of business to be
transacted under those agreements is not guaranteed. Instead, we bid on a project by project basis and typically
have supply contracts or purchase orders in place for a specific project. We are dependent on customers to fulfill
the terms associated with these orders  and/or contracts.

In addition, some of our customers routinely reduce or delay the volume of manufacturing services ordered
from  us.  There  is  no  assurance  that  present  or  future  large  customers  will  not  terminate  their  manufacturing
arrangements with us or significantly change, reduce or delay the volume of manufacturing services they order
from  us,  any  of  which  would  adversely  affect  our  operating  results.  Significant  reductions  in,  or  the  loss  of,
revenue from any of our large customers could have a material adverse effect on us. Additionally, the ramping of
new  program  wins  from  new  or  existing  customers  can  take  from  several  months  to  more  than  a  year  before
production  starts.  During  this  start-up  period,  these  programs  are  subject  to  significant  change  or  outright
cancellation, in contrast to the initial expectations at the time the new business was awarded, due to changes in
end-market demand or changes in product  viability  in the marketplace.

We are dependent on customers who operate in highly competitive markets and the inability of our customers to succeed in
their markets can adversely impact our business, operating  results and  financial  condition.

The end markets we serve can experience major swings in demand which, in turn, can significantly impact
our operations. Our financial performance depends on our customers’ ability to compete and succeed in their
markets,  which  could  be  affected  by  global  economic  conditions.  The  majority  of  our  customers’  products  are
characterized  by  rapid  changes  in  technologies,  increased  standardization  of  technologies  and  shortening  of
product  lifecycles.  In  many  instances,  our  customers  have  experienced  severe  revenue  erosion,  pricing  and
margin pressures, and excess inventories  during the  past few years.

We  have  recently  increased  the  amount  of  our  business  in  the  consumer  segment,  particularly  in
smartphones, which is characterized by shorter product lifecycles, significant increases or decreases in program
volumes  based  on  strength  in  end-market  demand,  rapid  changes  in  consumer  preferences  for  these  products
and devices, and greater ease in shifting these products among EMS competitors. The increased exposure to this
segment may make revenue more volatile and  could  result in  increased risk to our financial results.

We are operating in a weak and uncertain global  economic environment.

Although  the  global  economy  has  recovered  somewhat  from  the  recent  economic  and  financial  crisis,  the
economic  environment  remains  uncertain.  This  uncertainty  has  resulted  in  lower  volumes  for  the  products  we
manufacture and low end market visibility for our customers. This environment can pose significant risk to our
business due to weaker demand, customer  consolidation or  customer financial stress or  bankruptcy.

The global economic conditions and credit environment may well accelerate or exacerbate the effect of the
various risk factors described in this Annual Report, as well as result in other unforeseen events that will affect
our  business and financial condition.

6

We may encounter difficulties expanding and/or restructuring our operations which could adversely affect our operating
results.

As  we  expand  our  business,  enter  into  new  market  segments  and  products,  acquire  new  businesses  or
capabilities, transfer our business from one region to another or restructure our operations, we may encounter
difficulties that result in higher than expected costs associated with such activities and customer dissatisfaction
with our performance. Potential difficulties related to our growth and/or operational restructuring could include:

(cid:127) lack of trained personnel to manage the  operations  and customer contracts  appropriately;

(cid:127) maintaining  customer,  supplier,  employee  and  other  favorable  business  relationships  during  a  period

of transition;

(cid:127) effective training of staff to manage new customers and products;

(cid:127) unanticipated disruptions in our operations  which may  impact our  ability  to  deliver to the  customer on

time, to produce quality products and  to ensure overall customer  satisfaction;

(cid:127) losing programs and customers that reduce their business risk by re-sourcing or dual-multi-sourcing their

business with us due to unforeseen disruptions  in our operations; and

(cid:127) market share shifts associated with  customer consolidation  or  supplier  consolidation.

Any of these factors could prevent us from realizing the anticipated benefits of growth in new markets or
the benefits we expected to realize from our restructuring actions and could adversely affect our business and
operating results.

We  may  encounter  difficulties  completing  or  integrating  our  acquisitions  which  could  adversely  affect  our  operating
results.

We expect to expand our presence in new end markets or expand our capabilities, some of which may occur
through  acquisitions.  These  transactions  may  involve  acquisitions  of  entire  companies  and/or  acquisitions  of
selected  assets from OEMs. Potential  difficulties  related to our  acquisitions include:

(cid:127) integrating acquired operations, systems and businesses;

(cid:127) maintaining  customer,  supplier,  employee  or  other  favorable  business  relationships  of  acquired

operations and restructuring or terminating unfavorable relationships;

(cid:127) addressing unforeseen liabilities of  acquired businesses;

(cid:127) making acquisitions in new end markets or in technologies where our knowledge or experience is limited;

(cid:127) losing customers who want to transfer their business because of the change in ownership;

(cid:127) losing key employees of acquired operations; and

(cid:127) not achieving anticipated business volumes.

Any  of  these  factors  could  prevent  us  from  realizing  the  anticipated  benefits  of  an  acquisition,  including
additional revenue, operational synergies and economies of scale. Our failure to realize the anticipated benefits
of acquisitions could adversely affect our business and operating results. Previous acquisitions have resulted in
the recording of a significant amount of goodwill and intangible assets at the time of acquisition. Our failure to
support  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  in  periods  subsequent  to  the  acquisitions  could
require write-downs that adversely affect our operating results. All goodwill from previous acquisitions has been
written off.

Inherent difficulties in managing capacity utilization and unanticipated changes in customer orders place strains on our
planning and supply chain execution and  may affect our  operating results.

Our customers are dependent on EMS providers for new product introductions and rapid response times to
meet  changes  in  volume  requirements.  Most  of  our  customers  typically  do  not  commit  to  firm  production
schedules  for  more  than  30  to  90  days  in  advance  and  we  often  experience  volatility  in  customer  orders.

7

Additionally, a significant portion of our revenue can occur in the last month of the quarter and could be subject
to change or cancellation that will affect our quarter-to-quarter results. Accordingly, we cannot always forecast
the level of customer orders with certainty. This can make it difficult to order appropriate levels of materials and
to schedule production and maximize  utilization of our manufacturing capacity.

In  addition,  customers  may  cancel  their  orders,  change  production  quantities  or  delay  production  for  a
number  of  reasons.  When  customers  change  production  volumes  or  request  different  products  to  be
manufactured than what they originally forecasted to us, the unavailability of components and materials for such
changes  could  also  impact  our  revenue  and  working  capital  performance.  Furthermore,  in  order  to  guarantee
continuity of supply for many of our customers, we are required to manufacture and hold a specified amount of
finished  goods  in  our  warehouses.  The  uncertainty  of  our  customers’  end  markets,  intense  competition  in  our
customers’ industries and general order volume volatility have resulted, and may continue to result, in some of
our customers delaying or canceling the delivery of some of the products we manufacture for them and placing
purchase orders for lower volumes of products  than previously anticipated.

Changes or delays in customer orders could result in higher than expected inventory levels for us. In certain
circumstances, we may be required to return the inventory to our suppliers, re-sell the inventory or continue to
hold the inventory, any of which may result in our taking additional reserves for the inventory should it become
excess or obsolete. Order cancellations and delays could also lower our asset utilization, resulting in higher levels
of  unproductive  assets  and  lower  margins.  In  some  cases,  changes  in  circumstances  for  a  customer  could  also
negatively impact the collectability of receivables or carrying value of our inventory for that customer. On other
occasions,  customers  have  required  rapid  and  sudden  increases  in  production,  which  have  placed  an  excessive
burden  on  our  manufacturing  capacity.  Rapid  changes  in  product  ramps  and/or  the  weakening  financial
condition  or  deterioration  of  any  single  customer’s  financial  condition  could  prevent  us  from  collecting
receivables or realizing the value of inventory on hand. Any of these factors or a combination of these factors
could have a material adverse effect  on  our results  of operations.

Competitors with component manufacturing capabilities may have greater opportunities than we do to win additional
business  from  some  of  our  customers.  This  capability  may  have  the  potential  to  provide  a  competitor  with  additional
capabilities or cost saving opportunities.

We procure all of our components from third-party suppliers. In addition to traditional EMS services, some
of  our  competitors  also  manufacture  some  of  the  components  used  in  the  products  they  assemble.  This  can
include  metal  or  plastic  enclosures,  connectors,  semiconductors,  cabling  and  other  components  used  in  the
manufacturing  of  electronics.  Those  capabilities  may  provide  additional  incentives  for  some  customers  to  do
business with those EMS or ODM companies, as there may be additional opportunity to reduce the total costs of
their  products  by  using  more  components  and  services  from  one  company.  If  our  customers  transfer  their
business to a competitor, we may experience reduced revenue  and lower utilization rates.

Our customers and competitors are subject to mergers and acquisitions, and similar transactions which can adversely
affect our business relationships or the volume of business we conduct  with our customers.

Future  mergers  and  acquisitions  could  result  in  a  decrease  in  demand  from  our  customers  or  a  loss  of
business to our competitors as customers rationalize their business and consolidate their suppliers. Mergers or
consolidation among our competitors could increase their competitive advantage over us, which may also result
in  a  loss  of  business  if  customers  shift  their  production.  In  a  weaker  economic  environment,  there  may  be  a
higher  risk of increased consolidation among our customers or competitors.

We are subject to the risk of increased income taxes which could adversely affect our financial condition and operating
results.

We  conduct  business  operations  in  a  number  of  countries,  including  countries  where  tax  incentives  have

been extended to encourage foreign investment or  income  tax  rates are low.

We  develop  our  tax  position  based  upon  the  anticipated  nature  and  structure  of  our  business  and  the  tax
laws, administrative practices and judicial decisions now in effect in the jurisdictions in which we have assets or
conduct business, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect.

8

We are subject to tax audits and reviews of historical information by local tax authorities which could result in
additional tax expense in future periods relating to prior results. Any such increase in our income tax expense
and related interest and penalties could have a significant impact on our future earnings and future cash flows.

Certain  of  our  subsidiaries  provide  financing,  products  and  services  to,  and  may  from  time  to  time
undertake  certain  significant  transactions  with,  other  subsidiaries  in  different  jurisdictions.  Moreover,  several
jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate  have  tax  laws  with  detailed  transfer  pricing  rules  which  require  that  all
transactions  with  non-resident  related  parties  be  priced  using  arm’s  length  pricing  principles,  and  that
contemporaneous documentation must  exist to support such pricing.

Reviews  by  tax  authorities  generally  focus  on,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  validity  of  our  inter-company
transactions, including financing and transfer pricing policies which generally involve subjective areas of taxation
and  a  significant  degree  of  judgment.  If  any  of  these  tax  authorities  are  successful  with  their  challenges,  our
income tax expense may be adversely affected and we could also be subject to interest and penalty charges. In
connection with ongoing tax audits in Canada, tax authorities have taken the position that income reported by
one  of  our  Canadian  subsidiaries  from  2001  to  2003  should  have  been  materially  higher  as  a  result  of  certain
inter-company transactions. In connection with a tax audit in Brazil, tax authorities have taken the position that
income  reported  by  our  Brazilian  subsidiary  in  2004  should  have  been  materially  higher  as  a  result  of  certain
inter-company  transactions.  We  believe  that  we  have  substantial  defenses  to  the  asserted  positions  and  have
adequately accrued for any probable potential adverse tax impact. However, there can be no assurance as to the
final resolution of these claims and any resulting proceedings, and if these claims and any ensuing proceedings
are determined adversely against us, the amounts we may be required to pay could be material. The successful
pursuit of these assertions by tax authorities could result in those subsidiaries owing significant amounts of tax,
interest and possibly penalties.

In addition, we have recognized, and will continue to recognize, the future benefit of certain Brazilian tax
losses on the basis that these tax losses can and will be fully utilized in the fiscal period ending on the date of
dissolution  of  our  Brazilian  subsidiary.  We  regularly  review  Brazilian  laws  and  assess  the  likelihood  of  the
realization  of  the  future  benefit  of  the  tax  losses.  A  change  to  the  benefit  realizable  on  these  Brazilian  losses
could result in a substantial increase to our net future tax  liabilities.

Our results can be affected by limited availability  of  components.

A significant portion of our costs is for the purchase of electronic components. During this time of global
economic uncertainty, significant restructuring has occurred in the supply base to adjust to the lower volumes.
As  a  result,  an  improved  demand  environment  could  exacerbate  material  shortages  and  impact  our  ability  to
meet  our  customers’  demand  requirements.  All  of  the  products  we  manufacture  or  assemble  require  one  or
more components that we order from component suppliers. In many cases, there may be only one supplier of a
particular component. Supply shortages for a particular component can delay production and thus delay revenue
relating to all products using that component, or they can cause price increases in the products and services we
provide. In the past, we have secured sufficient allocations of constrained components so that revenue has not
been materially impacted. At various times in our industry’s history, there have been industry-wide shortages of
electronic components. Future shortages, or fluctuations in the cost of components, may have a material adverse
effect on our business or cause our operating results to fluctuate from period to period. Changes in forecasted
volumes or in the products required by our customers can affect our ability to attain components which could
impact our results. Additionally, quality or reliability issues at any of our component or materials providers, or
financial  difficulties  that  affect  their  production  and  ability  to  supply  us  with  components,  could  halt  or  delay
production of a customer’s product which  could adversely impact our operating  results.

Our customers may be adversely affected by rapid technological changes which may have an adverse impact on their
success in their markets and on our business.

Many of our customers compete in markets that are characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving
industry standards and continuous improvements in products and services. These conditions frequently result in
short product lifecycles. Our success will depend largely on the success achieved by our customers in developing
and  marketing  their  products.  If  technologies  or  standards  supported  by  our  customers’  products  become

9

obsolete,  fail  to  gain  widespread  commercial  acceptance  or  are  cancelled,  our  business  could  be  materially
adversely affected. In addition, an accelerating decline in end-market demand for customer-specific proprietary
systems  in  favor  of  open  systems  with  standardized  technologies  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our
business. The highly competitive nature of our customers’ products could also drive consolidation among OEMs,
which  could result in product line consolidation  that  could  impact our  revenue or  customer relationships.

We are seeking to rapidly expand our services  capabilities.

We  believe  OEM  customers  continue  to  look  to  the  EMS  industry  to  provide  additional  supply  chain
services and capabilities. While we currently provide some of these services, such as design and fulfillment, to a
few  of  our  customers,  we  are  focused  on  significantly  increasing  these  capabilities  in  the  near  term.  We  may
pursue  this  growth  through  internal  development  or  through  acquisitions.  Our  efforts  to  expand  our  services
capabilities  may  not  be  successful.  The  failure  to  increase  these  services  and  capabilities  could  impact  our
existing business and future business wins.

Any failure to successfully manage our international operations would have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition and operating results.

We  have  facilities  in  numerous  countries,  including  China,  the  Czech  Republic,  Ireland,  Japan,  Malaysia,
Mexico,  Romania,  Singapore,  Spain  and  Thailand.  During  2009,  approximately  two-thirds  of  our  revenue  was
produced from locations outside of North America. We also purchase material from international suppliers for
much  of  our  business,  including  our  North  American  business.  We  believe  that  our  future  growth  depends
largely on our ability to increase our business and penetration with global OEMs and selective markets, in both
higher-cost and lower-cost regions.

International operations are subject to  inherent risks  which may adversely affect us,  including:

(cid:127) labor unrest and differences in regulations and  statutes governing employee relations;

(cid:127) changes in regulatory requirements;

(cid:127) inflation and rising costs;

(cid:127) difficulty in staffing and managing foreign sales and support operations;

(cid:127) ability to build infrastructure or new facilities on schedule to support  operations;

(cid:127) changes  in  local  tax  rates  and  other  potentially  adverse  tax  consequences,  including  the  cost  of

repatriation of earnings;

(cid:127) burdens  of  complying  with  a  wide  variety  of  foreign  laws,  including  changing  import  and  export

regulations, which could erode our profit margins or restrict exports;

(cid:127) adverse changes in trade policies between countries in which we maintain operations;

(cid:127) political instability;

(cid:127) potential restrictions on the transfer  of funds;

(cid:127) employee contracts that restrict our  flexibility  in responding to business  downturns;  and

(cid:127) foreign exchange risks.

Each of the regions in which we operate has a history of promoting foreign investment but could experience

economic and political turmoil that could  adversely  affect us.

10

We have had significant restructuring charges and losses for several years and may experience restructuring charges and
losses in future periods.

We  have  a  history  of  recording  losses  resulting  primarily  from  restructuring  charges,  the  write-down  of
goodwill  and  long-lived  assets,  or  the  write-down  of  accounts  receivable  for  customers  in  bankruptcy.  These
amounts have varied from period to period. We have undertaken numerous initiatives to restructure and reduce
our capacity and cost structures in response to changes in the EMS industry and end-market demand, with the
intention  of  improving  utilization  and  realizing  cost  savings  in  the  future.  We  will  continue  to  evaluate  our
operations  and  may  propose  additional  restructuring  actions  in  the  future.  Any  failure  to  successfully  execute
these  initiatives,  including  any  delay  in  effecting  these  initiatives,  can  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our
operating results. Furthermore, we may  not be profitable in future periods.

Restrictions on our ability to restructure quickly enough can delay the timing and affect the benefits we expect from our
restructuring efforts.

We have operations in multiple regions around the world. As a result, we are subject to different regulatory
requirements and labor laws governing how quickly we are able to reduce manufacturing capacity and terminate
related employees. These requirements are particularly stringent in Europe. Restrictions on our ability to close
under-utilized  facilities  have  resulted  in  higher  expenses  associated  with  carrying  excess  capacity  and
infrastructure  while  conducting  restructuring  activities.  While  it  has  typically  been  easier  to  restructure  our
operations in certain lower-cost regions, the current global economic conditions may change how governments
in all regions regulate restructuring as the weaker demand environment impacts local economies. The speed of
our  restructuring  can  also  be  impeded  by  delays  from  our  customers  related  to  the  timing  of  their  product
transfers,  which  can  prevent  us  from  transferring  products  to  our  other  facilities  in  a  timely  and  cost-effective
manner. Since the restructuring of our plants requires some of our customers to move their production from one
of our facilities to another, customers have, and may in the future, use this opportunity to shift their production
to competitors’ facilities.

The  complexity  of  moving  our  manufacturing  base  to  lower-cost  regions  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our
financial condition and operating results.

Due  to  the  highly  competitive  nature  of  the  electronics  industry,  our  customers  strive  for  lower-cost
solutions  from  their  EMS  providers.  Over  time,  this  has  resulted  in  the  movement  of  our  production  from
higher-cost  regions  such  as  North  America  and  Western  Europe  to  lower-cost  regions  such  as  Asia,  Latin
America and Eastern Europe. This move has had, and could continue to have, a negative impact on current and
future results by increasing the risks associated with, among other things, transferring production to new regions
where skills or experience may be more limited than in higher-cost regions, incurring higher operating expenses
during the transition, incurring additional restructuring costs associated with the decrease in production levels in
higher-cost  geographies  and  the  risks  of  operating  in  new  foreign  jurisdictions.  In  certain  situations,  product
transfers have resulted in, and may in the future result in, our inability to retain our existing business or grow
future  revenue  due  to  execution  problems  resulting  from  significant  headcount  reductions,  plant  closures  and
product  transfers.

We face financial risks due to foreign currency  fluctuations.

The  principal  currency  in  which  we  conduct  our  operations  is  the  U.S.  dollar.  However,  some  of  our
subsidiaries  transact  business  in  other  currencies,  such  as  the  Canadian  dollar,  Thai  baht,  Malaysian  ringgit,
Mexican  peso,  Czech  koruna,  Singapore  dollar,  Japanese  yen,  Chinese  renminbi,  Romanian  lei  and  the  Euro.
The global economic uncertainty has resulted in significant fluctuations of currency rates, particularly in 2008,
and may continue to affect profitability going forward. We often enter into hedging transactions to minimize our
exposure  to  foreign  currency  risks.  We  may  also  enter  into  forward  exchange  contracts  to  hedge  our  balance
sheet  exposures.  Our  hedging  activity  is  designed  to  reduce  the  variability  of  our  foreign  currency  costs  and
consists of contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies at future dates. These contracts generally extend for
periods  ranging  from  one  to  15  months.  Our  hedging  transactions  may  not  successfully  minimize  foreign
currency risk, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

11

Failure of our customers to pay the amounts owed to us in a timely manner may adversely affect our financial condition
and operating results.

We  generally  provide  payment  terms  ranging  from  30  to  60  days.  As  a  result,  we  generate  significant
accounts  receivable  from  sales  to  our  customers,  historically  representing  22%  to  39%  of  current  assets.
Accounts receivable from sales to customers at December 31, 2009 were $828.1 million (December 31, 2008 —
$1,074.0 million; and December 31, 2007 — $941.2 million). At December 31, 2009, one customer represented
more than 10% of total accounts receivable (December 31, 2008 — two customers each represented more than
10% of total accounts receivable; and December 31, 2007 — no customer represented more than 10% of total
accounts receivable). If any of our customers have insufficient liquidity, we could encounter significant delays or
defaults in payments owed to us by such customers, and we may extend our payment terms or restructure their
receivables owed to us, which could have a significant adverse impact on our financial condition and operating
results.  Any  deterioration  in  the  financial  condition  of  our  customers  will  increase  the  risk  of  collecting
receivables. The ongoing global economic uncertainty could also impact our customers’ ability to pay receivables
or result in customers going into bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings which could also impact our ability to
collect  our  receivables.  We  regularly  review  our  accounts  receivable  valuations  and  make  adjustments  when
necessary. Our allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2009 was $7.5 million (December 31, 2008 —
$13.7 million; and December 31, 2007 — $21.5 million), which represented 1% of the gross accounts receivable
balance (December 31, 2008 — 1%; and December  31, 2007 — 2%).

We may be required to make larger contributions to our defined benefit plans in the future, which may have an adverse
impact on our liquidity and our operating results.

We  maintain  multiple  defined  benefit  plans,  as  well  as  supplemental  pension  plans.  Some  employees  in
Canada, Japan and the United Kingdom participate in our defined benefit pension plans. We also have defined
contribution plans for our other employees, primarily in  Canada  and the U.S.

Our  pension  funding  policy  is  to  contribute  amounts  sufficient  to  meet  minimum  local  statutory  funding
requirements that are based on actuarial calculations. Our obligations are based on certain assumptions relating
to  expected  plan  performance,  including  employee  turnover  and  retirement  rates,  the  performance  of  the
financial  markets  and  discount  rates.  If  future  trends  differ  from  these  assumptions,  the  amounts  we  are
obligated to contribute to the pension plans may increase. If the financial markets result in returns lower than
our assumptions, we may be required to make larger contributions in the future and our pension expense may
also increase.

The efficiency of our operations could be adversely affected by any delay in delivery from our transportation suppliers,
including delays caused by work stoppages  and natural  disasters.

We  rely  on  a  variety  of  common  carriers  for  the  transportation  of  materials  and  products  and  for  their
ability  to  route  these  materials  and  products  through  various  international  ports.  A  work  stoppage,  strike  or
shutdown  of  any  important  supplier’s  facility  or  operations,  or  at  any  major  port  or  airport,  could  result  in
manufacturing  and  shipping  delays  or  expediting  charges,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our
operating  results.  Increased  political  activism  and  local  economic  conditions  could  impact  receipt  of  materials
and product shipments. Natural disasters such as tsunamis and earthquakes, and the severe and dramatic change
to  historical  weather  patterns  in  the  regions  where  our  facilities  or  our  suppliers’  facilities  are  located,  could
have an adverse impact on our ability to deliver products to our customers. Such events could disrupt supply to
us, and from us to our customers, and  adversely affect our  operating results.

If our products or services are subject to warranty claims, our business reputation may be damaged and we may incur
significant costs.

In  certain  of  our  sales  contracts,  we  provide  warranties  against  defects  or  deficiencies  in  our  products,
services or designs. A successful claim for damages arising as a result of such defects or deficiencies, for which
we  are  not  insured  or  where  the  damages  exceed  our  insurance  coverage,  or  any  material  claim  for  which
insurance  coverage  is  denied  or  limited  and  for  which  indemnification  is  not  available,  could  have  a  material
adverse  effect  on  our  business,  operating  results  and  financial  condition.  As  we  pursue  new  end  markets,

12

warranty requirements will vary and we may be less effective in pricing our products to appropriately capture the
warranty costs.

We may  be unable to keep pace with manufacturing  technology  changes.

We continue to evaluate the advantages and feasibility of new manufacturing processes. Our future success
will depend, in part, upon our ability to continually develop and market electronics manufacturing services that
meet our customers’ evolving needs. This could entail investing in new processes or equipment to support new
technologies  used  in  our  customers’  current  or  future  products,  and  to  support  their  supply  chain  processes.
Additionally, as we pursue business in new end markets where our experience is limited, we may be less effective
in  adapting  to  technological  change.  Our  manufacturing  and  supply  chain  processes,  test  development  efforts
and design capabilities may not be successful.

In  addition,  various  industry-specific  standards,  qualifications  and  certifications  are  required  to  produce
certain  types  of  products  for  our  customers.  Failure  to  maintain  those  certifications  could  adversely  affect  our
ability to maintain existing levels of business or win new  business.

We may  be unable to protect our intellectual  property  or the intellectual property of others.

We  believe  that  certain  of  our  proprietary  intellectual  property  rights  and  information  provide  us  with  a
competitive advantage. Accordingly, we have taken, and intend to continue to take, appropriate steps to protect
this proprietary information. These steps include signing non-disclosure agreements with customers, suppliers,
employees  and  other  parties,  and  implementing  rigid  security  measures.  Our  protection  measures  may  not  be
sufficient to prevent the misappropriation  or  unauthorized disclosure of our property  or information.

There is also a risk that infringement claims may be brought against us, our customers or our suppliers in
the future. If an infringement claim is successfully asserted, we may be required  to  spend  significant time and
money to develop processes that do not infringe upon the rights of another person or to obtain licenses for the
technology, process or information from the owner. We may not be successful in such development, or any such
licenses  may  not  be  available  on  commercially  acceptable  terms,  if  at  all.  In  addition,  any  litigation  could  be
lengthy  and  costly  and  could  adversely  affect  us  even  if  we  are  successful  in  such  litigation.  As  we  pursue
business  in  new  end  markets,  we  may  be  less  effective  in  anticipating  the  intellectual  property  risks  related  to
new manufacturing, design and other services.

We may  not be able to increase revenue  if  the trend  of  outsourcing by OEMs slows.

Future growth in our revenue includes a dependence on new outsourcing opportunities in which we assume
additional manufacturing and supply chain management responsibilities from OEMs. Our future growth will be
limited to the extent that these opportunities are not available as a result of OEMs deciding to perform these
functions  internally  or  delaying  their  decision  to  outsource  or  our  inability  to  win  new  contracts.  The  global
economic slowdown has impacted, and may continue to impact, the trend of outsourcing as some customers have
reversed, and other customers may reverse, their outsourcing decisions and shift production back to their own
facilities  to  improve  their  factory  utilization.  Political  pressures  or  negative  sentiment  by  our  customers’
customers  or  local  governments  may  impede  the  movement  of  production  from  one  geography  to  another.
These and other factors could adversely affect the rate of outsourcing generally, or adversely affect the rate of
outsourcing to EMS providers, such as  Celestica.

If we are unable to recruit or retain highly  skilled personnel, our business could be  adversely affected.

The recruitment of personnel in the EMS industry is highly competitive. We believe that our future success
will  depend,  in  part,  on  our  ability  to  continue  to  attract  and  retain  highly  skilled  executive,  technical  and
management  personnel.  We  generally  do  not  have  employment  or  non-competition  agreements  with  our
employees.  To  date,  we  have  been  successful  in  recruiting  and  retaining  executive,  managerial  and  technical
personnel;  however,  the  loss  of  services  of  certain  of  these  employees  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on
our  operations.

13

Compliance with environmental laws and  obligations  could be costly  and impact  our  operations.

We  are  subject  to  various  federal,  state/provincial,  local  and  multi-national  environmental  laws  and
regulations.  Our  environmental  management  systems  and  practices  have  been  designed  to  ensure  compliance
with  these  laws  and  regulations  in  a  manner  consistent  with  local  practice.  Maintaining  compliance  with  and
responding to increasingly stringent regulations require a significant investment of time and resources and may
restrict our ability to modify or expand our facilities or to continue  production.

More  complex  and  stringent  environmental  legislation  continues  to  be  imposed,  including  laws  that  place
increased  responsibility  and  requirements  on  the  ‘‘producers’’  of  electronic  equipment  and,  in  turn,  their
providers  and  suppliers.  Such  laws  may  relate  to  product  inputs  (such  as  hazardous  substances  and  energy
consumption)  and  product  use  (such  as  energy  efficiency  and  waste  management/recycling).  Noncompliance
with  these  requirements  could  potentially  result  in  substantial  costs,  including  fines  and  penalties,  as  well  as
liability to our customers and consumers.

Where compliance responsibility rests primarily with OEMs rather than with EMS companies, OEMs may
turn  to  EMS  companies  for  assistance  in  meeting  their  obligations.  Our  customers  are  becoming  increasingly
concerned about issues such as waste management (including recycling), climate change (including the reduction
of carbon footprints) and product stewardship, and expect their suppliers to be environmental leaders. Although
we strive to meet such customer expectations, such demands may extend beyond our regulatory obligations and
significant investments of time and resources may be required  to  attract and retain  customers.

We  have  generally  obtained  environmental  assessment  reports,  or  reviewed  recent  assessment  reports
undertaken  by  others,  for  most  of  our  manufacturing  facilities  at  the  time  of  acquisition  or  leasing.  Such
assessments  may  not  reveal  all  environmental  liabilities  and  current  assessments  were  not  available  for  all
facilities. As well, some of our operations have involved hazardous substances that could cause contamination.
Although we may investigate, remediate or monitor soil and groundwater contamination at certain of our owned
sites, we may not be aware of or address all such conditions and we may incur significant costs to do such work in
the  future.  In  many  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate,  environmental  laws  impose  liability  for  the  costs  of
removal, remediation or risk assessment of hazardous or toxic substances on an owner, occupier or operator of
real estate, even if such person or company was unaware of or not responsible for the discharge or migration of
such substances. In some instances where soil or groundwater contamination existed prior to our ownership or
occupation, landlords or former owners may have retained some contractual responsibility or regulatory liability,
but this may not provide sufficient protection for us to avoid liability. Third-party claims for damages or personal
injury  are  also  possible.  Moreover,  current  remediation,  mitigation  and  risk  assessment  measures  may  not  be
adequate to comply with future laws.

The efficiency of our operations could be  adversely affected by any disruptions from  our third-party IT providers.

We  have  outsourced  certain  IT  systems  support,  which  includes  database  management,  as  well  as
application  development  and  support  for  our  production  control  and  inventory  management  systems.  If  these
third-party  providers  are  unable  to  fulfill  their  obligations  on  a  timely  and  reliable  basis,  we  may  experience
disruptions to our operations. Any inefficiencies or production down times resulting from such disruptions could
have a negative impact on our ability to meet customers’ orders, resulting in a delay or decrease to our revenue
and our operating margins.

Our credit agreement contains restrictive covenants that  may  impair our ability to conduct our business.

Our  credit  agreement  contains  financial  and  operating  covenants  that  limit  our  management’s  discretion
with  respect  to  certain  business  matters.  Among  other  things,  these  covenants  restrict  our  ability  and  our
subsidiaries’  ability  to  incur  additional  debt,  create  liens  or  other  encumbrances,  change  the  nature  of  our
business, sell or otherwise dispose of assets, and merge or consolidate with other entities. At February 22, 2010,
we were in compliance with these covenants. Based on the required financial ratios at December 31, 2009, we
had full access to our $200 million credit facility.

14

We could face increased financial risk due to the potential non-performance by counterparties, including but not limited to
financial institutions, customers and suppliers.

The potential occurrence of default by a counterparty on its contractual obligations may result in a financial
loss to us. For our financial markets activity, we mitigate the risk of financial loss from defaults by dealing with
counterparties we believe are creditworthy. The global economic uncertainty has impacted, and we expect will
continue  to  impact,  the  financial  condition  of  some  of  our  customers  and  suppliers.  An  interruption  in  supply
from a raw materials supplier, especially for single-sourced components, could have a significant impact on our
operations  and  on  our  customers,  if  we  are  unable  to  deliver  finished  products  in  a  timely  manner.  We  will
continue to closely monitor our customers’  and suppliers’ financial condition and creditworthiness.

The interest of our controlling shareholder may conflict with the interest of the remaining holders of our subordinate
voting  shares.

Onex Corporation, or Onex, owns, directly or indirectly, all of the outstanding multiple voting shares and
less than 1% of the outstanding subordinate voting shares. The number of shares owned by Onex, together with
those shares Onex has the right to vote, represents 69% of the voting interest in Celestica and less than 1% of
the  voting  interest  in  our  outstanding  subordinate  voting  shares.  Accordingly,  Onex  exercises  a  controlling
influence over our business and affairs and has the power to determine all matters submitted to a vote of our
shareholders where our shares vote together as a single class. Onex has the power to elect our directors and its
approval  is  required  for  significant  corporate  transactions  such  as  certain  amendments  to  our  articles  of
incorporation,  the  sale  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  our  assets  and  plans  of  arrangement.  Onex’s  voting  power
could  have  the  effect  of  deterring  or  preventing  a  change  in  control  of  our  company  that  might  otherwise  be
beneficial to our other shareholders. Under our credit agreement, it is an event of default entitling our lenders
to  demand  repayment  if  Onex  ceases  to  control  Celestica  unless  the  shares  of  Celestica  become  widely  held
(‘‘widely  held’’  meaning  that  no  one  person  owns  more  than  20%  of  the  votes).  Gerald  W.  Schwartz,  the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Onex and one of our directors, owns multiple voting shares of Onex,
carrying the right to elect a majority of the Onex board of directors. Mr. Schwartz, therefore, effectively controls
our  affairs.  The  interests  of  Onex  and  Mr.  Schwartz  may  differ  from  the  interests  of  the  remaining  holders  of
subordinate voting shares. For additional information about our principal shareholders, see Item 7(A), ‘‘Major
Shareholders.’’  Onex  has,  from  time  to  time,  issued  debentures  exchangeable  and  redeemable  under  certain
circumstances  for  our  subordinate  voting  shares,  entered  into  forward  equity  agreements  with  respect  to
subordinate voting shares, sold shares (after exchanging multiple voting shares for subordinate voting shares), or
redeemed  these  debentures  through  the  delivery  of  subordinate  voting  shares  and  could  do  so  in  the  future.
These sales could impact our share price, have consequences on our outstanding debt and change our ownership
structure.

We face securities class action and shareholder derivative lawsuits which could result in substantial costs, diversion of
management’s attention and resources and negative publicity.

Celestica  has  been  named  as  a  defendant  in  a  purported  class  action  lawsuit  in  the  United  States  which
asserts claims for violations of federal securities laws on behalf of persons who acquired our securities between
January  27,  2005  and  January  30,  2007.  Celestica  has  been  named  as  a  defendant  in  a  similar  purported  class
action brought in Canada under Canadian law. Our former Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers were
also named as defendants in these lawsuits. In a consolidated amended U.S. complaint, the plaintiffs have added
one  of  our  directors  and  Onex  as  defendants.  These  lawsuits  seek  unspecified  damages.  All  defendants  have
filed motions with the U.S. court to dismiss the amended complaint. Those motions are pending. Although we
believe the allegations in these claims are without merit and we intend to defend these claims vigorously, these
lawsuits could result in substantial costs to us, divert management’s attention and resources from our operations
and negatively affect our public image  and reputation.

Potential unenforceability of civil liabilities and  judgments.

We  are  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  Canada.  A  significant  number  of  our
directors, controlling persons and officers are residents of Canada. Also, a substantial portion of our assets and
the  assets  of  these  persons  are  located  outside  of  the  United  States.  As  a  result,  it  may  be  difficult  to  effect

15

service within the United States upon those directors, controlling persons and officers who are not residents of
the United States or to realize in the United States upon a judgment of courts of the United States predicated
upon the civil liability provisions of the  U.S. federal  securities laws.

Changes  in  accounting  standards  enacted  by  the  standard-setting  bodies  may  adversely  affect  our  reported  revenue,
profitability and financial condition.

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  Canadian  generally  accepted
accounting  principles  (GAAP)  and  are  reconciled  to  U.S.  GAAP.  The  accounting  standards  are  revised
periodically and/or expanded upon by the standard-setting bodies. Accordingly, we are required to adopt new or
revised  accounting  standards  and  to  comply  with  revised  interpretations  issued  from  time  to  time  by  these
authoritative  bodies,  which  include  the  Canadian  Accounting  Standards  Board,  the  Financial  Accounting
Standards  Board  and  the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  The  Canadian  Accounting  Standards
Board  announced  that  it  will  adopt  the  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  for  publicly  accountable
enterprises  in  Canada,  effective  2011.  The  adoption  of  these  changes  could  adversely  affect  our  reported
revenue, profitability or financial condition. Compliance with these changes could also increase our financial and
accounting costs.

Shares eligible for public sale could adversely affect  our share price.

Future  sales  of  our  subordinate  voting  shares  in  the  public  market,  or  the  issuance  of  subordinate  voting
shares  upon  the  exercise  of  stock  options  or  otherwise,  could  adversely  affect  the  market  price  of  the
subordinate voting shares.

At February 22, 2010, we had 210,992,933 subordinate voting shares and 18,946,368 multiple voting shares
outstanding.  All  of  the  subordinate  voting  shares  are  freely  transferable  without  restriction  or  further
registration  under  the  U.S.  Securities  Act,  except  for  shares  held  by  our  affiliates  (as  defined  in  the
include  all  of  the  multiple  voting  shares  and
U.S.  Securities  Act).  Shares  held  by  our  affiliates 
1,451,320 subordinate voting shares held by Onex. An affiliate may not sell shares in the United States unless the
sale is registered under the U.S. Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available. Rule 144 of the
U.S. Securities Act permits our affiliates to sell our shares in the United States subject to volume limitations and
requirements relating to manner of sale, notice of sale and availability of current public information with respect
to us.

In  addition,  as  of  February  22,  2010,  there  were  approximately  26,000,000  subordinate  voting  shares
reserved  for  issuance  under  our  employee  share  purchase  and  option  plans  and  for  director  compensation,
including  outstanding  options  to  purchase  approximately  10,700,000  subordinate  voting  shares.  Moreover,
pursuant  to  our  articles  of  incorporation,  we  may  issue  an  unlimited  number  of  additional  subordinate  voting
shares without further shareholder approval (subject to any required stock exchange approvals). As a result, a
substantial number of our subordinate voting shares will be eligible for sale in the public market at various times
in the future. The issuances and/or sale of such shares would dilute the holdings of our shareholders and could
adversely affect the market price of the subordinate voting shares.

Acts of terrorism and other political and economic  developments could adversely affect our business.

Increased  international  political  instability,  evidenced  by  the  threat  or  occurrence  of  terrorist  attacks,
enhanced national security measures, conflicts in the Middle East and Asia, security issues at the U.S./Mexico
border  related  to  illegal  immigration  or  criminal  activities  associated  with  illegal  drugs  activities,  strained
international relations arising from these conflicts and the related decline in consumer confidence may hinder
our ability to do business. Any escalation in these events or similar future events may disrupt our operations or
those of our customers and suppliers and could affect the availability of materials needed to manufacture our
products  or  the  means  to  transport  those  materials  to  manufacturing  facilities  and  finished  products  to
customers. These events have had and may continue to have an adverse impact on the U.S. and world economy
in general and customer confidence and spending in particular, which in turn could adversely affect our revenue
and operating results. The impact of these events on the volatility of the U.S. and world financial markets could

16

increase the volatility of the market price of our securities and may limit the capital resources available to us and
our  customers and suppliers.

Item 4.

Information on the Company

A. History and Development of the  Company

We  were  incorporated  in  Ontario,  Canada  under  the  name  Celestica  International  Holdings  Inc.  on
September  27,  1996.  Since  that  date,  we  have  amended  our  articles  of  incorporation  on  various  occasions,
principally to modify our corporate name and our share capital. Our legal and commercial name is Celestica Inc.
We  are  domiciled  in  the  Province  of  Ontario,  Canada  and  operate  under  the  Business  Corporations  Act
(Ontario).  Our  principal  executive  offices  are  located  at  844  Don  Mills  Road,  Toronto,  Ontario,  Canada
M3C 1V7 and our telephone number is (416) 448-5800. Our website is http://www.celestica.com. Information on
our  website is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.

Prior  to  our  incorporation,  we  were  an  IBM  manufacturing  unit  that  provided  manufacturing  services  to
IBM  for  more  than  75  years.  In  1993,  we  began  providing  electronics  manufacturing  services  to  non-IBM
customers. In October 1996, we were purchased from IBM by an investor group, led by Onex, which included
our  then management.

Celestica  offers  a  range  of  electronics  manufacturing  services  and  solutions  to  OEMs  across  many

industries. We operate a global manufacturing  and supply chain network.

Recent  Acquisitions

Certain  information  concerning  our  acquisition  activities,  including  property,  plant  and  equipment
expenditures, and financing activities, is set forth in notes 3, 4, 7, 8, 15, 17 and 22 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements  in  Item  18,  and  Item  5,  ‘‘Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects — Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition  and Results  of  Operations.’’

Certain information concerning our divestiture activities, including our restructurings, is set forth in note 10
to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  in  Item  18,  and  Item  5,  ‘‘Operating  and  Financial  Review  and
Prospects — Management’s Discussion and  Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.’’

B. Business Overview

We  deliver  innovative  supply  chain  solutions  to  OEMs  in  the  consumer,  communications,  enterprise
computing, industrial, aerospace and defense, healthcare and green technology sectors. We believe our services
and solutions will help our customers reduce their time to market and eliminate waste from their supply chains,
resulting in lower product lifecycle costs, better financial returns and improved competitive advantage in their
respective business environments.

Our  global  operating  network  spans  the  Americas,  Asia  and  Europe.  In  an  effort  to  drive  speed  and
flexibility for our customers, we conduct the majority of our business through full-service centers of excellence,
strategically  located  around  the  world.  Through  our  Ring  Strategy,  we  strive  to  align  a  network  of  suppliers
around  each  of  our  centers  of  excellence  in  order  to  increase  flexibility  in  our  supply  chain,  deliver  shorter
overall product lead times and reduce inventory. We operate other sites around the globe with specialized supply
chain  management  and  high-mix/low-volume  manufacturing  capabilities  to  meet  the  specific  production  and
product  lifecycle requirements of our customers.

Through our centers of excellence and the deployment of our Total Cost of Ownership(cid:3) (TCOO) Strategy,
we  strive  to  provide  our  customers  with  the  lowest  total  cost  throughout  the  product  lifecycle.  This  approach
enables us to focus our capabilities on broad solutions that address the total cost of design, sourcing, production,
delivery and after-market services for our customers’ products, which can help drive greater levels of efficiency
and improved service levels throughout  our customers’ supply chain.

Our targeted end markets include consumer, communications, enterprise computing, industrial, aerospace
and defense, healthcare and green technology. Although we supply products and services to over 100 OEMs, we
depend on a relatively small number of customers for a significant portion of our revenue. In the aggregate, our

17

top 10 customers represented 71% of revenue in 2009 and our largest customer represented 17% of revenue. In
2009, we segmented our end markets as follows: consumer (29% of revenue); enterprise communications (21%
of  revenue);  telecommunications  (15%  of  revenue);  servers  (13%  of  revenue);  storage  (12%  of  revenue);  and
industrial, aerospace and defense, and healthcare (10% of revenue). The products we manufacture can be found
in  a  wide  variety  of  end  products,  including  smartphones;  networking,  wireless  and  telecommunications
equipment;  storage  devices;  servers;  aerospace  and  defense  electronics,  such  as  in-flight  entertainment  and
guidance systems; healthcare products; audiovisual equipment, including set-top boxes and flat-panel televisions;
printers  and  related  supplies;  peripherals;  gaming  products;  and  a  range  of  industrial  and  green  technology
electronic equipment.

We believe our principal strengths include our advanced capabilities in the areas of technology and quality,
our  flexible  service  offerings,  our  financial  strength  and  our  market-specific  supply  chain  management
capabilities.  We  offer  a  wide  range  of  advanced  manufacturing  technologies,  test  capabilities  and  processes  to
support our customers’ needs. We believe our size, geographic reach and expertise in supply chain management
allow us to purchase materials effectively and to deliver products to customers faster, thereby reducing overall
product  costs and reducing the time-to-market.

We believe our highly skilled workforce differentiates us from our competitors. We have an entrepreneurial,
participative and team-based culture, with a focus on continuous improvement, flexibility and customer service
excellence.

We believe we are well positioned to compete effectively in the EMS industry, given our financial strength
and  our  position  as  one  of  the  major  EMS  providers  worldwide.  Our  priorities  include  to  (i)  grow  revenue
through  organic  program  wins  and  acquisitions;  (ii)  improve  financial  results,  including  operating  margins,
return on invested capital and cash flow performance; (iii) develop and enhance profitable and key relationships
with leading OEMs across our strategic target market segments; (iv) broaden the range of the services we offer
to OEMs; and (v) expand capabilities in services and technologies that diversify and expand our revenue base
beyond our traditional areas of EMS manufacturing expertise. We believe that success in these areas will result
in improved financial performance which  will enhance shareholder value.

Electronics Manufacturing Services Industry

Overview

The EMS industry is comprised of companies that offer a broad range of electronics manufacturing services
to OEMs. Since the 1990s, OEMs have increased their reliance on these services to become more efficient and
to  enhance  their  competitive  positions.  Today,  the  leading  EMS  companies  have  global  operating  networks
delivering worldwide supply chain management solutions. They offer end-to-end services for the entire product
lifecycle, including design and engineering, manufacturing and systems integration, fulfillment and after-market
services. By outsourcing the manufacturing and related services, OEMs are able to overcome their most pressing
business challenges related to cost, asset utilization, quality, time-to-market and rapidly changing technologies.

We  believe  the  adoption  of  outsourcing  by  OEMs  will  continue  across  a  number  of  industries,  because  it

allows OEMs to:

Reduce Operating Costs and Invested Capital. OEMs are under significant pressure to reduce total product
lifecycle  costs,  and  property,  plant  and  equipment  expenditures.  The  manufacturing  process  of  electronics
products has become increasingly automated, which requires greater levels of investment in property, plant and
equipment.  EMS  companies  enable  OEMs  to  gain  access  to  a  global  network  of  manufacturing  facilities  with
supply chain management expertise, advanced engineering capabilities, flexible capacity and economies of scale.
By working with EMS companies, OEMs can reduce their overall product lifecycle and operating costs, working
capital and property, plant and equipment investment requirements.

Focus Resources on Core Competencies. The EMS industry operates in a highly competitive environment
characterized  by  rapid  technological  change  and  shortening  product  lifecycles.  In  this  environment,  many
OEMs are prioritizing their resources on their core competencies of product development, sales, marketing and
customer service, and outsourcing design, manufacturing, supply chain and other product support requirements
to their EMS partners.

18

Improve Time-to-Market. Electronic products experience shorter lifecycles, requiring OEMs to continually
reduce the time and cost of bringing products to market. OEMs can significantly improve product development
cycles  and  enhance  time-to-market  by  benefiting  from  the  expertise  and  infrastructure  of  EMS  providers,
including  capabilities  relating  to  design  services,  prototyping  and  the  rapid  ramp-up  of  new  products  to
high-volume  production,  all  with  the  critical  support  of  global  supply  chain  management  and  manufacturing
networks.

Utilize  EMS  Companies’  Procurement,  Inventory  Management  and  Logistics  Expertise. Successful
manufacturing  of  electronic  products  requires  significant  resources  to  deal  with  the  complexities  in  planning,
procurement  and  inventory  management,  frequent  design  changes,  shorter  product  lifecycles  and  product
demand  fluctuations.  OEMs  can  address  these  complexities  by  outsourcing  to  EMS  providers  that  (i)  possess
sophisticated  IT  systems  and  global  supply  chain  management  capabilities  and  (ii)  can  leverage  significant
component procurement advantages  to  lower  product costs.

Access  Leading  Engineering  Capabilities  and  Technologies. Electronic  products  and  the  electronics
manufacturing technology needed to support them have become complex. As a result, OEMs increasingly rely
on EMS companies to provide design, engineering support, manufacturing and technological expertise. Through
their  design  and  engineering  services,  and  through  the  knowledge  gained  from  repairing  products,  EMS
companies can assist OEMs in the development of new product concepts, or the re-design of existing products,
as well as assist with improvements in the performance, cost and time required to bring products to market. In
addition,  OEMs  gain  access  to  high-quality  manufacturing  expertise  and  capabilities  in  the  areas  of  advanced
process, interconnect and test technologies.

Improve  Access  to  Global  Markets. OEMs  provide  products  and  support  services  for  a  global  customer
base.  EMS  companies  with  global  infrastructure  and  support  capabilities  provide  OEMs  with  efficient  global
manufacturing solutions and distribution  capabilities.

Access to Broadening Service Offerings.

In response to OEMs’ continued desire to outsource activities that
were  traditionally  handled  internally,  EMS  providers  are  continually  expanding  their  offerings  to  include
services  such  as  design,  fulfillment  and  after-market  support,  including  repair  and  recycling  services.  This
enables OEMs to benefit from outsourcing  more of their cost of goods sold.

Celestica’s Focus

We  are  dedicated  to  building  solid  partnerships  and  delivering  innovative  supply  chain  solutions  to  our
customers. To achieve this, we work closely with our OEM customers to proactively identify and fulfill current
requirements and anticipate future needs. We strive to exceed our customers’ expectations by offering a broad
range of services to lower costs, increase flexibility and predictability, improve quality and provide better service
to  their  customers.  We  also  look  at  ways  to  invest  in  our  customers’  future  by  continuing  to  deepen  our
knowledge of their businesses and to develop solutions to meet their needs. We constantly look to advance our
technical  capabilities  to  help  our  customers  achieve  a  competitive  advantage.  By  succeeding  in  the  following
areas, we believe we will maximize customer satisfaction, and improve financial performance which will enhance
shareholder value:

Improve  Financial  Results,  Including  Operating  Margins,  Return  on  Invested  Capital  and  Cash  Flow
Performance.  We  continue  to  focus  on  (i)  improving  utilization  in  regions  or  sites  where  volumes  are  below
appropriate  levels,  (ii)  completing  our  restructuring  programs  to  ensure  we  have  the  appropriate  global
manufacturing  network  and  cost  structures  in  place  to  serve  our  customers,  (iii)  leveraging  our  supply  chain
practices  globally  to  lower  material  costs,  minimize  lead  times  and  improve  our  planning  cycle  to  better  meet
changes in customers’ demand and improve asset utilization, (iv) maximizing asset utilization, which we believe
when  combined  with  margin  enhancement  measures  will  increase  our  return  on  invested  capital  and
(v) maximizing cash flow performance.

Leverage Expertise in Technology, Quality and Supply Chain Management. We are committed to meeting our
customers’ needs in the areas of technology, quality and supply chain management. We believe our expertise in
these areas enables us to meet the rigorous demands of our OEM customers, and allows us to produce a variety

19

of  electronic  products  ranging  from  high-volume  consumer  electronics  to  highly  complex  technology
infrastructure products. We believe our commitment to quality allows us to deliver consistently reliable products
to  our  customers.  The  systems  and  collaborative  processes  associated  with  our  expertise  in  supply  chain
management have generally enabled us to rapidly adjust our operations to meet the lead time requirements of
our  customers,  flexibly  shift  capacity  in  response  to  product  demand  fluctuations  and  quickly  and  effectively
deliver products directly to end customers. We often collaborate with suppliers to influence component design
for  the  benefit  of  our  customers.  Based  on  the  successes  that  we  have  had  in  these  areas,  we  have  been
recognized with numerous customer and industry achievement awards.

Develop  and  Enhance  Profitable  and  Key  Relationships  with  Leading  OEMs. We  seek  to  build  and  sustain
profitable,  strategic  and  collaborative  relationships  with  targeted  industry  leaders  in  sectors  that  can  benefit
from  the  delivery  of  our  services  and  solutions.  We  conduct  ourselves  as  an  extension  of  our  customers’
organizations which enables us to respond to their needs with speed, flexibility and predictability in delivering
results.  We  have  established  and  maintain  strong  manufacturing  relationships  with  a  diverse  mix  of  leading
OEMs across several market segments. We believe that our customer base will be a strong source of growth for
us as we seek to strengthen these relationships through the delivery of additional services.

Expand Range of Service Offerings. We continually look to expand the breadth and depth of the services we
provide to OEMs in areas that can reduce their overall product lifecycle costs. In recent years, we have expanded
our  service  offerings  to  facilitate  the  manufacture  of  a  broader  spectrum  of  products  and  to  support  the  full
product  lines  of  leading  OEMs  in  a  variety  of  industry  segments.  During  this  period,  we  have  also  expanded
additional capabilities in prototyping, design, engineering solutions, systems assembly, logistics, fulfillment and
after-market services.

Continue to Penetrate Strategic Target End Markets. As a result of new or continued demand for outsourced
electronics manufacturing services, we strive to establish a diverse customer base with OEM customers in several
industries. We believe our legacy of expertise in technology, quality and supply chain management, in addition to
our  broad  service  offerings,  have  positioned  us  as  an  attractive  partner  to  companies  across  these  market
segments.  Our  goal  is  to  diversify  across  targeted  markets,  such  as  commercial  aerospace  and  defense,
healthcare,  industrial  and  green  technology,  to  reduce  the  risk  associated  with  reliance  on  only  a  few  sectors.
Our revenue diversification is as follows:

Consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enterprise Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Telecommunications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Industrial, Aerospace and Defense and Healthcare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2007

2008

2009

19% 23% 29%
28% 25% 21%
14% 15% 15%
19% 16% 13%
10% 10% 12%
10% 11% 10%

Selectively  Pursue  Strategic  Acquisitions. We  will  selectively  seek  acquisition  opportunities  in  order  to
(i)  grow  our  revenue,  (ii)  further  develop  strategic  relationships  with  OEMs  in  our  target  markets  and
(iii) broaden and deepen the scope of our  capabilities  and service  offerings.

Celestica’s Business

OEM Supply Chain Services and Solutions

We  are  a  global  provider  of  innovative  supply  chain  solutions.  We  offer  a  full  range  of  services  including
design,  manufacturing,  engineering,  order  fulfillment,  logistics  and  after-market  services.  We  capitalize  on  our
global operating network, information technology and supply chain expertise using a collaborative process and a
team  of  highly  skilled,  customer-focused  employees.  We  believe  that  our  ability  to  deliver  a  broad  range  of
supply  chain  solutions  to  our  customers  provides  them  with  a  competitive  time-to-market  and  cost  advantage.

Supply Chain Management. We use enterprise resource planning and supply chain management systems to
optimize materials management from suppliers through to our customers’ customers. The effective management

20

of the supply chain is critical to the OEMs’ success, as it directly impacts the time required to deliver products to
market and the capital requirements associated with carrying inventory. We believe that we have a differentiated
supply chain offering compared to our  competitors through  our TCOO Strategy and  Ring Strategy.

Through our TCOO Strategy, we strive to provide our customers with the true cost of producing, delivering
and  supporting  their  products  so  that  we  can  exceed  their  expectations  for  time-to-market  and  quality  and
provide  them  with  the  lowest  TCOO.  Through  our  Ring  Strategy,  we  strive  to  align  a  network  of  suppliers
around each of our centers of excellence so we can increase the agility, flexibility and collaborative approach of
our  supply chain to deliver the shortest overall  lead times  for any given  product.

Design. Our  global  design  services  and  solutions  architects  are  focused  on  opportunities  that  span  the
entire  product  lifecycle.  Supported  by  a  disciplined  approach  to  program  management,  we  strive  to  provide
flexible  design  solutions  and  expertise  to  help  customers  optimize  the  supply  chain  to  reduce  their  overall
product costs, improve time-to-market and introduce competitively differentiated products. A leader in design
analysis, we leverage our proprietary CoreSim Technology(cid:3) to minimize design spins, speed time to market and
provide  improved  manufacturing  yields  for  our  customers.  Through  our  collective  experience  with  common
technologies across multiple industries and product groups, we believe we can provide quality and cost-focused
solutions for our customers’ design needs.

Our teams collaborate with OEM product designers in the early stages of product development. Our design
team  uses  advanced  tools  to  enable  new  product  ideas  to  progress  from  electrical  and  application-specific
integrated  circuit  design,  to  simulation,  physical  layout  and  design  for  manufacturing.  Collaborative  links  and
databases between the customer and our design and manufacturing groups help to ensure that new designs are
released rapidly, smoothly and cohesively  into  production.

We strive to enhance our design services capabilities through strategic relationships with global engineering
and research and development organizations, as well as other IT services and business process outsourcing firms.
We believe that by combining our companies’ strengths, we can create solutions to help our customers overcome
design-related  challenges.  The  skills  and  scalability  that  we  can  access  enable  us  to  better  manage  projects
throughout the life of the product, including software development and systems validation, as well as complete
product  sustainability.

Other  key  initiatives  aimed  at  enhancing  our  design  services  offering  include  developing  and  marketing
solutions  accelerator  platforms  for  products  such  as  blade  servers,  storage  devices,  wireless  networking
equipment  and  smart  grid  technologies.  We  believe  these  customizable  solution  accelerators  will  help
OEMs reach their markets faster by reducing  design cycles without compromising their intellectual  property.

Green Services(cid:3). We have developed a suite of services to help our customers comply with environmental
legislation, such as those relating to the removal of hazardous substances and waste management/recycling. Our
services  help  our  customers  design,  prototype,  introduce,  manufacture,  test,  ship,  takeback,  repair,  refurbish,
reuse,  recycle  and  properly  dispose  of  end-of-life  (EOL)  products  in  compliance  with  existing  and  evolving
legislation in countries in which we operate.

Prototyping. Prototyping  is  a  critical  early-stage  process  in  the  development  of  new  products.  Our
engineers  collaborate  with  OEM  engineers  to  build  early-stage  products  at  our  new  product  introduction
centers. These centers are strategically located to enable us to provide a quick response in the early stages of the
product  development  lifecycle.  Upon  completion  of  these  prototypes,  our  new  product  introduction  centers
provide a seamless entry into our larger  manufacturing facilities.

Systems Assembly and Test. We use sophisticated technologies in the assembly and testing of our products.
We continue to make investments in the development of new assembly and test process techniques to enhance
product  quality,  reduce  cost  and  improve  delivery  time  to  customers.  We  work  independently  and  also
collaborate with customers and suppliers to develop leading assembly and test technologies. Systems assembly
and  testing  require  sophisticated  logistics  capabilities  to  rapidly  procure  components,  assemble  products,
perform  complex  testing  and  distribute  products  to  customers  around  the  world.  Our  full  systems  assembly
services involve combining and testing a wide range of subassemblies and components before shipping to their
final destination. Increasingly, OEMs require custom build-to-order system solutions with very short lead times

21

and we are focused on using our advanced supply chain management capabilities to respond to our customers’
needs.

Product Assurance. We provide product assurance to our OEM customers. Our product assurance teams
perform  product  life  testing  and  full  circuit  characterization  to  ensure  that  designs  meet  or  exceed  required
specifications. We are accredited as a National Testing Laboratory capable of testing to international standards
(e.g., Canadian Standards Association and Underwriters Laboratories). We believe that this service allows our
customers to attain product certification significantly faster than is customary in  the EMS industry.

Failure  Analysis. Our  extensive  failure  analysis  capabilities  concentrate  on  identifying  the  root  cause  of
product  failures  and  determining  corrective  actions.  The  root  causes  of  failures  typically  relate  to  inherent
component  defects  and/or  deficiencies  in  design  robustness.  Products  are  subjected  to  various  environmental
extremes, including temperature, humidity, vibration, voltage and rate of use. Field conditions are simulated in
failure  analysis  laboratories  which  employ  advanced  electron  microscopes,  spectrometers  and  other  advanced
equipment. We are also able to discover failures before products are shipped, as our highly qualified engineers
are proactive in working in partnership  with suppliers and customers  to  develop and  implement  resolutions.

Order Fulfillment and Logistics. We leverage our global scale in manufacturing, supply chain management
and  fulfillment  to  provide  fully  integrated  logistics  solutions  to  our  customers.  Our  logistics  offerings  include
warehouse  and  distribution,  freight  management,  logistics  consulting  services,  product  and  materials  visibility
and reverse logistics. We ship worldwide to our customers or, in many cases, directly to our OEMs’ customers.

After Market Services. We help our customers extend the value of their product through our after-market
repair,  returns  and  recycling  services,  individualized  to  meet  each  customer’s  requirements.  These  services
include  field  failure  analysis,  product  upgrades,  repair  and  engineering  change  management.  The  knowledge
gained  from  these  services  may  also  be  used  in  future  design  activity  to  improve  quality  and  reliability  in
next-generation products.

Quality Management

We believe one of our strengths is our ability to consistently deliver high-quality services and products. We
have an extensive quality management system that focuses on continual process improvement and achieving high
levels  of  customer  satisfaction.  We  employ  a  variety  of  advanced  statistical  engineering  techniques  and  other
tools  to  assist  in  improving  product  and  service  quality.  All  of  our  principal  facilities  are  ISO  certified  to
ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 (environmental) standards, as  well as to other industry-specific certifications.

In  addition  to  these  standards,  we  continue  to  deploy  Lean  and  Six  Sigma  initiatives  throughout  our
manufacturing  network.  Implementing  Lean  throughout  the  manufacturing  process  improves  efficiency,
shortens  cycle  times  and  reduces  waste  in  areas  such  as  inventory  on  hand,  set  up  times,  floor  space  and  the
number  of  people  required  for  production.  Six  Sigma  ensures  continuous  improvement  by  reducing  process
variation. We also apply the knowledge we gain in our after market services to improve the quality and reliability
of next-generation products. Success in these areas helps our customers lower their costs, positioning them more
competitively in their respective business environments.

We believe that quality management is one of the key services directly linked to meeting and exceeding our
customers’  expectations,  and  we  have  a  series  of  key  performance  indicators  deployed  across  our  operating
network that allow our teams to focus on driving continuous improvement and meeting customers’ expectations
with respect to quality.

Geographies

Approximately  one-half  of  our  revenue  is  produced  in  Asia  and  one-third  of  our  revenue  is  produced  in
North America. A listing of our principal manufacturing and non-manufacturing locations is included in Item 4,
‘‘Information  on  the  Company — Description  of  Property.’’  We  believe  we  have  a  competitive  and  strategic
global manufacturing network with approximately 80% of our employees located in lower-cost regions. We have
deployed many of our significant technical capabilities to a broad number of our global sites in both high-cost
and low-cost regions which we believe  differentiates us from our competitors.

22

Certain geographic information is set forth in note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18.

Sales and Marketing

We have adopted a marketing approach focused on creating profitable, strategic relationships with leading
OEMs in targeted end markets. We have structured our business development teams by market segment, with a
focus  on  providing  complete  manufacturing  and  supply  chain  solutions.  Our  coordination  of  efforts  with  key
global customers has been enhanced by the creation of customer-focused teams, each headed by a group general
manager  who  oversees  the  global  relationship  with  these  customers.  These  teams  work  with  our  solutions
architects to develop specific approaches that meet the unique needs of each customer’s product or supply chain
including  direct  sales
requirements.  Our  global  network 
representatives, operational and project managers, account executives, supply chain management teams, as well
as senior executives.

is  comprised  of  customer-focused  teams, 

Customers

We  supply  products  and  services  to  approximately  100  OEM  customers  and  target  industry  leading
customers  in  strategic  market  segments  focused  on  key  technologies.  Our  customers  include  Alcatel  Lucent,
Cisco Systems, EMC, Hewlett-Packard, Hitachi, Honeywell, IBM, Juniper, NEC, Polycom, Raytheon, Research
in  Motion  and  Sun  Microsystems.  We  are  focused  on  strengthening  our  relationships  with  these  strategic
customers through the delivery of new and expanding end-to-end solutions, such as design, engineering, order
fulfillment, logistics and after-market  services.

During  2009,  our  largest  customer,  Research  in  Motion,  represented  more  than  10%  of  total  revenue.
During  2008,  we  had  no  customers  that  represented  over  10%  of  total  revenue.  Our  top  10  customers
represented 71% and 63%, respectively, of  total revenue for 2009 and 2008.

We generally enter into contractual agreements with our key customers that provide the framework for our
overall relationship. The majority of our customer arrangements also require the customer to purchase unused
inventory that we have purchased to fulfill that customer’s forecasted manufacturing demand.

Technology and Research and Development

We  use  advanced  technology  in  the  design,  assembly  and  testing  of  the  products  we  manufacture.  We
believe  that  our  processes  and  skills  are  among  the  most  sophisticated  in  the  industry.  We  believe  that  this
provides  us  with  advantages  over  many  of  our  smaller  competitors  and  our  competitors  building  less  complex
products.

Our  customer-focused  factories  are  highly  flexible  and  are  reconfigured  as  needed  to  meet  customer-
specific product requirements and fluctuations in volumes. We have extensive capabilities across a broad range
of specialized assembly processes. We work with a variety of substrate types based on the products we build for
our customers, from thin, flexible printed circuit boards to highly complex, dense multi-layer boards as well as a
broad  array  of  advanced  component  and  attach  technologies  employed  in  our  customers’  products.  Increasing
demand  for  full-system  assembly  solutions  continues  to  drive  technical  advancement  in  complex  mechanical
assembly and configuration.

Our assembly capabilities are complemented by advanced test capabilities. The technologies we use include
high-speed functional testing, optical, burn-in, vibration, radio frequency, in-circuit and in-situ dynamic thermal
cycling stress testing. We believe that our inspection technology, which includes X-ray laminography, advanced
automated  optical  inspection,  three-dimensional  laser  paste  volumetric  inspection  and  scanning  electron
microscopy,  is  among  the  most  sophisticated  in  the  EMS  industry.  We  work  directly  with  the  leaders  in  the
equipment  industry  to  optimize  their  products  and  solutions  or  to  jointly  design  a  solution  to  better  meet  our
needs  and  the  needs  of  our  customers.  Furthermore,  we  employ  internally  developed  automated  robotic
technology to perform in-process repair.

Our  ongoing  research  and  development  activities  include  the  development  of  processes  and  test
technologies,  as  well  as  some  focused  product  development.  We  are  proactive  in  developing  manufacturing
techniques that take advantage of the latest component, product and packaging designs. We work directly with

23

our  customers  to  understand  their  product  roadmaps  and  to  develop  the  technology  solutions  required  to
optimally  solution  their  future  needs.  We  often  work  with,  and  take  a  leadership  role  in,  industry  groups  that
strive to advance the state of technology  in the  industry.

Supply Chain Management

We  have  strong  relationships  with  our  commodity  suppliers.  We  share  data  electronically  with  our  key
suppliers  and  ensure  speed  of  supply  through  strong  relationships  with  our  logistics  partners  and  full-service
distribution  capabilities.  During  2009,  we  procured  and  managed  over  $4.5  billion  in  materials  and  related
services. We view the size and scale of our procurement activities as an important competitive advantage, as it
enhances our ability to obtain better pricing, influence component packaging and design and obtain a supply of
components in constrained markets.

We believe we have a differentiated supply chain offering compared to our competitors through our Total
Cost  of  Ownership(cid:3)  Strategy  and  Ring  Strategy.  Through  our  TCOO  Strategy,  we  strive  to  provide  our
customers with the true cost of producing, delivering and supporting their products so that we can exceed their
expectations  for  time-to-market  and  quality  and  provide  them  with  the  lowest  TCOO.  Through  our  Ring
Strategy, we strive to align a network of suppliers around our centers of excellence to increase flexibility in our
supply chain and deliver shorter overall product lead times.

We utilize two enterprise systems which provide comprehensive information on our logistics, financial and
engineering  support  functions.  These  systems  provide  management  with  the  data  required  to  manage  the
logistical complexities of the business and are augmented by and integrated with other applications, such as shop
floor controls, component and product database  management  and  design tools.

To  minimize  the  risk  associated  with  inventory,  we  primarily  order  materials  and  components  only  to  the
extent  necessary  to  satisfy  existing  customer  orders  and  forecasts  covered  by  the  applicable  customer  contract
terms  and  conditions.  We  have  implemented  specific  inventory  management  strategies  with  certain  suppliers,
such  as  ‘‘supplier  managed  inventory’’  (pulling  inventory  at  the  production  line  on  an  as-needed  basis)  and
on-site  stocking  programs.  Our  initiatives  in  Lean  and  Six  Sigma  also  focus  on  eliminating  excess  inventory
throughout  the  supply  chain.  In  providing  electronics  manufacturing  services  to  our  customers,  we  are  largely
protected  from  the  risk  of  fluctuations  in  inventory  costs,  as  these  costs  are  generally  passed  through
to customers.

All of the products we manufacture or assemble require one or more components. In many cases, there may
be  only  one  supplier  of  a  particular  component.  Some  of  these  components  could  be  rationed  in  response  to
supply  shortages.  We  work  with  our  suppliers  and  customers  to  attempt  to  ensure  continuity  in  the  supply  of
these  components.  In  cases  where  unanticipated  customer  demand  or  supply  shortages  occur,  we  attempt  to
arrange  for  alternative  sources  of  supply,  where  available,  or  defer  planned  production  in  response  to  the
availability of the critical components.

Many  of  these  suppliers  are  also  involved  with  our  Ring  Strategy,  whereby  the  supplier  locates  its
operations  in  close  proximity  to  our  centers  of  excellence  in  order  to  reduce  lead  times  and  provide  greater
levels of flexibility to our customers.

Intellectual Property

We hold licenses to various technologies which we acquired in connection with acquisitions. In addition, we
believe  that  we  have  secured  access  to  all  required  technology  that  is  material  to  the  current  conduct  of
our business.

We  regard  our  manufacturing  processes  and  certain  designs  as  proprietary  trade  secrets  and  confidential
information.  We  rely  largely  upon  a  combination  of  trade  secret  laws,  non-disclosure  agreements  with  our
customers  and  suppliers  and  our  internal  security  systems,  confidentiality  procedures  and  employee
confidentiality agreements to maintain the trade secrecy of our designs and manufacturing processes. Although
we take steps to protect our trade secrets, there can be no assurance that misappropriation  will not occur.

24

We currently have a limited number of patents and patent applications pending. However, we believe that
the  rapid  pace  of  technological  change  makes  patent  protection  less  significant  than  such  factors  as  the
knowledge  and  experience  of  management  and  personnel  and  our  ability  to  develop,  enhance  and  market
electronics manufacturing services.

We license some technology from third parties which we use in providing electronics manufacturing services
to our customers. We believe that such licenses are generally available on commercial terms from a number of
licensors.  Generally,  the  agreements  governing  such  technology  grant  to  us  non-exclusive,  worldwide  licenses
with  respect  to  the  subject  technologies  and  terminate  upon  a  material  breach  by  us  of  the  terms  of  such
agreements.

Competition

We compete on a global basis to provide electronics manufacturing services and solutions to OEMs across
various  end  markets.  Our  competitors  include  a  large  number  of  domestic  and  foreign  companies,  such  as
Benchmark Electronics, Flextronics International, Hon Hai Precision Industry, Jabil Circuit and Sanmina-SCI,
as well as smaller EMS companies that often have a regional, product, service or industry specific focus. ODMs,
companies that provide internally designed products and manufacturing services to OEMs, continue to increase
their share of outsourced manufacturing services across several markets and product groups, including personal
computer motherboards, notebook and desktop computers, cell phones and smartphones. While we have not, to
date,  encountered  significant  direct  competition  from  ODMs  in  our  primary  markets,  such  competition  may
increase if our business in these markets  grows, or  if ODMs expand  into our primary end  markets.

We may also face competition from current and prospective customers who evaluate our capabilities against
the merits of manufacturing products internally. We compete with different companies depending on the type of
service  or  geographic  area.  Some  of  our  competitors  may  have  greater  manufacturing,  procurement,  research
and development, and sales and marketing resources than we do. We believe our competitive advantage in our
targeted  markets  is  our  track  record  in  manufacturing  technology,  quality,  responsiveness  and  providing
cost-effective,  value-added  services.  To  remain  competitive,  we  believe  we  must  continue  to  provide
technologically  advanced  manufacturing  services  and  solutions,  maintain  quality  levels,  offer  flexible  delivery
schedules, deliver finished products on time and compete favorably on price. To enhance our competitiveness,
we  expect  to  expand  our  service  offerings  or  capabilities  beyond  our  traditional  areas  of  EMS  manufacturing
expertise.

Human Resources

As  of  December  31,  2009,  we  employed  approximately  33,000  permanent  and  temporary  (contract)
employees worldwide. Some of our employees in the Czech Republic, Japan, Mexico, Singapore and Spain are
represented by unions. Given the variable nature of our project flow and the quick response time required by
our customers, it is critical that we are able to quickly ramp our production up or down to maximize efficiency.
To achieve this, our approach has been to employ a skilled temporary  labor force,  as required.

We  believe  that  our  employees  are  our  greatest  asset.  Culturally,  we  are  collaborative,  team-oriented,
values-driven and results-oriented, with a focus on customer service and quality at all levels. This culture is an
important element of our strategy, as we need to be able to fully utilize the intellectual capital of our employees
to be successful.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to various federal, state/provincial, local and multi-national laws and regulations, including
environmental measures relating to the release, use, storage, treatment, transportation, discharge, disposal and
remediation  of  contaminants,  hazardous  substances  and  waste,  and  health  and  safety  measures  related  to
practices  and  procedures  applicable  to  the  construction  and  operation  of  our  plants.  We  believe  that  we  are
currently in compliance in all material respects with applicable laws and have management systems in place to
maintain compliance.

25

Our  past  operations  and  historical  operations  of  others  may  have  resulted  in  soil  and  groundwater
contamination  on  our  sites.  From  time  to  time  we  investigate,  remediate  and  monitor  soil  and  groundwater
contamination at certain of our operating sites. Generally, Phase I or similar environmental assessments (which
involve  general  inspections  without  soil  sampling  or  groundwater  analysis)  were  obtained  for  most  of  our
manufacturing  facilities  at  the  time  of  acquisition  or  leasing.  Where  contamination  is  suspected  at  sites  being
acquired,  Phase  II  intrusive  environmental  assessments  (including  soil  and/or  groundwater  testing)  are  usually
performed.  We  expect  to  conduct  Phase  I  or  similar  environmental  assessments  in  respect  of  future  property
acquisitions  and  will  do  Phase  II  assessments  where  appropriate.  These  environmental  assessments  have  not
revealed any environmental liability that we believe will have a material adverse effect on our operating results,
business, prospects or financial condition, in part because of contractual retention of liability by landlords and
former owners at certain sites.

Environmental  legislation  also  operates  at  the  product  level.  Since  2004,  we  have  developed  our  Green
Services(cid:3), offering a suite of services that help our customers comply with environmental legislation, such as the
European  Union’s  Restriction  of  Hazardous  Substances  (RoHS)  and  Waste  Electrical  and  Electronic
Equipment directive (WEEE) laws and  China’s RoHS legislation.

Backlog

Although we obtain firm purchase orders from our customers, OEM customers typically do not make firm
orders  for  delivery  of  products  more  than  30  to  90  days  in  advance.  We  do  not  believe  that  the  backlog  of
expected  product  sales  covered  by  firm  purchase  orders  is  a  meaningful  measure  of  future  sales,  since  orders
may be rescheduled or cancelled.

Seasonality

Seasonality  is  reflected  in  the  mix  and  complexity  of  the  products  we  manufacture.  With  a  significant
exposure  to  consumer,  computing  and  communications  infrastructure  products,  there  will  be  a  level  of
seasonality  in  our  quarterly  revenue  patterns  for  many  customers.  The  consumer  electronics  business  has
revenue peaks that are different than those of our communications and enterprise computing market segments.
The pace of technological change, the frequency of OEMs transferring business among EMS competitors and
the  constantly  changing  dynamics  of  the  global  economy  will  also  continue  to  impact  us.  As  a  result  of  these
factors, our efforts to diversify our revenue base, and limited visibility in technology end markets, it is difficult
for us to predict the extent and impact of seasonality on our business.

C. Organizational Structure

We conduct our business through subsidiaries operating on a worldwide basis. The following companies are

considered significant subsidiaries and  each of them is wholly owned:

Celestica Cayman Holdings 1 Limited,  a Cayman Islands  corporation;

Celestica Cayman Holdings 9 Limited,  a Cayman Islands  corporation;

Celestica Corporation, a Delaware corporation;

Celestica (Gibraltar) Limited, a Gibraltar  corporation;

Celestica Holdings Pte Ltd., a Singapore  corporation;

Celestica Hong Kong Limited, a Hong  Kong corporation;

Celestica International Inc., an Ontario corporation;

Celestica Liquidity Management Hungary  Limited  Liability Company, a  Hungary corporation;
Celestica (Luxembourg) S. `AR.L., a Luxembourg corporation;

Celestica (Thailand) Limited, a Thailand  corporation;

Celestica (US Holdings) Inc., a Delaware corporation;

26

IMS International Manufacturing Services  Limited, a Cayman Islands corporation;

1282087 Ontario Inc., an Ontario corporation;

1681714 Ontario Inc., an Ontario corporation; and

1755630 Ontario Inc., an Ontario corporation.

D. Description of Property

The  following  table  summarizes  our  principal  facilities  as  of  February  22,  2010.  Our  facilities  are  used  to
provide  electronics  manufacturing  services  and  solutions,  such  as  the  manufacture  of  printed  circuit  boards,
assembly  and  configuration  of  final  systems,  and  other  related  manufacturing  and  customer  support  activities,
including warehousing, distribution and  fulfillment.

Major  locations

Square Footage

Owned/Leased

Ontario(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
California(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tennessee(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Texas(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mexico(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ireland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Czech Republic(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Romania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scotland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
China(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malaysia(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thailand(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Singapore(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Japan(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1) This  represents multiple locations.

(in thousands)
906
728
404
200
657
133
418
185
200
58
1,050
878
1,085
309
315

Owned/Leased
Leased
Leased
Leased
Leased
Leased
Owned
Owned/Leased
Owned
Leased
Owned/Leased
Owned/Leased
Owned/Leased
Leased
Owned/Leased

Our principal executive office is located at 844 Don Mills Road, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M3C 1V7. Our

principal facilities are certified to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001  (environmental) standards.

Our  land  and  facility  leases  expire  between  2010  and  2060.  We  currently  expect  to  be  able  to  extend  the

terms of expiring leases or to find replacement  facilities  on reasonable terms.

As  part  of  our  restructuring  plans,  we  have  been  focused  on  increasing  production  in  lower-cost
geographies.  We  will  continue  to  evaluate  our  operating  network  to  ensure  that  it  meets  our  customers’
requirements.  See  Item  5,  ‘‘Operating  and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects — Management’s  Discussion  and
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations — Operating  Results’’  for  additional  information
concerning our restructurings.

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

27

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND  ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of the financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with
the Consolidated Financial Statements, which we prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP. A reconciliation to
U.S.  GAAP  is  disclosed  in  note  20  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  All  dollar  amounts  are  expressed  in
U.S. dollars. The information in this discussion is provided as of February 19, 2010.

Certain  statements  contained  in  the  following  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations (MD&A) constitute forward looking statements within the meaning of section 27A of the
U.S. Securities Act, section 21E of the U.S. Exchange Act, and applicable Canadian securities legislation, including,
without limitation, statements related to our future growth; trends in our industry; our financial or operational results
including  anticipated  expenses,  benefits  or  payments;  the  redemption  of  our  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  and  the
expected benefits of such redemption; our financial or operational performance; and our conversion from Canadian
GAAP to International Financial Reporting Standards. Such forward looking statements are predictive in nature, and
may  be  based  on  current  expectations,  forecasts  or  assumptions  involving  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause
actual  outcomes  and  results  to  differ  materially  from  the  forward  looking  statements  themselves.  Such  forward
looking  statements  may,  without  limitation,  be  preceded  by,  followed  by,  or  include  words  such  as  ‘‘believes,’’
‘‘expects,’’  ‘‘anticipates,’’  ‘‘estimates,’’  ‘‘intends,’’  ‘‘plans,’’  or  similar  expressions,  or  may  employ  such  future  or
conditional verbs as ‘‘may’’, ‘‘will’’, ‘‘should’’ or ‘‘would’’ or may otherwise be indicated as forward looking statements
by grammatical construction, phrasing or context. For those statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for
forward  looking  statements  contained  in  the  U.S.  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995,  and  in  any
applicable Canadian securities legislation. Forward looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. You
should understand that the following important factors could affect our future results and could cause those results to
differ materially from those expressed in such forward looking statements: the effects of price competition and other
business and competitive factors generally affecting the electronics manufacturing services (EMS) industry, including
changes in the trend for outsourcing; our dependence on a limited number of customers and end markets; variability
of operating results among periods; the challenges of effectively managing our operations during uncertain economic
conditions, including significant changes in demand from our customers as a result of an uncertain or weak economic
environment;  our  inability  to  retain  or  expand  our  business  due  to  execution  problems  resulting  from  significant
headcount  reductions,  plant  closures  and  product  transfer  activities;  the  challenge  of  responding  to  changes  in
customer demand; the delays in the delivery and/or general availability of various components and materials used in
our  manufacturing  process;  our  dependence  on  industries  affected  by  rapid  technological  change;  our  ability  to
successfully  manage  our  international  operations;  the  challenge  of  managing  our  financial  exposures  to  foreign
currency  fluctuations;  and  the  risk  of  potential  non-performance  by  counterparties,  including  but  not  limited  to
financial institutions, customers and suppliers. These and other risks and uncertainties, as well as other information
related to the company, are discussed in our various public filings at www.sedar.com and www.sec.gov, including our
Annual  Report  on  Form  20-F  and  subsequent  reports  on  Form  6-K  filed  with  the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission and our Annual Information Form filed with the Canadian  Securities Commissions.

Except  as  required  by  applicable  law,  we  disclaim  any  intention  or  obligation  to  update  or  revise  any  forward
looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You should read this document
with  the  understanding  that  our  actual  future  results  may  be  materially  different  from  what  we  expect.  We  may  not
update these forward looking statements, even if our situation changes in the future. All forward looking statements
attributable to us are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.

Overview

What Celestica does:

We deliver innovative supply chain solutions to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) in the consumer,
enterprise  computing,  communications,  industrial,  aerospace  and  defense,  healthcare  and  green  technology
markets.  We  believe  our  services  and  solutions  will  help  our  customers  reduce  their  time  to  market  and
eliminate waste from their supply chains, resulting in lower product lifecycle costs, better financial returns and
improved competitive advantage in their respective business environments.

28

Our  global  operating  network  spans  the  Americas,  Asia  and  Europe.  In  an  effort  to  drive  speed  and
flexibility for our customers, we conduct the majority of our business through full-service centers of excellence,
strategically located around the world. Through our Ring Strategy, we strive to align a network of suppliers in
proximity to our centers of excellence in order to increase flexibility in our supply chain, deliver shorter overall
product lead times and reduce inventory. We operate other sites around the globe with specialized supply chain
management and high-mix/low-volume manufacturing capabilities to meet the specific production and product
lifecycle  requirements of our customers.

Through our centers of excellence and the deployment of our Total Cost of Ownership(cid:3) (TCOO) Strategy,
we  strive  to  provide  our  customers  with  the  lowest  total  cost  throughout  the  product  lifecycle.  This  approach
enables us to focus our capabilities on broad solutions that address the total cost of design, sourcing, production,
delivery and after market services for our customers’ products, which can help drive greater levels of efficiency
and improved service levels throughout  our customers’ supply chains.

Our targeted end markets include consumer, enterprise computing, communications, industrial, aerospace
and  defense,  healthcare  and  green  technology.  We  offer  a  full  range  of  services  to  our  customers  including
design,  manufacturing,  engineering,  order  fulfillment,  logistics  and  after-market  services.  We  are  focused  on
expanding these service offerings across our major markets with existing and new customers. In particular, we
intend to invest in assets and resources to expand our design, engineering and after-market service capabilities
to  support  future  growth  opportunities.  Our  recent  acquisition  of  Scotland-based  Invec  Solutions  Limited  will
enhance our after market services offering.

Although we supply products and services to over 100 OEMs, we depend upon a relatively small number of
customers for a significant portion of our revenue. In the aggregate, our top 10 customers represented 71% of
revenue  in  2009  and  our  largest  customer  represented  17%  of  revenue.  The  products  we  manufacture  can  be
found  in  a  wide  variety  of  end  products,  including  smartphones;  networking,  wireless  and  telecommunications
equipment;  storage  devices;  servers;  aerospace  and  defense  electronics,  such  as  in-flight  entertainment  and
guidance systems; healthcare products; audiovisual equipment, including set-top boxes and flat-panel televisions;
printers  and  related  supplies;  peripherals;  gaming  products;  and  a  range  of  industrial  and  green  technology
electronic equipment.

We  believe  that  our  principal  strengths  include  our  advanced  capabilities  in  the  areas  of  technology  and
quality, our flexible service offerings, our financial strength and our market-specific supply chain management
capabilities.  We  offer  a  wide  range  of  advanced  manufacturing  technologies,  test  capabilities  and  processes  to
support our customers’ needs. We believe our size, geographic reach and expertise in supply chain management
allow us to purchase materials effectively and to deliver products to customers faster, thereby reducing overall
product  costs and reducing the time-to-market.

We believe we are well positioned to compete effectively in the EMS industry, given our financial strength
and  our  position  as  one  of  the  major  EMS  providers  worldwide.  Our  priorities  include  to  (i)  grow  revenue
through  organic  program  wins  and  acquisitions;  (ii)  improve  financial  results,  including  operating  margins,
return on invested capital and cash flow performance; (iii) develop and enhance profitable and key relationships
with leading OEMs across our strategic target market segments; (iv) broaden the range of the services we offer
to OEMs; and (v) expand capabilities in services and technologies that diversify and expand our revenue base
beyond our traditional areas of EMS manufacturing expertise. We believe that success in these areas will result
in improved financial performance which  will enhance shareholder value.

Overview of business environment:

The  EMS  industry  is  highly  competitive  with  multiple  global  EMS  providers  competing  for  the  same
customers  and  programs.  Although  the  industry  is  characterized  by  large  revenue  opportunities,  operating
margins  are  comparatively  low  and  aggressive  pricing  pressure  is  a  common  business  dynamic  in  the  industry.
Capacity utilization is an important factor affecting operating margins. The amount of available manufacturing
capacity and the location of that capacity are vital considerations for EMS providers. The EMS industry is also
working capital intensive. As a result, we believe that return on invested capital, which is primarily affected by
operating margins and investments in working capital and equipment, is an important metric for measuring an
EMS provider’s financial performance.

29

EMS companies are exposed to a variety of customers and end markets. Demand visibility is limited which
makes  revenue  in  each  of  our  end  markets  difficult  to  predict.  This  is  due  primarily  to  the  shorter  product
lifecycles  inherent  in  technology  markets,  rapid  shifts  in  technology  for  our  customers’  products  and  general
economic  conditions.  Recent  global  economic  conditions  and  uncertainty,  including  the  global  economic
downturn  and  volatile  capital  markets,  have  negatively  impacted  the  operations  of  most  EMS  providers,
including Celestica.

Impact of current economic environment:

In  2009,  as  a  result  of  the  global  economic  downturn,  revenue  declined  year-over-year  in  all  end  markets
that  we  serve,  other  than  the  consumer  market,  which  was  relatively  flat.  Although  the  global  economy  has
recovered somewhat from the recent economic and financial crisis, the economic outlook remains uncertain with
continued low end market visibility for our customers. This environment can pose significant risk to our business
due to continuing weak demand or customer financial stress or bankruptcy. While we have operated relatively
well  during  this  period,  we  expect  that  this  uncertainty  will  continue  to  impact  our  revenue,  operating
profitability  and  cash  flow.  As  customers  adjust  their  strategies  during  this  time,  we  continue  to  experience
increased  pricing  pressure  and  other  competitive  pressures.  Despite  the  difficult  end-market  environment,
recent  demand  increases  have  resulted  in  some  component  and  material  shortages,  as  well  as  extended  lead
times.  If  this  trend  accelerates,  similar  shortages  could  impact  our  financial  results.  The  trend  towards
outsourcing continues to change as some customers have brought their production back in-house to fill capacity,
while other customers have chosen to increase their outsourcing to reduce costs. Other customers have shifted
their production between EMS providers based on pricing concessions or their preference for consolidating their
supply chain. This environment has resulted in additional restructuring actions and site closures as we respond
to our customers’ actions. The uncertain environment has also impacted foreign currency rates, the fair value of
our  financial  instruments  and  the  returns  we  earn  on  our  pension  assets,  among  other  items.  The  global
economic  uncertainty  has  impacted,  and  we  expect  will  continue  to  impact,  the  financial  condition  of  some  of
our  customers  and  suppliers.  We  will  continue  to  closely  monitor  our  suppliers’  and  customers’  financial
condition  and  creditworthiness  in  an  effort  to  ensure  continuity  of  supply  and  to  limit  the  impact  from
companies  that  have  or  may  become  financially  distressed.  Although  we  have  processes  in  place  to  limit  our
exposure to financially weaker customers and suppliers, our efforts may not eliminate all risks. The interruption
of  supply  from  a  raw  materials  supplier,  especially  for  single  sourced  components,  could  have  a  significant
impact  on  our  operations,  and  on  our  customers,  if  we  are  unable  to  deliver  finished  products  in  a
timely manner.

Summary of 2009

The  following  table  sets  forth,  for  the  periods  indicated,  certain  key  operating  results  and  other  financial

information (in millions, except per share amounts):

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and administrative expenses  (SG&A)(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net earnings (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic earnings (loss) per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted earnings (loss) per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$8,070.4
422.4
271.7
(13.7)
$ (0.06)
$ (0.06)

$7,678.2
531.1
292.0
(720.5)
$ (3.14)
$ (3.14)

$6,092.2
429.8
244.5
55.0
0.24
0.24

$
$

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

30

December 31

2008

2009

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total long-term financial liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,201.0
3,786.2
733.1

$ 937.7
3,106.1
222.8

(1) On  January  1,  2009,  we  adopted  CICA  Handbook  Section  3064,  ‘‘Goodwill  and  intangible  assets.’’  For  2007  and  2008,  we  have
retroactively reclassified $23.4 million and $11.8 million, respectively, of computer software amortization from depreciation expense,
included in SG&A, to amortization of intangible assets.

Revenue  for  2009  of  $6.1  billion  decreased  21%  from  $7.7  billion  in  2008.  Revenue  decreased  in  all  end
markets,  other  than  the  consumer  market,  which  was  relatively  flat  compared  to  the  prior  year.  The  slower
economic  environment  has  continued  to  impact  end-market  demand,  resulting  in  lower  production  volumes.
Our  production  volumes  also  vary  each  period  because  of  the  impacts  associated  with  program  wins  or  losses
with  new,  existing  or  disengaging  customers,  changes  in  demand  for  the  products  we  manufacture,  and
seasonality,  among  other  factors.  The  consumer  end  market  was  our  largest  segment,  representing  29%  of
revenue for 2009.

Gross  profit  for  2009  decreased  19%  from  2008.  The  decrease  in  gross  profit  was  primarily  due  to  lower
volumes, partially offset by benefits from cost reductions, restructuring actions and increased productivity. Gross
margin as a percentage of revenue increased to 7.1% in 2009 compared  to 6.9% in  2008.

SG&A  for  2009  decreased  16%  from  2008  primarily  due  to  lower  foreign  exchange  losses,  benefits  from

cost reductions and restructuring actions, and lower IT  and consulting  costs.

Gross  profit  and  SG&A  for  2009  were  negatively  impacted  by  $5.2  million  and  $5.7  million,  respectively,
relating  to  a  mark-to-market  adjustment  for  certain  restricted  share  unit  awards  vesting  in  the  first  quarter  of
2010, which we plan to settle with cash. Cash-settled awards are accounted for as liabilities and are remeasured
at  market  value  at  each  reporting  date  until  the  settlement  date.  Management’s  current  intention  is  to  settle
future  restricted  share  unit  awards  in  the  form  of  shares  purchased  in  the  open  market  and,  as  a  result,  will
continue to account for these awards  as equity awards.

In  January  2008,  we  announced  that  we  would  incur  restructuring  charges  of  between  $50  million  and
$75 million. In July 2009, we announced further restructuring charges of between $75 million and $100 million.
Combined, we expect to incur total restructuring charges of between $150 million and $175 million associated
with this program. During 2008 and 2009, we recorded total restructuring charges of $118.4 million. We expect
to complete these restructuring actions  by the  end of 2010.

During  2009,  we  paid  $495.8  million  in  cash,  excluding  accrued  interest,  to  repurchase  our  Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2011 (2011 Notes) and recorded a gain of $19.5 million in other charges. We expect the
redemption will result in an estimated benefit to our net interest expense of approximately $14 million in 2010.

Our net  loss for 2008 of $720.5 million included  a write-off of goodwill of $850.5 million.

In  January  2010,  we  announced  our  intention  to  redeem  our  outstanding  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  due
2013 (2013 Notes) at a price of 103.813% of the principal amount of $223.1 million. We expect to complete the
redemption  in  the  first  quarter  of  2010  using  existing  cash  resources.  Based  on  the  carrying  value  at
December 31, 2009 and the redemption price, we expect to incur a loss of approximately $9 million which we will
record  in  other  charges.  We  expect  the  redemption  will  reduce  our  net  interest  expense  by  approximately
$4 million per quarter after redemption.

31

Other performance indicators:

In  addition  to  the  key  financial,  revenue  and  earnings  related  metrics  described  above,  management

regularly reviews the following metrics:

Cash Cycle Days:

Days in accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Days in inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Days in accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

44
42
(53)

Cash cycle days . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33

42
42
(52)

32

43
40
(53)

30

50
41
(57)

34

56
50
(63)

43

50
47
(55)

42

49
42
(57)

34

46
40
(56)

30

1Q08

2Q08

3Q08

4Q08

1Q09

2Q09

3Q09

4Q09

Days in accounts receivable (A/R) is calculated as the average A/R for the quarter divided by the average
daily  revenue.  Days  in  inventory  is  calculated  as  the  average  inventory  for  the  quarter  divided  by  the  average
daily  cost  of  sales.  Days  in  accounts  payable  (A/P)  is  calculated  as  the  average  A/P  for  the  quarter  divided  by
average daily cost of sales. Cash cycle days is calculated as the sum of days in A/R and inventory, less the days in
A/P.  Beginning  with  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009,  we  excluded  accrued  liabilities  from  the  average  A/P  balance
when calculating A/P days. We made this change to better align our definition of cash cycle days with that used
by  some  of  our  major  competitors.  We  have  recalculated  our  days  in  A/P  and  our  cash  cycle  days  for  prior
periods to reflect this change.

Cash cycle days for the fourth quarter of 2009 decreased from the same period in 2008 by four days. A/R
and  inventory  days  improved  by  four  days  and  one  day,  respectively,  from  the  fourth  quarter  of  2008.  The
year-over-year improvement in A/R reflects the continued strong collection efforts driven in part by changes in
customer  payment  terms.  Cash  cycle  days  for  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009  improved  four  days  compared  to  the
third quarter of  2009, primarily reflecting improved inventory turns and continued strong collections.

Management  also  reviews  adjusted  net  earnings,  adjusted  operating  margin  (EBIAT),  return  on  invested

capital (ROIC) and free cash flow metrics, which  are  referred to in the non-GAAP measures  on page 51.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We  prepare  our  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  Canadian  GAAP  with  a  reconciliation  to

U.S. GAAP, as disclosed in note 20 to  the  Consolidated  Financial Statements.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and related disclosures of contingent
assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses
during the reporting period. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on a regular basis, based on historical
experience  and  other  relevant  factors.  Actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  these  estimates  and
assumptions, especially in light of the current economic environment and  uncertainties.

Significant  accounting  policies  and  methods  used  in  the  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  are
described in note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Effective January 1, 2009, we adopted the revised
accounting  standards  for  goodwill  and  intangible  assets,  which  are  summarized  in  note  2  to  the  Consolidated
Financial  Statements.  We  have  retroactively  reclassified  $34.0  million  of  computer  software  assets  on  our
consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2008 from property, plant and equipment to intangible assets. We
have  also  reclassified  $11.8  million  of  computer  software  amortization  on  our  consolidated  statement  of
operations  from  depreciation  expense,  included  in  SG&A,  to  amortization  of  intangible  assets  for  2008
($23.4 million for 2007).

Inventory valuation:

We value our inventory on a first-in, first-out basis at the lower of cost and net realizable value. We regularly
adjust  our  inventory  valuation  based  on  shrinkage  and  management’s  estimates  of  net  realizable  value,  taking
into  consideration  factors  such  as  inventory  aging  and  future  demand  for  the  inventory.  A  change  to  these

32

assumptions could impact the valuation of inventory and have a resulting impact on gross margins. We procure
inventory based on specific customer orders and forecasts. If actual market conditions or our customers’ product
demands  are  less  favourable  than  those  projected,  additional  valuation  adjustments  may  be  required  for  the
related  customer.  We  attempt  to  utilize  excess  inventory  in  other  products  we  manufacture  or  to  return  the
inventory  to  the  supplier  or  customer.  Our  success  in  these  recovery  efforts  may  result  in  the  reversal  of
previously recorded inventory valuations.

Income taxes:

We have recorded an income tax expense or recovery based on the income earned or loss incurred in each
tax jurisdiction and the substantively enacted tax rate applicable to that income or loss. In the ordinary course of
business,  there  are  many  transactions  for  which  the  ultimate  tax  outcome  is  uncertain  and  estimations  are
required  for  exposures  related  to  examinations  by  taxation  authorities.  We  review  these  transactions  and
exposures  and  record  tax  liabilities  for  open  years  based  on  our  assessment  of  many  factors,  including  past
experience and interpretations of tax law applied to the facts of each matter. The determination of tax liabilities
is  subjective  and  generally  involves  a  significant  amount  of  judgment.  The  final  tax  outcome  of  these  matters
may be different from the estimates originally made by management in determining our income tax provisions.
We  recognize  a  tax  benefit  related  to  tax  uncertainties  when  it  is  probable  based  on  our  best  estimate  of  the
amount that will ultimately be realized.  A  change to these  estimates  could impact the  income  tax provision.

We record a valuation allowance against deferred income tax assets when management believes it is more
likely  than  not  that  some  portion  or  all  of  the  deferred  income  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized.  Management
considers  factors  such  as  the  reversal  of  deferred  income  tax  liabilities,  projected  future  taxable  income,  the
character  of  the  income  tax  asset,  tax  planning  strategies,  changes  in  tax  laws  and  other  factors.  A  change  to
these factors could impact the estimated valuation allowance and income  tax expense.

Goodwill:

To the extent we have goodwill, we perform our annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of each year
(to correspond with our planning cycle), and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that
an  impairment  loss  may  have  been  incurred.  If  our  market  capitalization  is  less  than  our  book  value  for  a
sustained  period  of  time,  it  could  be  an  indicator  that  an  impairment  loss  has  occurred.  We  test  impairment,
using the two-step method, at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount to its
fair  value.  We  estimate  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  units  using  a  combination  of  a  market  capitalization
approach, a multiples approach and discounted cash flows. The process of determining fair values is subjective
and requires management to exercise judgment in making assumptions about future results, including revenue
and expense projections, discount rates and market multiples at the reporting unit level. A significant change to
these  assumptions  could  impact  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  units  resulting  in  a  change  to  the  impairment
charge.  During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2008,  we  conducted  our  annual  goodwill  assessment,  and  wrote  off  the
entire goodwill balance. At December 31, 2009, our goodwill balance was zero. See further details on page 39
and in note 10(b) to the Consolidated  Financial Statements.

Long-lived assets:

We estimate the useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets based on the nature of
the asset, historical experience and the terms of any related supply contracts. We perform an annual impairment
test  on  long-lived  assets  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  each  year  (to  correspond  with  our  planning  cycle),  and  more
frequently  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  an  impairment  loss  has  occurred.  We  test
impairment, using the two-step method, by comparing the carrying amount of an asset, or group of assets, to the
undiscounted  cash  flows  from  the  use  and  eventual  disposal  of  the  asset  or  group  of  assets.  If  the  carrying
amount exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, we perform step two by comparing the fair value of the asset or
group  of  assets  to  its  carrying  amount  to  determine  the  amount  of  impairment.  We  estimate  fair  value  using
discounted  cash  flows  or  estimates  of  market  values  for  certain  assets,  where  available.  Revenue  and  expense
projections  are  discounted  using  risk-adjusted  rates.  We  work  with  independent  brokers  to  obtain  the  market
prices  to  support  our  real  property  values.  The  process  of  determining  fair  values  is  subjective  and  requires
management to exercise judgment in making assumptions about future results, including revenue and expense

33

projections,  discount  rates  and  market  values.  A  significant  change  to  these  assumptions  and  estimates  could
impact  the  estimated  useful  lives  or  valuation  of  long-lived  assets  resulting  in  a  change  to  depreciation  or
amortization expense and the impairment charge. We recorded a long-lived asset impairment loss in 2009. See
note 10(c) to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Future impairment tests may result in further impairment
charges.

Restructuring charges:

We have recorded restructuring charges relating to workforce reductions, facility consolidations and costs
associated with exiting businesses. The restructuring charges include employee severance and benefit costs, costs
related  to  leased  facilities  that  have  been  vacated,  owned  facilities  which  are  no  longer  used  and  are
available-for-sale,  costs  of  leased  equipment  that  are  no  longer  used,  impairment  of  owned  equipment
available-for-sale,  and  impairment  of  related  intangible  assets.  The  recognition  of  these  charges  requires
management to make certain judgments and estimates regarding the nature, timing and amounts associated with
these plans. For owned facilities and equipment, the impairment loss recognized is based on the fair value less
costs to sell, with fair value estimated based on existing market prices for similar assets. For leased facilities that
have  been  vacated,  the  liability  for  lease  obligations  is  calculated  on  a  discounted  basis  based  on  future  lease
payments  less  estimated  sublease  income.  To  estimate  future  sublease  income,  we  work  with  independent
brokers to determine the estimated tenant rents we could expect to realize. The estimated liability could change
subsequent to its initial recognition, requiring adjustments to the restructuring expense and liability recorded. At
the end of each reporting period, we evaluate the appropriateness of the  remaining accrued  balances.

Pension  and non-pension post-employment  benefits:

We have pension and non-pension post-employment benefit costs and liabilities, which are determined from
actuarial valuations. Actuarial valuations require management to make certain judgments and estimates relating
to expected plan investment performance, salary escalation and compensation levels at the time of retirement,
retirement  ages,  the  discount  rate  used  in  measuring  the  liability  and  expected  healthcare  costs.  Actual  future
experience will differ from these assumptions, and the differences may be material. There is no assurance that
our  future  benefit  plans  will  be  able  to  earn  the  assumed  rate  of  return.  Market  driven  changes  may  result  in
changes  to  our  discount  rates  and  other  variables  which  could  lead  us  to  future  contributions  that  differ
significantly from our estimates.

The  fair  values  of  our  pension  assets  were  based  on  a  measurement  date  of  December  31,  2009.  We
evaluate these assumptions on a regular basis, taking into consideration current market conditions and historical
data. A change in these factors could impact future pension expense and funding requirements. See notes 2(k)
and 13 to the Consolidated Financial  Statements.

Operating Results

Our annual and quarterly operating results vary from period to period as a result of the level and timing of
customer  orders,  fluctuations  in  materials  and  other  costs,  and  the  relative  mix  of  value-add  products  and
services. The level and timing of customer orders will vary due to variation in demand for their products, general
economic  conditions,  their  attempts  to  balance  their  inventory,  availability  of  materials  and  changes  in  their
supply chain strategies or suppliers. Our annual and quarterly operating results are affected by: the mix, volumes
and  seasonality  of  business  in  each  of  our  end  markets;  price  competition;  mix  of  manufacturing  value-add;
capacity utilization; manufacturing effectiveness and efficiency; the degree of automation used in the assembly
process;  availability  of  components  or  labor;  costs  associated  with  ramping  new  programs;  customer  product
delivery requirements; costs and inefficiencies of transferring programs between facilities; the loss of programs
and  customer  disengagements;  the  impact  of  foreign  exchange  fluctuations;  the  performance  of  third-party
providers; the ability to manage inventory, production location and equipment effectively; the ability to manage
changing  labor,  component,  energy  and  transportation  costs  effectively;  the  timing  of  expenditures  in
anticipation of forecasted sales levels; the timing of acquisitions and related integration costs; and other factors.

In the EMS industry, customers can often award new programs or shift programs to other EMS providers
for  a  variety  of  reasons  including  changes  in  demand  for  the  customers’  products,  pricing  benefits  offered  by

34

other EMS providers, execution or quality issues, preference for consolidation or a change in their supplier base,
consolidation  among  OEMs,  as  well  as  decisions  to  adjust  the  volume  of  business  being  outsourced.  Our
operating results for each period include the impacts associated with program wins or losses with new, existing or
disengaging  customers.  Customer  or  program  transfers  between  EMS  competitors  are  part  of  the  competitive
nature  of  our  industry.  Significant  period  to  period  variations  can  result  from  the  timing  of  new  programs
reaching  full  production,  existing  programs  being  fully  transferred  to  a  competitor  and  programs  reaching
end-of-life.

The  table  below  sets  forth  certain  operating  data  expressed  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  for  the  periods

indicated:

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
93.1
94.8

92.9

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SG&A(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of intangible assets(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense, net of interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.2
3.4
0.6
0.6
0.6

Earnings (loss) before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
(0.2)

6.9
3.8
0.4
11.5
0.5

(9.3)
(0.1)

7.1
4.0
0.4
1.1
0.6

1.0
(0.1)

Net earnings (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(0.2)% (9.4)% 0.9%

(1) On  January  1,  2009,  we  adopted  CICA  Handbook  Section  3064,  ‘‘Goodwill  and  intangible  assets.’’  For  2007  and  2008,  we  have
retroactively reclassified $23.4 million and $11.8 million, respectively, of computer software amortization from depreciation expense,
included in SG&A, to amortization of intangible assets.

Revenue:

Revenue for 2009 of $6.1 billion decreased 21% from $7.7 billion for 2008. Revenue decreased in all end
markets, other than the consumer market, which was relatively flat compared with 2008. The slower economic
environment  has  continued  to  impact  end-market  demand,  resulting  in  lower  production  volumes.  Revenue
from  our  telecommunications  and  enterprise  communications  markets  also  reflected  program  disengagements
or program transfers back to customers or to competitors.

Revenue for 2008 of $7.7 billion decreased 5% from $8.1 billion for 2007. The decrease in revenue was due
to 
in  the  servers,  enterprise
lower  volumes  associated  with  weaker  end-market  demand,  primarily 
communications  and  storage  end  markets,  which  more  than  offset  the  increase  in  revenue  primarily  from
customers in our consumer, telecommunications and industrial end markets. The amount of revenue reduction
for  2008  from  customer  disengagements,  primarily  in  the  enterprise  communications  end  market,  was
approximately 5%.

The following table shows the end markets we serve as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated:

Consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enterprise Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Telecommunications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Industrial, Aerospace and Defense, and Healthcare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

19% 23% 29%
28% 25% 21%
14% 15% 15%
19% 16% 13%
10% 10% 12%
10% 11% 10%

35

Beginning January 1, 2009, we included certain customer programs, such as office products, automotive and
healthcare,  in  our  industrial,  aerospace  and  defense,  and  healthcare  category.  Previously,  we  included  these
customer programs in our consumer category. We have recalculated our prior period percentages to conform to
the current period’s presentation. For each of 2007 and 2008, we reclassified 3% of revenue from our consumer
end-market category to industrial, aerospace and defense, and healthcare. We may change the classification or
grouping of our end markets in the future to reflect changes to how we manage these markets and the dynamics
of those businesses.

Our  revenue  and  operating  results  vary  from  period  to  period  depending  on  the  level  of  demand  and
seasonality  in  each  of  our  end  markets,  the  mix  and  complexity  of  the  products  being  manufactured,  and  the
impact associated with program wins or losses with new, existing or disengaging customers, among other factors.

Although we have diversified our end markets over the past several years, we are dependent on a limited
number  of  customers  in  the  consumer,  communications  (comprised  of  enterprise  communications  and
telecommunications) and enterprise computing (comprised of servers and storage) end markets for a substantial
portion of our revenue.

The consumer market was our largest end market in 2009, representing 29% of total revenue, with over half
of  our  consumer  business  generated  by  smartphones.  Our  largest  customer  is  categorized  in  the  consumer
segment  and  represented  17%  of  total  revenue  in  2009.  Revenue  from  our  consumer  market  in  2009  was
relatively flat compared to the prior year and reflected new program wins, primarily in the smartphone markets,
which offset the declines from customers impacted by the slower general economic environment. Revenue from
our  enterprise  communications  market  in  2009  declined  from  2008  due  to  a  combination  of  weaker  customer
end  markets  and  our  2008  decision  to  disengage  from  programs  generating  unacceptable  returns.  All  of  our
other  end  markets  continued  to  be  negatively  impacted  by  the  slower  economy,  although  we  have  seen  some
modest improvements during the second half of 2009.

For  2009,  one  customer  in  our  consumer  end  market  individually  represented  more  than  10%  of  total
revenue. Research in Motion accounted for 17% of total revenue for 2009. For 2008, no customer represented
more than 10%  of total revenue. This change also  increased our  customer concentration percentages below.

Whether  any  of  our  customers  account  for  more  than  10%  of  revenue  in  any  period  depends  on  various
factors affecting our business with that customer or with other customers, including overall changes in demand
for a customer’s product, seasonality of business, new program wins or losses, the phasing in or out of programs,
price competition and changes in our customers’  supplier  base  or supply chain strategies.

The  following  table  shows  our  customer  concentration  as  a  percentage  of  total  revenue  for  the  periods

indicated:

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

Top 10 customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

61% 63% 71%

Our  recent  success  in  the  smartphone  market,  driven  primarily  by  new  program  wins,  has  increased  our
customer concentration as a percentage of total revenue. In general, business in the consumer segment, and in
particular  smartphones,  is  characterized  by  shorter  product  lifecycles,  significant  increases  or  decreases  in
program  volumes  based  on  strength  in  end-market  demand,  rapid  changes  in  consumer  preferences  for  these
products  and  devices,  and  greater  ease  in  shifting  these  products  among  EMS  competitors.  The  increased
exposure  to  this  segment  may  make  revenue  more  volatile  and  could  result  in  increased  risk  to  our  financial
results.

We  are  dependent  upon  continued  revenue  from  our  largest  customers.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that
revenue  from  these  or  any  other  customers  will  not  decrease  in  absolute  terms  or  as  a  percentage  of  total
revenue. Any material decrease in revenue from these or other customers could have a material adverse effect
on our results of operations. The global economic uncertainty continues to adversely affect our customers and
has  negatively  impacted  our  financial  results.  Recent  demand  increases  in  some  end  markets  have  resulted  in

36

component  and  material  shortages,  as  well  as  extended  lead  times.  If  this  trend  accelerates,  similar  shortages
could impact our financial results.

We believe that delivering sustainable revenue growth depends on increasing sales to existing customers for
their current and future product generations and expanding the range of services we provide to these customers.
We also actively pursue new customers to expand our end-market penetration and diversify our end-market mix.
To  achieve  this,  we  are  focused  on  offering  innovative  supply  chain  solutions  which  include  design,
manufacturing, engineering, order fulfillment, logistics and after market services. We may also seek acquisition
opportunities  in  order  to  diversify  our  customer  base,  enhance  our  capabilities,  or  add  new  technologies  or
capabilities to our offerings. In our industry, customers may cancel contracts and volume levels can be changed
or delayed. Customers may also shift business to a competitor or bring programs in-house to improve their own
utilization. We cannot assure the timely replacement of delayed, cancelled or reduced orders with new business.
In addition, we cannot assure that any of our current customers will continue to utilize our services. If they do
not, this could have a material adverse  impact on our  results of operations.

Gross profit:

The  following  table  is  a  breakdown  of  gross  profit  and  gross  margin  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  for  the

periods indicated:

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

Gross profit (in millions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$422.4

$531.1

$429.8

5.2%

6.9%

7.1%

Gross  profit  for  2009  decreased  19%  from  2008.  The  decrease  in  gross  profit  was  due  primarily  to  lower
volumes, partially offset by continued operational improvements and increased productivity. Gross margin as a
percentage  of  revenue  improved  for  2009  compared  to  2008,  reflecting  primarily  continued  operational
improvements.

Gross profit for 2008 increased 26% from 2007 primarily due to operational improvements in Mexico and
Europe.  In  addition,  we  continued  to  benefit  from  cost  reductions,  restructuring  actions,  the  impact  of
renegotiating  or  exiting  unprofitable  accounts  and  the  streamlining  and  simplifying  of  processes  throughout
the company.

Multiple factors cause gross margin to fluctuate including: product volume and mix; production efficiencies;
utilization  of  manufacturing  capacity;  material  and  labor  costs,  including  variable  labor  costs  associated  with
direct  manufacturing  employees;  manufacturing  and  transportation  costs;  start-up  and  ramp-up  activities;  new
product  introductions;  cost  structures  at  individual  sites;  pricing  pressures  from  competitors;  foreign  exchange
volatility;  the availability of components;  and other factors.

Selling, general and administrative expenses:

SG&A for 2009 decreased 16% to $244.5 million (4.0% of revenue) compared to $292.0 million (3.8% of
revenue)  in  2008.  The  decrease  in  SG&A  for  2009  was  primarily  a  result  of  lower  foreign  exchange  losses,
overall cost reductions including lower IT and consulting costs, and benefits from restructuring actions. In 2009,
our foreign exchange losses were $1.1 million compared to $16.4 million in 2008. These losses were significantly
lower  in  2009  as  a  result  of  our  successful  balance  sheet  hedging  program,  as  well  as  a  more  stable  currency
environment. The increase in SG&A as a percentage of revenue for 2009 compared to 2008 primarily reflects
the fixed nature of some of our SG&A expenses, as well  as the lower revenue  levels in 2009.

SG&A  increased  7%  to  $292.0  million  (3.8%  of  revenue)  in  2008  compared  to  $271.7  million  (3.4%  of
revenue) in 2007. The increase in SG&A for 2008 was due primarily to foreign exchange losses, mainly in the
second  half  of  2008  for  certain  foreign  currencies,  and  higher  variable  compensation  costs,  partially  offset  by
lower  IT  consulting  and  support  costs  and  capital  tax  recoveries.  The  increase  in  SG&A  as  a  percentage  of
revenue reflects higher costs, as well as the  lower  revenue levels in  2008.

37

Each  quarter,  we  incur  unrealized  foreign  exchange  gains  or  losses  on  the  translation  of  foreign  currency
denominated asset and liability balances to U.S. dollars and these amounts are included in SG&A. The amount
of these gains or losses fluctuates from quarter to quarter and is dependent on currency markets and the value of
our foreign currency denominated asset or liability positions in each period. We also incur realized transactional
foreign exchange gains or losses in the normal course of business. To mitigate the foreign exchange translation
volatility  that  impacted  us  in  the  second  half  of  2008,  we  started  to  enter  into  forward  exchange  contracts  to
partially hedge our significant balance sheet exposures in certain currencies. Since the balance sheet hedges are
based on forecasts of the future position of net assets or liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, they may
not  mitigate  the  full  impact  of  any  translation  impacts  in  the  future.  There  is  no  assurance  that  our  hedging
transactions will be successful.

Stock-based compensation:

We  recorded  the  following  stock-based  compensation  costs,  included  in  cost  of  sales  and  SG&A,  for  the

periods indicated (in millions):

Stock option awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted share unit awards(a)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

$ 7.0
6.2

$13.2

$ 6.6
16.8

$23.4

$ 5.9
33.0

$38.9

(a) We  have  the  option  to  settle  restricted  share  unit  awards  in  the  form  of  shares  that  we  purchase  in  the  open  market  or  cash.
Historically, we have settled these awards with shares purchased in the open market. The cost of equity-settled awards is based on the
market value of our subordinate voting shares at the time of grant. We amortize this cost to compensation expense over the vesting
period on a straight-line basis, with a corresponding charge through contributed surplus. During the fourth quarter of 2009, we decided
to settle the share unit awards vesting in the first quarter of 2010 with cash. Cash-settled awards are accounted for as liabilities and
remeasured based on our share price at each reporting date until the settlement date. As a result of our decision to settle these awards
with  cash,  we  reclassified  the  accumulated  balance,  representing  the  grant  date  fair  value  of  vested  awards,  recorded  in  contributed
surplus to accrued liabilities. We adjusted this liability to the market value of our underlying subordinate voting shares at December 31,
2009,  with  a  corresponding  charge  to  compensation  expense.  We  recorded  a  mark-to-market  adjustment  of  $10.9  million  (cost  of
sales — $5.2  million;  SG&A — $5.7  million)  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009,  which  is  included  in  the  $33.0  million  balance  above.
Management’s  current  intention  is  to  settle  future  share  unit  awards  in  the  form  of  shares  purchased  in  the  open  market  and,  as  a
result, will  continue to account for these awards as equity awards.

Other charges:

(i) We have recorded the following restructuring  charges for the periods indicated (in millions):

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$37.3

$35.3

$83.1

In  January  2008,  we  announced  restructuring  charges  of  between  $50  million  and  $75  million  would  be
recorded throughout 2008 and 2009. In light of the continued uncertain economic environment, we determined
that further restructuring actions were required to improve our overall utilization and reduce overhead costs. In
July 2009, we announced additional restructuring charges of between $75 million and $100 million. Combined,
we  expect  to  incur  total  restructuring  charges  of  between  $150  million  and  $175  million  associated  with  this
program.  We  recorded  $118.4  million  of  restructuring  charges  during  2008  and  2009.  Of  that  amount,
$83.1 million was recorded in 2009. We expect to complete these restructuring actions by the end of 2010. As we
complete these restructuring actions, we expect our overall utilization and operating efficiency to improve. As
we  finalize  the  detailed  plans  of  these  restructuring  actions,  we  will  recognize  the  related  charges.  The
recognition  of  these  charges  requires  management  to  make  certain  judgments  and  estimates  regarding  the
amount and timing of restructuring charges or recoveries. Our estimated liability could change subsequent to its
recognition, requiring adjustments to  our recorded  expense and liability amounts.

38

Our  restructuring  actions  include  consolidating  facilities  and  reducing  our  workforce,  primarily  in  the
Americas, Europe and the Philippines. The majority of the employees terminated were manufacturing and plant
employees.  For  leased  facilities  that  we  no  longer  use,  the  lease  costs  included  in  the  restructuring  costs
represent future lease payments less estimated sublease recoveries. Adjustments were made to lease and other
contractual obligations to reflect incremental cancellation fees paid for terminating certain facility leases and to
reflect  changes  in  the  accruals  for  other  leases  due  to  delays  in  the  timing  of  sublease  recoveries,  changes  in
estimated  sublease  rates,  or  changes  in  use,  relating  principally  to  facilities  in  the  Americas.  We  expect  our
long-term lease and other contractual obligations to be paid out over the remaining lease terms through 2015.
Our restructuring liability is recorded in accrued liabilities. All cash outlays have been, and currently foreseeable
outlays are expected to be, funded from cash  on hand.

We evaluate our operations from time to time and may propose future restructuring actions or divestitures

as a result of changes in the market  place  and/or our exit from  less  profitable  or non-strategic  operations.

(ii) We have recorded the following impairment  charges for  the periods indicated (in millions):

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

Goodwill impairment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-lived asset impairment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ —
15.1

$850.5
8.8

$ —
12.3

Goodwill impairment:

We perform our goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of each year. We test impairment using the
two-step method, at the reporting unit level, by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount to its fair value
(step one). To the extent a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, we may have an impairment of
goodwill.  We  measure  impairment  by  comparing  the  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill,  determined  in  a  manner
similar to a purchase price allocation, to its  carrying amount (step two).

During the fourth quarter of 2008, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test. All of our goodwill
was  allocated  to  our  Asia  reporting  unit.  Our  goodwill  balance  prior  to  the  impairment  charge  was
$850.5 million and was established primarily as a  result of an  acquisition  in 2001.

We  completed  our  step  one  analysis  using  a  combination  of  a  market  capitalization  approach  and  a
multiples approach which was then validated with a discounted cash flow. The market capitalization approach
used our publicly traded stock price to determine fair value which we allocated to the Asia reporting unit on a
pro rata basis based on earnings. The multiples approach used comparable market multiples, which were based
on  an  average  of  our  major  competitors  trading  multiples,  to  determine  fair  value.  Both  of  the  fair  values
determined  by  the  market  approaches  were  adjusted  upward  for  a  control  premium,  an  estimated  amount  a
buyer would pay over the trading price of the company’s shares to gain control of the company. We applied a
20% control premium to the fair values, which we believe is a reasonable estimate based on past transactions in
the  EMS  industry  at  December  31,  2008.  The  discounted  cash  flow  method  used  our  three-year  revenue  and
expense projections to determine fair value. These projections were based on site submissions and input from
our  customer  teams  during  our  plan  cycle  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2008.  Our  projections  were  negatively
impacted by customers who decreased their demand forecasts as the global economy deteriorated in the fourth
quarter  of  2008.  Subsequent  to  our  internal  plan  submissions,  we  decreased  our  future  internal  projections  in
response  to  the  economic  downturn  and  the  overall  uncertainties  and  lack  of  visibility  at  that  time.  We
discounted  our  three-year  projections  using  a  27%  discount  rate.  At  that  time,  the  economic  environment
negatively impacted our ability to forecast future demand and in turn resulted in our use of a higher discount
rate,  reflecting  the  risk  and  uncertainty  in  the  markets.  We  averaged  the  fair  values  derived  from  the  above
approaches to determine the estimated fair  value of  the Asia reporting  unit.

The results of our step one analysis indicated  potential impairment in our Asia reporting unit, which was
corroborated  by  a  combination  of  factors  including  a  significant  and  sustained  decline  in  our  market
capitalization,  which  was  significantly  below  our  book  value,  and  the  deteriorating  macro  environment,  which
resulted  in  a  decline  in  expected  future  demand.  The  process  of  determining  fair  value  was  subjective  and

39

required management to exercise a significant amount of judgment in determining future growth rates, discount
rates and tax rates, among other factors. We therefore performed the second step of the goodwill impairment
assessment to quantify the amount of impairment. We engaged an independent third-party consultant to assist
with our step two analysis. This involved calculating the implied fair value of goodwill, determined in a manner
similar to a purchase price allocation, and comparing the residual amount to the carrying amount of goodwill.
Based  on  our  analysis  incorporating  the  declining  market  capitalization  in  2008,  as  well  as  the  significant
end-market  deterioration  and  economic  uncertainties  impacting  expected  future  demand  at  that  time,  we
concluded  that  the  entire  goodwill  balance  as  of  December  31,  2008  of  $850.5  million  was  impaired.  The
goodwill impairment charge was non-cash in nature and did not affect our liquidity, cash flows from operating
activities or our compliance with debt covenants.

During the fourth quarter of 2007, we performed our annual goodwill assessment and determined there was

no impairment. At December 31, 2009,  our goodwill balance was zero.

Long-lived asset impairment:

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  each  year,  we  conduct  our  annual  recoverability  review  of  long-lived  assets.
Impairment is measured as the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets determined using
discounted  cash  flows  and  estimated  market  values,  where  available.  We  recorded  an  impairment  charge  of
$12.3 million in 2009 (2008 — $8.8 million;  2007 — $15.1 million).

(iii) We  have  recorded  the  following  charges  related  to  the  debt  repurchases  for  the  periods  indicated

(in millions):

Year ended December  31

2007

2008

2009

Gain on repurchase of Senior Subordinated  Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Write-down of embedded prepayment option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —

$— $(7.6) $(19.5)
16.7

—

$— $(7.6) $ (2.8)

In  March  2009,  we  paid  $149.7  million,  excluding  accrued  interest,  to  repurchase  2011  Notes  with  a
principal  amount  of  $150.0  million  and  recognized  a  gain  of  $9.1  million.  In  November  2009,  we  paid
$346.1 million, excluding accrued interest, to repurchase 2011 Notes with a principal amount of $339.4 million
and recognized a gain of $10.4 million. The gains on the repurchases were measured based on the carrying value
of the repurchased portion of the 2011 Notes on the dates of repurchase. We also terminated our interest rate
swap  agreements  related  to  the  2011  Notes  in  February  2009  and  received  $14.7  million  in  cash,  excluding
accrued interest, as settlement of these agreements. In connection with the termination of the swap agreements,
we  discontinued  fair  value  hedge  accounting  on  the  2011  Notes  in  the  first  quarter  of  2009  and  recorded  a
write-down in the carrying value of the  embedded prepayment option on the  2011 Notes.

In January 2010, we announced our intention to redeem our outstanding 2013 Notes at a price of 103.813%
of  the  principal  amount  of  $223.1  million.  We  expect  to  complete  the  redemption  in  the  first  quarter  of  2010.
Based on the carrying value at December 31, 2009 of $222.8 million and the redemption price, we expect to incur
a loss of approximately $9 million which we will record in other charges.

40

Interest expense on long-term debt and other  interest  income/expense:

The following table is a breakdown of  interest  expense or income  for the  periods indicated (in millions):

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

Interest costs on credit facilities and Senior Subordinated Notes (Notes)(i) . . . . . . . . .
Mark-to-market adjustment and amortization of basis adjustment(ii) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$67.0
(0.6)

$56.8
1.0

$44.3
(9.0)

Interest expense on long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$66.4

$57.8

$35.3

Interest income, net of other interest  expense(iii) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$15.2

$15.3

$ 0.3

(i) Our interest expense consists primarily of the interest costs on the Notes. The interest rate on the 2013 Notes was fixed at 7.625%. We
entered into agreements to swap the fixed interest rate on our 2011 Notes for a variable rate. We terminated these interest rate swap
agreements  on  the  2011  Notes  in  February  2009.  The  average  interest  rate  on  the  2011  Notes  for  2009  through  to  redemption  in
November 2009 was 7.0% (2008 — 6.5%; 2007 — 8.3%, after reflecting the variable interest rate swaps).

In November 2009, we paid $346.1 million to redeem the outstanding 2011 Notes. We expect the redemption will result in an estimated
benefit to our net interest expense of approximately $14 million in 2010. Assuming we complete the redemption of our 2013 Notes in
the  first  quarter  of  2010,  we  expect  to  further  reduce  our  interest  expense  by  approximately  $4  million  per  quarter  after
the redemption.

(ii) We  mark-to-market  the  embedded  prepayment  options  in  our  Notes  until  the  options  are  extinguished.  The  mark-to-market
adjustment fluctuates each period as it is dependent on market conditions, including future interest rates, implied volatilities and credit
spreads. The majority of the 2009 balance arises from the amortization of the historical fair value adjustment on the 2011 Notes, from
the date of discontinuing fair value hedge accounting to extinguishment, which reduced interest expense on long-term debt. We also
applied fair value hedge accounting to our interest rate swaps and our hedged debt obligation (2011 Notes) until February 2009. The
change  in  fair  values  each  period  were  recorded  in  interest  expense  on  long-term  debt,  except  for  the  write-down  of  the  embedded
prepayment option due to hedge de-designation or planned  debt redemption which we recorded in other charges.

(iii) Interest income earned on cash balances throughout 2009 was significantly lower compared to previous years primarily due to lower

rates  and lower cash balances.

Income taxes:

Income  tax  expense  for  2009  was  $5.4  million  on  earnings  before  tax  of  $60.4  million  compared  to  an
income  tax  expense  of  $5.0  million  for  2008  on  losses  before  tax  of  $715.5  million  and  income  tax  expense  of
$20.8 million in 2007 on earnings before tax of $7.1 million. Current income taxes for 2009 consisted primarily of
the  tax  expense  in  jurisdictions  with  current  taxes  payable  and  additional  tax  reserves  related  to  ongoing
Canadian tax audits. Deferred income taxes for 2009 were comprised primarily of the deferred tax recoveries for
losses and future deductible temporary differences in Canada and for reversals of certain valuation allowances
previously  recorded  on  deferred  income  tax  assets.  Current  income  taxes  for  2008  consisted  primarily  of  tax
expense in jurisdictions with current taxes payable and additional tax reserves related to ongoing Canadian tax
audits. Deferred income taxes for 2008 were comprised primarily of the deferred tax recoveries for losses and
future deductible temporary differences in  Canada and certain foreign  taxable jurisdictions.

We  conduct  business  operations  in  a  number  of  countries,  including  countries  where  tax  incentives  have
been  extended  to  encourage  foreign  investment  or  where  income  tax  rates  are  low.  Our  effective  tax  rate  can
vary  significantly  quarter  to  quarter  due  to  the  mix  and  volume  of  business  in  lower  tax  jurisdictions  within
Europe and Asia, tax holidays and tax incentives that have been negotiated with the respective tax authorities
(which  expire  between  2010  and  2015),  restructuring  charges,  operating  losses,  certain  tax  exposures,  the  time
period in which losses may be used under tax laws and the valuation allowances recorded on deferred income tax
assets. We expect to continue to comply  with the conditions governing  the tax  holidays.

In certain jurisdictions, primarily in the Americas and Europe, we currently have significant net operating
losses  and  other  deductible  temporary  differences,  which  will  reduce  taxable  income  in  these  jurisdictions  in
future  periods.  We  have  determined  that  a  valuation  allowance  of  $582.6  million  is  required  in  respect  of  our
deferred income tax assets as at December 31,  2009 (December 31, 2008 — $591.9 million).

41

As  at  December  31,  2009,  the  net  deferred  income  tax  liability  balance  was  $8.4  million  (December  31,

2008 — $31.2 million).

We develop our tax filing positions based upon the anticipated nature and structure of our business and the
tax laws, administrative practices and judicial decisions currently in effect in the jurisdictions in which we have
assets  or  conduct  business,  all  of  which  are  subject  to  change  or  differing  interpretations,  possibly  with
retroactive effect. We are subject to tax audits and reviews by local tax authorities of historical information which
could  result  in  additional  tax  expense  in  future  periods  relating  to  prior  results.  Reviews  by  tax  authorities
generally focus on, but are not limited to, the validity of our inter-company transactions, including financing and
transfer pricing policies which generally involve subjective areas of taxation and a significant degree of judgment.
Any such increase in our income tax expense and related interest and penalties could have a significant impact
on our future earnings and future cash flows.

Certain of our subsidiaries provide financing, products and services, and may from time to time undertake
certain significant transactions with other subsidiaries in different jurisdictions. Moreover, several jurisdictions
in  which  we  operate  have  tax  laws  with  detailed  transfer  pricing  rules  which  require  that  all  transactions  with
non-resident  related  parties  be  priced  using  arm’s  length  pricing  principles,  and  that  contemporaneous
documentation must exist to support such pricing.

In  connection  with  ongoing  tax  audits  in  Canada,  tax  authorities  have  taken  the  position  that  income
reported  by  one  of  our  Canadian  subsidiaries  in  2001  through  2003  should  have  been  materially  higher  as  a
result  of  certain  inter-company  transactions.  The  successful  pursuit  of  that  assertion  could  result  in  that
subsidiary  owing  significant  amounts  of  tax,  interest  and  possibly  penalties.  We  believe  we  have  substantial
defenses  to  the  asserted  position  and  have  adequately  accrued  for  any  probable  potential  adverse  tax  impact.
However, there can be no assurance as to the final resolution of this claim and any resulting proceedings, and if
this claim and any ensuing proceedings are determined adversely to us, the amounts we may be required to pay
could be material.

In connection with a tax audit in Brazil, in the fourth quarter of 2009, tax authorities took the position that
income  reported  by  our  Brazilian  subsidiary  in  2004  should  have  been  materially  higher  as  a  result  of  certain
inter-company  transactions.  We  believe  we  have  substantial  defenses  to  the  asserted  position.  However,  there
can be no assurance as to the final resolution of this matter and, if it is determined adversely to us, the amounts
we may be required to pay for taxes,  interest  and penalties could  be  material.

We have and will continue to recognize the future benefit of certain Brazilian tax losses on the basis that
these tax losses can and will be fully utilized in the fiscal period ending on the date of dissolution of our Brazilian
subsidiary. We regularly review Brazilian laws and assess the likelihood of the realization of the future benefit of
the tax losses. A change to the benefit realizable on these Brazilian losses could result in a substantial increase to
our  net future tax liabilities.

Acquisitions:

We may, at any time, be engaged in ongoing discussions with respect to possible acquisitions that we expect
would  expand  our  service  offerings,  increase  our  penetration  in  various  industries,  establish  strategic
relationships  with  new  or  existing  customers  and/or  enhance  our  global  manufacturing  network.  In  order  to
enhance our competitiveness and expand our revenue base or the services we offer our customers, we may also
look  to  grow  our  services  or  capabilities  beyond  our  traditional  areas  of  EMS  manufacturing  expertise.  There
can be no assurance that any of these discussions will result in a definitive purchase agreement and, if they do,
what the terms or timing of any such agreement would be. There can also be no assurance that an acquisition
can be successfully integrated or will generate the  returns that we  expected.

In January 2010, we completed the acquisition of Invec Solutions Limited, which is based in Scotland. Invec
provides  warranty  management,  repair  and  parts  management  services  to  companies  in  the  information
technology and consumer electronics markets. The acquisition will enhance our global after-market services by
integrating Invec’s proprietary reverse logistics software throughout our network. The cash purchase price was
$6.4 million.

42

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

The following table shows key liquidity metrics for the  periods indicated (in millions):

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,116.7

$1,201.0

$937.7

As at December 31

2007

2008

2009

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

Cash provided by operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash used in financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$351.4
(36.9)
(1.5)

$208.2
(80.8)
(43.1)

$ 293.5
(66.3)
(490.5)

Cash provided by operations:

We generated $293.5 million in cash from operations during 2009 primarily from earnings after adding back
non-cash charges and lower working capital requirements. The improvements in A/R and inventory were offset
partially by decreases in A/P. The decrease in our A/R balance from the prior year reflects lower revenue and
continued  strong  cash  collections,  driven  in  part  by  changes  in  customer  payment  terms.  We  had  not  sold  any
A/R as at December 31, 2008 or December 31, 2009 under our A/R sales program. The decrease in inventory
from the prior year reflects improved  inventory management and lower volumes.

We  generated  $208.2  million  in  cash  from  operations  in  2008  primarily  from  earnings  after  adding  back
non-cash  charges,  partially  offset  by  higher  working  capital  requirements.  Higher  working  capital  was  driven
primarily by an increase in A/R, partially offset by higher A/P. The year-over-year increase in A/R reflects that
there  were  no  A/R  sold  under  our  A/R  sales  program  as  at  December  31,  2008  (December  31,  2007 —
$225.0 million sold) partially offset by  cash collections.

Cash used in investing activities:

Our  capital  expenditures  were  incurred  primarily  to  enhance  our  supply  chain  and  manufacturing

capabilities in various geographies and  to  support  new  customer  programs.

Our  capital  spending  for  2009  totaled  $77.3  million,  representing  approximately  1.3%  of  revenue  for  the

year. We anticipate similar spending levels for 2010.

Cash used in financing activities:

During  2009,  we  paid  $495.8  million  (2008 — $30.4  million)  in  cash  to  repurchase  our  outstanding  2011
Notes. We terminated our interest rate swap agreements in February 2009 and received $14.7 million in cash as
settlement  of  these  agreements.  In  2009,  we  used  $8.4  million  (2008 — $11.9  million;  2007 — $3.2  million)  in
cash to purchase subordinate voting shares in the open market. We reissued these shares to employees as their
share unit awards vest. In the first quarter of 2010, we paid approximately $29 million in cash to settle the share
unit awards that vested in February 2010.

Cash requirements:

We  believe  that  cash  flow  from  operating  activities,  together  with  cash  on  hand  and  borrowings  available
under  our  credit  facility  and  bank  overdraft  facilities,  will  be  sufficient  to  fund  currently  anticipated  working
capital,  planned  restructuring  and  capital  spending,  and  debt  service  requirements  for  the  next  12  months,
including  our  planned  redemption  of  the  2013  Notes.  Historically,  we  have  funded  our  operations  from  the
proceeds of public offerings of equity and debt instruments, cash generated from operations, bank debt, sales of
A/R  and  equipment  lease  financings.  We  expect  to  continue  to  enter  into  debt  and  equity  financings,  sales  of
A/R and lease transactions to fund anticipated growth and acquisitions. The issuance and timing of additional

43

equity  or  convertible  debt  securities  could  dilute  current  shareholders’  positions.  Further,  we  may  issue  debt
securities  that  have  rights  and  privileges  senior  to  equity  holders,  and  the  terms  of  this  debt  could  impose
restrictions on our operations. The pricing of such debt securities is subject to market conditions at the time of
issuance. At December 31, 2009, we  had significant  cash balances in excess of our debt obligations.

As  at  December  31,  2009,  we  have  contractual  obligations  that  require  future  payments  as  follows

(in millions):

2013 Notes(ii) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest on long-term debt(iii)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted share unit awards(iv) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pension plan contributions(v) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-pension post-employment plan payments . . . .

Total(i)

$223.1
2.8
117.8
29.0
32.6
43.2

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

Thereafter

$223.1

24.3

$ — $ — $— $—
— —
9.2
6.9
— —
— —
4.1
4.0

—
11.7
—
—
3.9

2.8 —
39.5
29.0 —
32.6 —
3.8

3.8

$ —
—
26.2
—
—
23.6

(i) The contractual obligations chart above does not include our agreement with a third party for the outsourcing of our IT support. Our
costs under this IT support agreement fluctuate based on our usage. We are permitted to terminate this agreement at any time for a
declining fee.

(ii) Represents  the  principal  amount  outstanding.  In  January  2010,  we  announced  our  intention  to  redeem  the  2013  Notes  in  the  first

quarter of 2010.

(iii) Estimated  interest on the 2013 Notes based on completing the planned redemption in the first quarter of 2010.

(iv) Represents  cash  paid  in  the  first  quarter  of  2010  to  settle  share  unit  awards  vested  in  February  2010.  We  expect  to  purchase
subordinate  voting  shares  in  the  open  market  to  settle  share  unit  awards  vesting  in  future  periods.  We  have  excluded  the  estimated
cash outlay for these future settlements from the above table due to difficulties in estimating future share prices and the number of
awards that  will ultimately vest.

(v) Our pension funding policy is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet minimum local statutory funding requirements that are based
on actuarial calculations. We may make additional discretionary contributions based on actuarial assessments and, from time to time,
make  voluntary  contributions  to  the  pension  plans.  Based  on  our  latest  actuarial  valuations,  we  estimate  our  minimum  funding
requirements  for  2010  to  be  $32.6  million  (2009 — $33.0  million).  We  also  expect  to  contribute  $3.8  million  to  the  non-pension
post-employment benefit plans to fund the estimated benefit payments in 2010. We expect our total pension expense for 2010 to be
$19.4 million (2009 — $23.6 million).

The  following  outlines  our  pension  contributions  and  pension  expense  for  the  periods  indicated

(in millions):

Contributions:
Defined benefit plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defined contribution plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Expense:
Defined benefit plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defined contribution plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year ended December 31

2008

2009

2010

(estimated)

$22.0
11.8

$22.3
10.7

$33.8

$33.0

$ 6.2
11.8

$12.9
10.7

$18.0

$23.6

$21.5
11.1

$32.6

$ 8.3
11.1

$19.4

We  maintain  multiple  defined  benefit  plans.  Our  contribution  amount  is  determined  based  on  actuarial
valuations.  The  global  economic  conditions  have  impacted  our  asset  returns,  primarily  in  the  second  half  of
2008.  Continued  volatility  in  the  capital  markets  will  impact  future  asset  values  in  our  pension  plans.  A
significant  deterioration  in  the  asset  values  or  asset  returns  could  lead  to  higher  than  expected  future
contributions.  Risks  associated  with  actuarial  valuation  measurement  uncertainty  may  also  result  in  higher

44

future  cash  contributions.  We  fund  our  pension  contributions  from  cash  on  hand.  Although  we  have  defined
benefit plans that are currently in a net unfunded position, we do not expect our pension obligations will have a
material adverse impact on our results of  operations, cash  flows or liquidity.

As at December 31, 2009, we have commitments that expire  as follows (in millions):

Foreign currency contracts(i)
Letters  of credit, letters of guarantee and surety

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Capital expenditures(ii)
Acquisitions(iii)

Total

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

Thereafter

$489.2

$473.2

$16.0

$— $— $—

$—

50.2
15.0
6.4

50.2 —
15.0 —
6.4 —

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

(i) Represents the aggregate notional amounts of the forward currency contracts.

(ii) As  of  December  31,  2009,  we  had  committed  approximately  $15.0  million  in  capital  expenditures,  principally  for  machinery  and
equipment and facilities in our lower-cost geographies to support new customer programs. Based on our current operating plans, we
anticipate capital spending for 2010 to be approximately 1.1% to 1.3% of revenue, and expect to fund this spending from cash on hand.
In  addition,  we  regularly  review  acquisition  opportunities  and,  as  a  result,  could  require  additional  debt  or  equity  financing  to  fund
these transactions.

(iii) We paid $6.4 million in January 2010 to acquire Invec Solutions Limited.

Cash outlays for our contractual obligations and commitments identified above are expected to be funded
by cash on hand. We also have outstanding purchase orders with certain suppliers for the purchase of inventory.
These purchase orders are generally short-term. Orders for standard items can typically be cancelled with little
or  no  financial  penalty.  Our  policy  regarding  non-standard  or  customized  orders  dictates  that  such  items  are
generally  ordered  specifically  for  customers  who  have  contractually  assumed  liability  for  the  inventory.  In
addition, a substantial portion of the standard items covered by our purchase orders were procured for specific
customers  based  on  their  purchase  orders  or  forecasts  under  which  the  customers  have  contractually  assumed
liability for such material. Accordingly, the amount of liability from purchase obligations under these purchase
orders cannot be quantified with a reasonable degree of accuracy.

We  have  provided  routine  indemnifications,  the  terms  of  which  range  in  duration  and  often  are  not
explicitly  defined.  These  may  include  indemnifications  against  adverse  impacts  due  to  changes  in  tax  laws,
third-party  intellectual  property  infringement  claims  and  third-party  claims  for  property  damage  from
negligence.  We  have  also  provided  indemnifications  in  connection  with  the  sale  of  certain  businesses  and  real
property. The maximum potential liability from these indemnifications cannot reasonably be estimated. In some
cases,  we  have  recourse  against  other  parties  to  mitigate  our  risk  of  loss  from  these  indemnifications.
Historically, we have not made significant payments relating to these types of indemnifications.

Litigation and contingencies:

In  2007,  securities  class  action  lawsuits  were  commenced  against  the  Company  and  our  former  Chief
Executive and Chief Financial Officers in the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York
by certain individuals, on behalf of themselves and other unnamed purchasers of our stock, claiming that they
were purchasers of our stock during the period January 27, 2005 through January 30, 2007. The plaintiffs allege
violations  of  United  States  federal  securities  laws  and  seek  unspecified  damages.  They  allege  that  during  the
purported  class  period  we  made  statements  concerning  our  actual  and  anticipated  future  financial  results  that
failed to disclose certain purportedly material adverse information with respect to demand and inventory in our
Mexican operations and our information technology and communications divisions. In an amended complaint,
the plaintiffs have added one of our directors  and  Onex  Corporation as  defendants. All defendants have  filed
motions  to  dismiss  the  amended  complaint.  These  motions  are  pending.  A  parallel  class  proceeding  has  also
been issued against the Company and our former Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers in the Ontario
Superior Court of Justice, but neither leave nor certification of the action has been granted by that court. We
believe that the allegations in these claims are without merit and we intend to defend against them vigorously.
However, there can be no assurance that the outcome of the litigation will be favorable to us or that it will not

45

have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  position  or  liquidity.  In  addition,  we  may  incur  substantial
litigation expenses in defending these claims. We have liability insurance coverage that may cover some of our
litigation expenses, potential judgments or  settlement costs.

We received a recovery of damages related to certain purchases we made in prior periods as a result of the
settlement  of  a  class  action  lawsuit.  We  recorded  the  recovery,  net  of  estimated  reserves,  in  other  charges  of
$23.7  million  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009.  Future  adjustments  to  our  estimated  reserves,  if  any,  will  be
recorded  through other charges.

Capital Resources

Our main objectives in managing our capital resources are to ensure liquidity and to have funds available
for  working  capital  or  other  investments  required  to  grow  our  business.  Our  capital  resources  consist  of  cash,
short-term  investments,  access  to  credit  facilities  and  bank  overdraft  facilities,  senior  subordinated  notes  and
share capital.

At  December  31,  2009,  we  had  cash  of  $937.7  million,  comprised  of  cash  (approximately  28%)  and  cash
equivalents  (approximately  72%).  Our  current  portfolio  consists  of  certificates  of  deposits  and  certain  money
market  funds  that  are  secured  exclusively  by  U.S.  government  securities.  The  majority  of  our  cash  and  cash
equivalents are held with financial institutions each of which had at December 31, 2009 a Standard and Poor’s
rating of A-1 or above.

We  manage  our  capitalization  levels  and  make  adjustments,  as  available,  for  changes  in  economic
conditions. At December 31, 2009, we had full access to a $200.0 million credit facility, access to bank overdraft
facilities, and we could sell up to $250.0 million in A/R, on a committed basis, under an A/R sales program to
provide short-term liquidity. Our credit facility has restrictive covenants relating to debt incurrence, the sale of
assets and a change of control. The facility also contains financial covenants that may limit the amount of debt
that  can  be  incurred  under  the  facility.  We  closely  monitor  our  business  performance  to  evaluate  compliance
with  our  covenants.  Our  2013  Notes,  which  we  intend  to  redeem  in  the  first  quarter  of  2010,  also  have
restrictions  on  financing  activities.  During  2009,  we  redeemed  our  outstanding  2011  Notes.  We  continue  to
monitor and review the most cost-effective methods for raising capital, taking into account these restrictions and
covenants. As of December 31, 2009, we were in compliance with  these covenants.

We have not distributed, nor do we have any current plan to distribute, any dividends to our shareholders
nor do we have any current plans to repurchase shares through a stock buy-back plan. We have purchased and
expect  to,  from  time  to  time,  purchase  shares  in  the  open  market  for  the  settlement  of  share  unit  awards  to
employees under our long-term incentive plans.

Our strategy on capital risk management has not changed since 2008. Other than the restrictive covenants
associated  with  our  debt  obligations,  we  are  not  subject  to  any  contractual  or  regulatorily  imposed  capital
requirements. While some of our international operations are subject to government restrictions on the flow of
capital into and out of their jurisdictions, these restrictions have not had a material impact on our operations.

Our revolving credit facility for $300.0 million expired in April 2009. In April 2009, we renewed this facility
on generally similar terms and conditions, and reduced the size of the facility to $200.0 million, with a maturity
of April 2011. We pledged certain assets, including the shares of certain North American subsidiaries, as security
for the facility. The facility includes a $25.0 million swing-line facility that provides for short-term borrowings up
to a maximum of seven days. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin, except that
borrowings  under  the  swing-line  facility  bear  interest  at  a  base  rate  plus  a  margin.  Borrowings  bear  a  higher
interest rate under this facility than under the  prior facility.

The facility has restrictive covenants relating to debt incurrence, the sale of assets, and a change of control.
We are also required to comply with financial covenants related to indebtedness, interest coverage and liquidity.
We were in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2009. There were no borrowings outstanding under
our facility at December 31, 2009. Commitment fees for 2009 were $2.1 million. We paid $2.3 million in upfront
commitment fees and closing costs in the second quarter of 2009. These costs are amortized to interest expense
on long-term debt over the term of the renewed facility.

46

We have additional uncommitted bank overdraft facilities available for operating requirements which total
$65.0  million  at  December  31,  2009.  There  were  no  borrowings  outstanding  under  these  facilities  at
December 31, 2009.

In  November  2009,  we  renewed  an  agreement  to  sell  certain  A/R  to  a  third-party  bank  (which  had  at
December  31,  2009  a  Standard  and  Poor’s  rating  of  A+)  and  other  qualified  purchasers.  We  can  sell  up  to
$250.0 million in A/R, on a committed basis, to provide short-term liquidity. The program also provides for the
sale  of  certain  A/R  in  excess  of  the  committed  amount  at  the  discretion  of  the  purchasers.  At  December  31,
2009,  we  had  not  sold  any  A/R  under  the  program  (December  31,  2008 — zero  dollars  sold;  December  31,
2007 — $225.0 million sold). This program  remains  available  to  us until November  2010.

Both Standard and Poor’s and Moody’s Investors Service provide ratings on Celestica. These credit ratings
reflect  the  agencies’  current  opinion  of  the  creditworthiness  of  an  obligor  with  respect  to  a  specific  financial
obligation, a specific class of financial obligations or a specific financial program. The agencies take many factors
into  consideration  when  providing  a  rating  including,  but  not  limited  to,  an  industry’s  operating  environment,
financial  performance  of  the  debtor,  creditworthiness  of  guarantors,  insurers,  or  other  forms  of  credit
enhancement on the obligation and the currency in which the obligation is denominated. A security rating is not
a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the
rating organization. A rating does not  comment as to market price  or  suitability for a particular investor.

On  September  29,  2009,  Standard  and  Poor’s  upgraded  our  corporate  rating  to  BB(cid:5)  from  B+  and  our
Notes rating to BB(cid:5) from B, with a stable outlook. On February 25, 2010, following the announcement of our
fourth quarter results and our intention to redeem our outstanding 2013 Notes, Standard and Poor’s upgraded
our corporate and Notes ratings to BB from BB(cid:5), with a stable outlook. The Notes rating, which is 13th out of
22 on the Standard and Poor’s rating scale, means that the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial
commitment  on  the  obligation,  but  adverse  business,  financial  or  economic  conditions  will  likely  impair  the
obligor’s  capacity  or  willingness  to  meet  its  financial  commitment  on  the  obligation.  On  November  6,  2009,
Moody’s  Investor  Service  upgraded  our  corporate  rating  to  Ba3  from  B1  and  our  Notes  rating  to  B2  from
B3  with  a  stable  outlook.  The  Notes  rating  is  15th  out  of  21  on  the  Moody’s  Investor  Service  rating  scale.
Obligations rated B2 are considered to be in the mid range of obligations that are judged to be speculative and
subject to high credit risk. A reduction in our credit ratings could adversely impact our future cost of borrowing.
At December 31, 2009, we had significant  cash balances  in excess of our debt obligations.

Financial instruments:

Our short-term investment objectives are to preserve principal and to maximize yields without significantly
increasing risk, while at the same time not materially restricting our short-term access to cash. To achieve these
objectives,  we  maintain  a  portfolio  consisting  of  a  variety  of  securities,  including  certificates  of  deposit  and
money market funds that are secured exclusively by U.S. government securities.

The  majority  of  our  cash  balances  are  held  in  U.S.  dollars.  We  price  the  majority  of  our  products  in
U.S. dollars and the majority of our material costs are also denominated in U.S. dollars. However, a significant
portion of our non-material costs (including payroll, pensions, facility costs and costs of locally sourced supplies
and  inventory)  are  denominated  in  various  other  currencies.  As  a  result,  we  may  experience  foreign  exchange
gains or losses on  translation or transactions  due to currency fluctuations.

We have a foreign exchange risk management policy in place to control our hedging activities and we do not
enter  into  speculative  trades.  Our  current  hedging  activity  is  designed  to  reduce  the  variability  of  our  foreign
currency costs where we have local manufacturing operations and generally involves entering into contracts to
trade U.S. dollars for various currencies at future dates. We traditionally enter into forward exchange contracts
to hedge against our cash flows in foreign currencies. To mitigate foreign exchange translation volatility, we enter
into forward exchange contracts to partially hedge our significant balance sheet exposures in certain currencies.
These  balance  sheet  hedges  are  based  on  our  forecasts  of  the  future  position  of  net  assets  or  liabilities
denominated in foreign currencies and, therefore, may not mitigate the full impact of any translation impacts in
the future. There is no assurance that our  hedging transactions will be successful.

47

At  December  31,  2009,  we  had  forward  exchange  contracts  to  trade  U.S.  dollars  in  exchange  for  the

following currencies (in millions):

Currency

Amount of
U.S. dollars

Weighted
average
exchange rate
of U.S. dollars

Maximum
period  in
months

Fair value
gain/(loss)

Canadian dollar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
British pound sterling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thai  baht
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malaysian ringgit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mexican peso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Singapore dollar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Euro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Romanian lei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Czech koruna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$206.5
89.5
50.1
47.8
37.1
18.9
13.3
13.1
12.9

$489.2

$0.92
1.60
0.03
0.29
0.08
0.70
1.45
0.33
0.05

15
4
12
12
12
12
3
12
6

$ 7.7
(0.1)
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.3
—
(0.3)
(0.1)

$ 8.0

Our contracts generally extend for periods of up to 15 months and expire by March 2011. The fair value of
these  contracts  at  December  31,  2009  was  a  net  unrealized  gain  of  $8.0  million  (December  31,  2008 — net
unrealized loss of $38.9 million). The unrealized gains or losses are a result of fluctuations in foreign exchange
rates between the time the forward contracts were entered into and the valuation date at period end. The change
in the net unrealized gain or loss of our foreign currency contracts during 2009 is due primarily to the settlement
of  contracts  with  significant  losses  and  the  favourable  movement  in  the  exchange  rates  for  the  currencies  we
hedge.  We  monitor  our  hedging  program  each  quarter.  The  counterparties  to  these  contracts  are  financial
institutions, each of which had at December  31, 2009 a Standard and Poor’s rating of A or above.

Financial risks:

We  are  exposed  to  a  variety  of  financial  risks  associated  with  financial  instruments  as  part  of  our  normal
operations.  We  have  exposures  to  the  following  financial  risks  arising  from  financial  instruments:  market  risk,
credit risk and liquidity risk.

Market  risk:  This  is  the  risk  that  results  in  changes  to  market  prices,  such  as  foreign  exchange  rates  and
interest rates, which could affect our operations or the value of our financial instruments. To manage this risk,
we enter into various derivative hedging  transactions.

Currency  risk:  Due  to  the  nature  of  our  international  operations,  we  are  exposed  to  exchange  rate
fluctuations  on  our  cash  receipts,  cash  payments  and  balance  sheet  exposures  denominated  in  various  foreign
currencies. The majority of our currency risk is driven by the operational costs incurred in local currencies by our
foreign subsidiaries. We currently manage this risk through our hedging program using forecasts of future cash
flows and our balance sheet exposures denominated in  foreign currencies.

Interest  rate  risk:  We  are  exposed  to  interest  rate  risks  as  we  have  significant  cash  balances  invested  at
floating rates. Borrowings under our revolving credit facility bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin. If we borrow
under this facility, we will be exposed to interest rate risks due to fluctuations  in the LIBOR rate.

Credit  risk:  Credit  risk  refers  to  the  risk  that  a  counterparty  may  default  on  its  contractual  obligations
resulting in a financial loss to us. To mitigate the risk of financial loss from defaults under our foreign currency
forward  contracts,  these  counterparty  financial  institutions  each  had  at  December  31,  2009  a  Standard  and
Poor’s  rating  of  A  or  above.  The  financial  institution  with  which  we  renewed  our  A/R  sales  program  had  a
Standard and Poor’s rating of A+ at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009, we had not sold any A/R under
this  program. We believe that the credit risk  of counterparty non-performance is low.

We  also  provide  credit  to  our  customers  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  We  mitigate  this  credit  risk  by
monitoring  our  customers’  financial  condition  and  performing  ongoing  credit  evaluations,  as  well  as  frequent
communications  with  them,  enabling  us  to  monitor  current  changes  in  their  business  operations.  We  review

48

concentration of credit risk in establishing our allowance for doubtful accounts and we believe our allowances
are  adequate.  As  at  December  31,  2009,  less  than  1%  of  our  gross  A/R  were  over  90  days  past  due  and  our
allowance for doubtful accounts balance  was  $7.5 million.

Liquidity  risk:  Liquidity  risk  is  the  risk  that  we  may  not  have  cash  available  to  satisfy  our  financial
obligations as they come due. The majority of our financial liabilities recorded in accounts payable and accrued
liabilities are due within 90 days. In the first quarter of 2010, we intend to redeem our outstanding 2013 Notes,
with a principal amount of $223.1 million, at a price of 103.813%, together with accrued and unpaid interest to
the  redemption  date.  Management  believes  that  cash  flow  from  operations,  together  with  cash  on  hand,  cash
from  the  sale  of  A/R,  and  borrowings  available  under  our  credit  facility  and  bank  overdraft  facilities  are
sufficient to support our financial obligations.

Related Party Transactions

In 2008, we entered into a manufacturing agreement with a company under the control of our controlling
shareholder. During 2009, we recorded revenue of $42.3 million (2008 — $19.3 million) from this related party.
All transactions with this related party were in the normal course of operations. All amounts were recorded at
the exchange amount, being the amount  agreed  to  by the  parties.

Outstanding Share Data

As  of  February  22,  2010,  we  had  211.0  million  outstanding  subordinate  voting  shares  and  18.9  million
outstanding multiple voting shares. We also had 10.7 million outstanding stock options, 5.8 million outstanding
restricted share units and 8.1 million outstanding performance share units, each such option or unit entitling the
holder  to  receive  one  subordinate  voting  share  pursuant  to  the  terms  thereof  (subject  to  time  or  performance
based vesting).

In  October  2009,  we  issued  a  short  form  prospectus  related  to  the  secondary  offering  and  sale  of
10.7 million subordinate voting shares of our company by Onex Corporation and certain of its affiliates (Onex),
our  controlling  shareholder.  As  part  of  this  secondary  offering,  Onex  converted  10.7  million  multiple  voting
shares to 10.7 million subordinate voting shares in order to effect the sale. We did not receive any proceeds from
the sale.

Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures:

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  a  system  of  disclosure  controls  and
procedures  (as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15  and  15d-15  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  (the  Exchange
Act)) designed to ensure that information we are required to disclose in the reports that we file or submit under
the  Exchange  Act  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission’s  rules  and  forms.  Disclosure  controls  and  procedures  include,  without
limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in
the  reports  that  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  issuer’s
management,  including  its  principal  executive  officer  or  officers  and  principal  financial  officer  or  officers,  or
persons performing similar functions,  as  appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Under the supervision of and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer, we have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure
controls  and  procedures  as  of  the  end  of  the  year.  Based  on  that  evaluation,  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and
Chief  Financial  Officer  have  concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  effective  to  meet  the
requirements of Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15  under the Exchange  Act.

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute,
assurance that its objectives are met. Due to inherent limitations in all such systems, no evaluation of controls
can  provide  absolute  assurance  that  all  control  issues  within  a  company  have  been  detected.  Accordingly,  our
disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  designed  to  provide  reasonable,  not  absolute,  assurance  that  the
objectives of our disclosure control system  are met.

49

Changes in internal controls over financial  reporting:

During  2009,  there  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  that  have  materially

affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal  controls over financial reporting.

Management’s report on internal control  over financial reporting:

Reference  is  made  to  our  Management’s  report  on  page  F-1  of  our  Annual  Report.  Our  auditors,
KPMG  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  have  issued  an  audit  report  on  our  internal
controls over financial reporting for the year  ended December  31, 2009. This report  appears on  page F-2.

Unaudited Quarterly Financial Highlights (in millions, except per share amounts)

2008

2009

First

Fourth
Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter

Second

Second

Fourth

Third

Third

First

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,835.7 $1,876.3 $2,030.8 $1,935.4 $1,469.4 $1,402.2 $1,556.2 $1,664.4
6.6%
Gross profit % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31.1
Net earnings (loss)
229.7
# of basic shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
232.0
# of diluted shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net earnings (loss):

7.4%
32.1 $ (822.2) $
229.4
230.3

6.3%
29.8 $
229.1
229.2

6.7%
39.8 $
229.2
230.4

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

7.6%
19.2 $

229.4
229.4

229.4
230.2

229.4
229.4

229.5
229.5

(0.6) $

5.3 $

6.9%

7.3%

7.3%

per share — basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
per share — diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

0.13 $
0.13 $

0.17 $
0.17 $

0.14 $ (3.58) $
0.14 $ (3.58) $

0.08 $
0.08 $

0.02 $
0.02 $

0.00 $
0.00 $

0.14
0.13

Comparability quarter-to-quarter:

The quarterly data reflects the following:

– the fourth quarters of 2008 and 2009 include the results of our annual impairment testing of goodwill and

long-lived assets; and

– all  quarters  of  2008  and  2009  were  impacted  by  our  announced  restructuring  plans.  The  amounts  vary

from quarter to quarter.

Fourth quarter 2009 compared to fourth quarter 2008:

Revenue for the fourth quarter of 2009 decreased 14% to $1.7 billion from $1.9 billion for the same period
in  2008.  Lower  revenue  primarily  from  our  telecommunications  and  enterprise  communications  segments
accounted  for  a  12%  decrease  in  total  revenue  from  the  prior  period.  This  was  offset  partially  by  our  storage
segment which grew primarily due to new program wins. Revenue from our consumer market was relatively flat
for the fourth quarter of 2009 compared to the same period in 2008. Gross margin decreased to 6.6% of revenue
for the fourth quarter of 2009 from 7.3% for the same period in 2008, primarily due to reduced revenue, changes
in the mix of products manufactured and the mark-to-market adjustment on restricted share unit awards in the
fourth quarter of 2009. SG&A for the fourth quarter of 2009 of $61.2 million decreased $15.7 million from the
same  period  in  2008  primarily  as  a  result  of  lower  foreign  exchange  losses  and  overall  cost  reductions,  offset
partially by the $5.7 million mark-to-market adjustment on the restricted share unit awards in the fourth quarter
of 2009. The net loss in the fourth quarter of 2008  included a goodwill impairment  charge of  $850.5 million.

Fourth quarter 2009 compared to third quarter  2009:

Revenue for the fourth quarter of 2009 increased 7% to $1.7 billion from $1.6 billion for the third quarter of
2009.  Revenue  from  all  our  end  markets  increased  sequentially,  other  than  the  telecommunications  market
which was flat, from the third quarter of 2009. The consumer and server markets benefited from new program
wins. Gross margin decreased from 6.9% of revenue in the third quarter of 2009 to 6.6% in the fourth quarter of
2009,  primarily  as  a  result  of  the  mark-to-market  adjustment  on  the  restricted  share  unit  awards,  which
negatively impacted gross margin in the fourth quarter of 2009 by 0.3%. SG&A increased $7.2 million from the
third  quarter  of  2009  to  $61.2  million  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009,  primarily  reflecting  the  $5.7  million

50

mark-to-market adjustment on the restricted share unit awards in the fourth quarter of 2009. The net loss in the
third quarter of 2009 included restructuring and other charges totaling $43.5 million. Net earnings in the fourth
quarter of 2009 included other recoveries  totaling $8.7 million, net of restructuring charges.

Fourth quarter 2009 actual compared to guidance:

Our guidance is provided on an adjusted net earnings (defined below) basis only as it is difficult to forecast
the various items impacting GAAP net earnings, such as the amount and timing of our restructuring and debt
repurchase  activities.  A  reconciliation  of  adjusted  net  earnings,  which  is  a  non-GAAP  measure,  to  Canadian
GAAP net earnings is set forth below.

Beginning  with  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009,  we  revised  the  definition  of  our  non-GAAP  adjusted  net
earnings  to  exclude  all  stock-based  compensation  (in  addition  to  the  items  previously  excluded)  to  allow  for  a
better comparison with our major North American EMS competitors. For consistency, we made similar changes
in the definitions of additional non-GAAP metrics: adjusted gross margin, adjusted SG&A, adjusted operating
margin  (EBIAT)  and  ROIC.  Prior  to  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009,  option  expense  was  the  only  stock-based
compensation item excluded from the adjusted net earnings definition and other non-GAAP metrics. We now
exclude  (in  addition  to  the  items  previously  excluded)  restricted  share  unit  costs  and  any  other  stock-based
compensation  expense  that  may  arise  from  adjusted  net  earnings  and  other  non-GAAP  measures.  We  have
recalculated prior period comparatives to conform to the  current periods’ definitions.

Management  uses  adjusted  net  earnings  (and  other  non-GAAP  metrics)  as  a  measure  of  enterprise-wide
performance.  Management  believes  adjusted  net  earnings  is  a  useful  measure  for  management,  as  well  as
investors, to compare operating performance from period-to-period. Adjusted net earnings do not include the
effects of other charges, most significantly the write-down of goodwill and long-lived assets, gains or losses on
the  repurchase  of  shares  or  debt  and  the  related  income  tax  effect  of  these  adjustments,  and  any  significant
deferred tax write-offs or recoveries. We also exclude the following recurring charges: restructuring costs, total
stock-based  compensation  including  option  and  restricted  share  unit  costs,  amortization  of  intangible  assets
(except  amortization  of  computer  software)  and  the  related  income  tax  effect  of  these  adjustments.  The  term
adjusted  net  earnings  does  not  have  any  standardized  meaning  prescribed  by  GAAP  and  is  not  necessarily
comparable  to  similar  measures  presented  by  other  companies.  Adjusted  net  earnings  is  not  a  measure  of
performance under Canadian or U.S. GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net
earnings prepared in accordance with Canadian  or U.S.  GAAP. See  reconciliation  below.

On October 22, 2009, we provided the  following guidance for the  fourth quarter of  2009:

Revenue (in billions)(i) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusted net earnings per share(ii)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1.55 to $1.70
$0.16 to $0.22

Q4 09

Guidance

Actual

$1.66
$0.21

(i) Revenue for the fourth quarter of 2009 exceeded the midpoint of  our published guidance.

(ii) Our published guidance range for adjusted net earnings per share of $0.14 to $0.20 did not reflect the revised definition for this metric.
Guidance for adjusted net earnings per share, using the revised definition, would have been $0.16 to $0.22. Adjusted net earnings per
share for  the fourth quarter of 2009 was $0.21 and  met the high end of this range.

Adjusted net earnings per share for the fourth quarter of 2008, using the revised definition, was $0.28 and
included a $0.07 per share benefit associated with the reduction in the income tax rate for adjusted net earnings.
Excluding the tax benefit, adjusted net earnings  per  share for the fourth quarter of 2008  was  $0.21.

51

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, a reconciliation of Canadian GAAP earnings (loss) to
adjusted net earnings and other non-GAAP metrics (in millions, except per share amounts):

Three months ended December 31

GAAP

Adjustments

Adjusted

GAAP

Adjustments

Adjusted

2008

2009

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of sales(1)(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SG&A(1)(2)(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of intangible assets(3) . . . . .
Other charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating earnings (loss) — EBIAT(4) . . .
Interest expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net earnings (loss) before tax . . . . . . . .
Income tax expense (recovery) . . . . . . . .

$1,935.4
1,794.8

140.6
76.9
6.4
861.9

(804.6)
13.7

(818.3)
3.9

$ —

(2.7)

2.7
(4.2)
(3.3)
(861.9)

872.1
—

872.1
(15.3)

Net earnings (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (822.2)

$ 887.4

$

65.2

# of shares (in millions) — diluted . . . . .
Earnings (loss) per share . . . . . . . . . . . .
ROIC(5)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Free cash flow(6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

229.4
$ (3.58)

$

229.4
0.28
18.8%
$ (17.3)

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of sales(1)(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SG&A(1)(2)(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of intangible assets(3) . . . . .
Other charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating earnings (loss) — EBIAT(4) . . .
Interest expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net earnings (loss) before tax . . . . . . . .
Income tax expense (recovery) . . . . . . . .

$7,678.2
7,147.1

531.1
292.0
26.9
885.2

(673.0)
42.5

(715.5)
5.0

$ —

(10.3)

10.3
(13.1)
(15.1)
(885.2)

923.7
—

923.7
(1.0)

Net earnings (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (720.5)

$ 924.7

$ 204.2

# of shares (in millions) — diluted . . . . .
Earnings (loss) per share — diluted . . . .
ROIC(5)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Free cash flow(6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

229.3
$ (3.14)

$

229.6
0.89
14.6%
$ 127.1

$1,935.4
1,792.1

$1,664.4
1,555.3

143.3
72.7
3.1

—

67.5
13.7

53.8
(11.4)

109.1
61.2
6.6
(8.7)

50.0
5.7

44.3
13.2

31.1

232.0
0.13

$

$

$7,678.2
7,136.8

$6,092.2
5,662.4

541.4
278.9
11.8

—

250.7
42.5

208.2
4.0

429.8
244.5
21.9
68.0

95.4
35.0

60.4
5.4

55.0

230.9
0.24

$

$

$ —

(8.3)

8.3
(9.2)
(1.9)
8.7

10.7
—

10.7
(7.7)

$18.4

$1,664.4
1,547.0

117.4
52.0
4.7

—

60.7
5.7

55.0
5.5

49.5

232.0
0.21
27.5%
27.5

$

$

$

$ —

(18.0)

18.0
(20.9)
(8.8)
(68.0)

115.7
—

115.7
12.2

$6,092.2
5,644.4

447.8
223.6
13.1

—

211.1
35.0

176.1
17.6

$103.5

$ 158.5

$

230.9
0.69
22.0%
$ 223.7

Year  ended December 31

GAAP

Adjustments

Adjusted

GAAP

Adjustments

Adjusted

2008

2009

(1) Total stock-based compensation, comprised of option and restricted share unit costs, is excluded from the calculation of adjusted net
earnings, adjusted gross margin, adjusted SG&A, adjusted operating margin (EBIAT) and return on invested capital (ROIC). Prior to
the fourth quarter of 2009, option expense was the only stock-based compensation item excluded from these calculations. All of these

52

metrics, which are non-GAAP measures, including comparatives for prior periods, reflect the revised definition. The following table
shows how the revised definition has impacted these metrics (in millions, except per share amounts):

Adjusted gross profit increase(2)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusted SG&A decrease(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EBIAT increase(4)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusted net earnings increase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusted net earnings per share increase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ROIC% increase(5)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 2.1
3.2
5.3
6.1
$0.02
1.5%

$ 7.4
9.4
16.8
16.5
$0.07
1.0%

$ 2.6
2.7
5.3
4.8
$0.02
2.3%

$10.5
11.6
22.1
20.0
$0.09
2.3%

Q4 2008

2008

Q4 2009(a)

2009(a)

(a) Excluded  the  impact  of  a  mark-to-market  accounting  adjustment  related  to  restricted  share  unit  awards  totaling  $10.9  million
recorded in the fourth quarter of 2009 (cost of sales — $5.2 million; SG&A — $5.7 million). See note 8(e) to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.

(2) Management uses these non-GAAP measures to assess operating performance. As discussed above, we revised our definition of each
of these measures commencing with the results for the fourth quarter of 2009. Management believes that each of these measures is an
appropriate  metric  for  management,  as  well  as  investors,  to  compare  operating  performance  from  period-to-period.  Adjusted  gross
profit  is  calculated  by  excluding  total  stock-based  compensation  from  GAAP  gross  profit.  Adjusted  gross  margin  is  calculated  by
dividing  adjusted  gross  profit  by  revenue.  Adjusted  SG&A  is  calculated  by  excluding  total  stock-based  compensation  from  GAAP
SG&A. Adjusted SG&A percentage is calculated by dividing adjusted SG&A by revenue. Neither adjusted gross profit, adjusted gross
margin, nor adjusted SG&A has any standardized meaning prescribed by Canadian or U.S. GAAP, and is not necessarily comparable
to  similar  measures  presented  by  other  companies.  Neither  adjusted  gross  profit,  adjusted  gross  margin,  nor  adjusted  SG&A  is  a
measure of performance under Canadian or U.S. GAAP and no such measure should be considered in isolation or as a substitute for
any standardized measure.

(3) Certain 2008 GAAP numbers have been restated to reflect the change in accounting for computer software effective January 1, 2009 as
required  under  Canadian  GAAP.  For  the  fourth  quarter  of  2008,  $3.1  million  in  amortization  of  computer  software  has  been
reclassified from SG&A expenses to amortization of intangible assets (2008 — $11.8 million). Amortization of computer software is
not  excluded  for  EBIAT  or  adjusted  net  earnings.  There  is  no  impact  to  our  current  or  previously  reported  EBIAT,  adjusted  net
earnings  or net earnings (loss) for this change in accounting.

(4) Management uses adjusted operating margin (EBIAT) as a measure to assess operating performance. As discussed above, we revised
our definition of EBIAT commencing with the results for the fourth quarter of 2009. Excluded from EBIAT are the effects of other
charges, most significantly the write-down of goodwill and long-lived assets, gains or losses on the repurchase of shares or debt and the
related income tax effect of these adjustments, and any significant deferred tax write-offs or recoveries. We also exclude the following
recurring charges: restructuring costs, total stock-based compensation including option and restricted share unit costs, amortization of
intangible assets (except amortization of computer software), interest expense or income, and the related income tax effect of these
adjustments. Management believes EBIAT, which isolates operating activities before interest and taxes, is an appropriate measure for
management, as well as investors, to compare the company’s operating performance from period-to-period. The term EBIAT does not
have  any  standardized  meaning  prescribed  by  Canadian  or  U.S.  GAAP  and  is  not  necessarily  comparable  to  similar  measures
presented by other companies. EBIAT is not a measure of performance under Canadian or U.S. GAAP and should not be considered
in  isolation  or as a substitute for net earnings prepared  in accordance with Canadian or U.S. GAAP.

(5) Management uses ROIC as a measure to assess the effectiveness of the invested capital it uses to build products or provide services to
its customers. As discussed above, we revised our definition of ROIC commencing with the results for the fourth quarter of 2009. The
ROIC metric used by the company includes operating margin, working capital management and asset utilization. ROIC is calculated
by dividing EBIAT (defined in (4) above) by average net invested capital. Net invested capital consists of total assets less cash, accounts
payable,  accrued  liabilities  and  income  taxes  payable.  We  use  a  two-point  average  to  calculate  average  net  invested  capital  for  the
quarter and a five-point average to calculate average net invested capital for the year. Management believes ROIC is an appropriate
measure  for  management,  as  well  as  investors,  to  compare  the  company’s  operating  performance  from  period-to-period.  The  term
ROIC does not have any standardized meaning prescribed by Canadian or U.S. GAAP and is not necessarily comparable to similar
measures presented by other companies. ROIC is not a measure of performance under Canadian or U.S. GAAP and should not be
considered  in isolation or as a substitute for any standardized  measure. There is no comparable measure under GAAP.

(6) Management uses free cash flow as a measure to assess cash flow performance. Free cash flow is calculated as cash generated from
operations less capital expenditures (net of proceeds from the sale of surplus property and equipment). Management believes that free
cash flow is an appropriate measure for management, as well as investors, to compare cash flow performance from period-to-period.
The  term  free  cash  flow  does  not  have  any  standardized  meaning  prescribed  by  Canadian  or  U.S.  GAAP  and  is  not  necessarily
comparable  to  similar  measures  presented  by  other  companies.  Free  cash  flow  is  not  a  measure  of  performance  under  Canadian  or
U.S.  GAAP  and  should  not  be  considered  in  isolation  or  as  a  substitute  for  any  standardized  measure.  There  is  no  comparable
measure under GAAP.

53

First quarter 2010 guidance:

On January 27, 2010, we provided the following guidance for the first quarter of 2010:

Q1 10 — Guidance

Revenue (in billions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusted net earnings per share, using the  revised definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1.45 to  $1.60
$0.15 to  $0.21

At the midpoint, our revenue guidance for the first quarter of 2010 represents an 8% sequential decrease
from  our  fourth  quarter  of  2009.  This  compares  to  the  historic  15%  to  20%  sequential  declines  that  we  have
experienced from our fourth quarter to our first quarter of each year. We expect the impact of seasonality to be
less severe than in previous years as our guidance also reflects modest end-market growth, new programs and
changing  product mix in the first quarter of  2010.

Our guidance for the first quarter of 2010 is based on various assumptions which management believes are
reasonable under the current circumstances, but may prove to be inaccurate, and many of which involve factors
that are beyond the control of the company. The material assumptions may include the following: forecasts from
our customers, which range from 30 to 90 days; timing and investments associated with ramping new business;
general  economic  and  market  conditions;  currency  exchange  rates;  pricing  and  competition;  anticipated
customer  demand;  supplier  performance  and  pricing;  commodity,  labor,  energy  and  transportation  costs;
operational  and  financial  matters;  technological  developments;  and  the  timing  and  execution  of  our
restructuring  plan.  These  assumptions  are  based  on  management’s  current  views  with  respect  to  current  plans
and events, and are and will be subject to the risks and uncertainties discussed above. Our guidance for the first
quarter of 2010 is given for the purpose of providing information about management’s current expectations and
plans relating to the first quarter of 2010. Readers are cautioned that such information may not be appropriate
for other purposes.

Recent  Accounting Developments

(a) Goodwill and intangible assets:

On  January  1,  2009,  we  adopted  CICA  Handbook  Section  3064,  ‘‘Goodwill  and  intangible  assets.’’  This
revised  standard  establishes  guidance  for  the  recognition,  measurement  and  disclosure  of  goodwill  and
intangible  assets,  including  internally  generated  intangible  assets.  As  required  by  this  standard,  we  have
retroactively  reclassified  $34.0  million  of  computer  software  assets  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheet  as  at
December  31,  2008  from  property,  plant  and  equipment  to  intangible  assets.  In  addition,  we  have  reclassified
computer  software  amortization  on  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations  from  depreciation  expense,
included  in  SG&A,  to  amortization  of  intangible  assets.  The  adoption  of  this  standard  did  not  change  our
previously reported net earnings or loss.

(b) International financial reporting standards  (IFRS):

In February 2008, the Canadian Accounting Standards Board announced the adoption of IFRS for publicly
accountable enterprises in Canada. Effective January 1, 2011, companies must convert from Canadian GAAP to
IFRS.  IFRS  is  effective  for  our  first  quarter  ending  March  31,  2011,  with  comparative  data  also  prepared
under IFRS.

We have initiated an IFRS transition project with a formal and detailed project plan and a dedicated project
manager.  A  multi-functional  project  team  consisting  of  management  from  finance,  taxation,  treasury,  legal,
human resources, IT and operations is engaged on the project. We have also engaged external IFRS consulting
partners.  We  have  established  a  formal  governance  structure  that  includes  both  a  steering  committee  and  an
accounting technical review committee, and regular reporting is provided to our senior executive management
and  to  our  Audit  Committee  on  the  project’s  progress.  Our  project  focuses  on  the  key  areas  impacted  by  this
conversion,  including  financial  reporting,  systems  and  processes,  communications  and  training.  Our  transition
plan  is progressing according to our  implementation schedule.

54

The  review  of  the  potential  impacts  of  IFRS  was  conducted  in  phases.  In  phase  1,  we  worked  with
independent  consultants  to  complete  a  diagnostic  of  the  key  financial,  systems  and  businesses  that  would
potentially  be  impacted  by  our  transition  to  IFRS.  In  phase  2,  we  completed  our  detailed  analysis  of  the
potential  accounting  and  reporting  differences  between  Canadian  GAAP  and  IFRS,  and  made  preliminary
accounting  policy  choices.  Although  we  have  not  completed  our  evaluation,  we  have  not  identified  significant
changes  in  our  business  activities  as  a  result  of  the  IFRS  transition.  We  plan  to  continually  evaluate  any  such
impact during 2010.

Accounting Policies:

The  following  are  our  preliminary  significant  IFRS  policy  decisions  and  significant  expected  accounting
differences, based on our analysis of the current IFRS standards. We will provide formal training to our finance
staff  and  other  personnel  at  each  of  our  sites  during  the  first  half  of  2010.  Additional  differences  between
Canadian  GAAP  and  IFRS  may  be  identified  once  the  training  is  completed  and  as  we  conduct  the
quantification process. As a result, our accounting policy choices may change prior to the adoption of IFRS on
January 1, 2011. Although we have identified key accounting policy differences, we cannot at this time determine
the impact of these differences to our consolidated  financial statements.

First-time adoption of IFRS (IFRS 1):

Upon transition, a company is required to apply each IFRS on a retrospective basis. However, IFRS 1 has
certain mandatory exceptions, as well as limited optional exemptions, in specific areas of certain standards that
do not require retrospective application of IFRS. Based on our analysis to date, we expect to apply the following
optional  exemptions  available  under  IFRS  1  that  will  be  significant  to  us  in  preparing  our  first  consolidated
financial statements under IFRS:

Business  combinations — IFRS  1  allows  us  to  apply  this  standard  on  a  prospective  or  retrospective  basis.
We  have  elected  to  apply  IFRS  3(revised),  Business  combinations,  on  a  prospective  basis  for  all  business
combinations completed after January  1, 2010.

Employee benefits — IFRS 1 provides the option to retrospectively apply the corridor method to actuarial
gains or losses or to recognize the cumulative gains or losses deferred under Canadian GAAP through equity at
the transition date. We have elected to recognize cumulative actuarial gains or losses at January 1, 2010 through
retained  deficit  for  all  our  employee  benefit  plans.  We  have  $128.1  million  in  unrecognized  actuarial  losses  at
December 31, 2009 under Canadian GAAP.

Cumulative  translation  differences — IFRS  1  allows  cumulative  translation  differences  for  foreign
operations  to  be  cleared  through  equity  on  transition.  Gains  or  losses  from  the  subsequent  disposal  of  the
foreign  operations  would  exclude  translation  differences  arising  prior  to  adopting  IFRS.  We  have  elected  to
reset  cumulative  translation  differences  to  zero  on  transition.  We  have  cumulative  translation  gains  of
$46.9 million at December 31, 2009.

IFRS to Canadian GAAP differences:

In addition to the IFRS 1 exceptions and exemptions, the following are preliminary differences between our
Canadian  GAAP  accounting  policies  and  those  under  IFRS  that  we  believe  are  applicable  and  significant  to
Celestica based on our analysis to date:

Pension  and  other  post-employment  benefits — Under  Canadian  GAAP,  we  generally  defer  our  actuarial
gains  and  losses  from  defined  benefit  plans  and  then  amortize  using  the  corridor  method.  Under  IFRS,  we
expect  to  recognize  all  actuarial  gains  and  losses  immediately  through  equity  without  recording  them  in  the
income  statement  in  subsequent  periods.  Additionally,  IFRS  has  incremental  considerations  beyond  Canadian
GAAP  with  respect  to  limits  on  defined  benefit  assets,  minimum  funding  requirements,  and  their  interaction,
which could result in adjustments to the amounts recorded under Canadian GAAP. We are currently reviewing
our  pension plans in detail to determine the  impact upon  transition.

Hedge  effectiveness  measurement — IFRS  requires  us  to  incorporate  credit  risk  into  the  assessment  of
hedge effectiveness and ineffectiveness and requires more documentation to support the hedging relationships.
We  expect that our hedging relationships  will continue to qualify under  IFRS.

55

Impairment  of  long-lived  assets — Reversal  of  asset  impairment  losses  is  not  permitted  under  Canadian
GAAP.  IFRS  requires  the  reversal  of  impairment  losses,  for  assets  other  than  goodwill,  if  certain  criteria  are
met. Although we have recorded impairment losses against property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
under Canadian GAAP, we do not believe at this time that these losses would be reversed under IFRS. However,
we  will  begin  to  track  previous  and  future  impairments  as  required.  Under  IFRS,  impairment  testing  is  a
one-step  process.  An  impairment  loss  is  recognized  if  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  exceeds  its  recoverable
amount.  Under  Canadian  GAAP,  impairment  is  tested  using  a  two-step  process.  We  may  recognize  higher
impairment losses under IFRS.

Share-based  payments — Under  Canadian  GAAP,  each  grant  is  treated  as  a  single  arrangement  and
compensation expense is determined at the time of grant and amortized over the vesting period, generally three
to four years, on a straight-line basis. IFRS requires a separate calculation of compensation expense for awards
that  vest  in  installments.  Under  IFRS,  compensation  expense  will  differ  from  Canadian  GAAP  based  on  the
changing fair values used for each installment and the timing of recognizing compensation expense, which will be
accelerated under IFRS.

Income  taxes — The  recognition  of  deferred  income  taxes  for  temporary  differences  arising  from  inter-
company  transfers  of  property  and  from  foreign  exchange  fluctuations  on  non-monetary  items  are  prohibited
under Canadian GAAP. There are no similar exceptions under IFRS. In addition, other significant differences
may  include  accounting  for  uncertain  tax  positions,  backwards  tracing  and  differences  relating  to  presentation
and  disclosure.  We  will  also  be  impacted  by  the  potential  income  tax  effect  of  the  other  IFRS  changes
noted above.

The  impact  of  IFRS  at  transition  will  depend  on  the  IFRS  standards  in  effect  at  the  time,  accounting
elections that have not yet been made and the prevailing business and economic facts and circumstances. The
evolving nature of IFRS may also result in additional accounting changes, some of which may be significant. We
will continue to monitor changes in the  IFRS standards and will adjust our  transition  plans accordingly.

Internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures:

We have augmented our existing controls and procedures to include controls and procedures regarding the
implementation  of  IFRS.  Our  quality  assurance  plan,  which  forms  part  of  the  overall  IFRS  transition  plan,
includes  project  management,  communication  and  training,  formal  review  of  financial  data  with  management
oversight  and  certifications,  internal  audits,  controls  over  financial  system  changes  and  the  use  of  disclosure
checklists. We expect that as we progress  through  our IFRS transition, we may adjust our plans.

Financial reporting expertise:

We identified key financial reporting experts at various levels of our business, who received advanced IFRS
training  from  our  consulting  partners.  We  have  prepared  training  materials  covering  the  transition  plan  and
applicable accounting standards and have begun detailed training of our global finance organization. We plan to
also hold IFRS information sessions for senior management and members of our IFRS steering committee and
Audit Committee.

Information systems:

During 2009, we began to identify and assess the impact of IFRS on our financial systems. Our information
technology  team  is  in  the  process  of  designing  solutions  to  ensure  enterprise-wide  IFRS  compliance  in  IT
systems. We currently are preparing our consolidations system to receive, consolidate and comply with the new
reporting and data requirements under IFRS, which includes capturing financial data for the 2010 comparative
period.

(c) Business combinations:

In  January  2009,  the  CICA  issued  Handbook  Section  1582,  ‘‘Business  combinations,’’  which  replaces  the
existing standards. This section establishes the standards for the accounting of business combinations, and states
that  all  assets  and  liabilities  of  an  acquired  business  will  be  recorded  at  fair  value.  Obligations  for  contingent

56

considerations  and  contingencies  will  also  be  recorded  at  fair  value  at  the  acquisition  date.  The  standard  also
states that acquisition related costs will be expensed as incurred and that restructuring charges will be expensed
in  the  periods  after  the  acquisition  date.  This  standard  is  equivalent  to  IFRS  on  business  combinations.  This
standard is applied prospectively to business combinations with acquisition dates on or after January 1, 2011. We
do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements
unless we engage in a significant acquisition.

(d) Consolidated financial statements:

In  January  2009,  the  CICA  issued  Handbook  Section  1601,  ‘‘Consolidated  financial  statements,’’  which
replaces  the  existing  standards.  This  section  establishes  the  standards  for  preparing  consolidated  financial
statements  and  is  effective  for  2011.  We  are  currently  evaluating  the  impact  of  adopting  this  standard  on  our
consolidated financial statements.

(e) Financial instruments — disclosures:

Effective  December  31,  2009,  we  adopted  the  amendment  issued  by  the  CICA  Handbook  Section  3862,
‘‘Financial  instruments — disclosures,’’  which  requires  enhanced  disclosures  on  liquidity  risk  of  financial
instruments  and  new  disclosures  on  fair  value  measurements  of  financial  instruments.  These  requirements
correspond  to  the  IFRS  on  financial  instruments  disclosures.  The  adoption  of  this  standard  did  not  have  a
material impact  on our consolidated  financial statements.

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A. Directors and Senior Management

Each director of Celestica is elected by the shareholders to serve until the next annual meeting or until a
successor  is  elected  or  appointed.  The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  regarding  the  current
directors and executive officers of Celestica.

Name

Age

Position with Celestica

Residence

Robert L. Crandall
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
William A. Etherington . . . . . . . . . . .
Laurette Koellner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Richard S. Love . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eamon J. Ryan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gerald W. Schwartz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Don Tapscott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Craig H. Muhlhauser . . . . . . . . . . . . .

74 Chairman of the Board and Director
68 Director
55 Director
72 Director
64 Director
68 Director
62 Director
61 Director, President and Chief

Florida,  US
Ontario, Canada
Florida, US
California, US
Ontario, Canada
Ontario, Canada
Ontario, Canada
New Jersey, US

Executive Officer

Paul Nicoletti

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

42 Executive Vice President and Chief

Ontario, Canada

Financial Officer

John Boucher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

50 Executive Vice President, Global Sales New Hampshire, US

Elizabeth L. DelBianco . . . . . . . . . . .

and Supply Chain Solutions

50 Executive Vice President, Chief Legal
and Administrative Officer and
Corporate Secretary

Ontario, Canada

John Peri

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

48 Executive Vice President, Global

Ontario, Canada

Mary Gendron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

44

Peter A. Lindgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

47

Operations
Senior Vice President and Chief
Information Officer
Senior Vice President and General
Manager, Growth and Emerging
Markets Segment

Illinois, US

Colorado, US

57

Name

Age

Position with Celestica

Residence

Michael  P. McCaughey . . . . . . . . . . . .

48

Darren Myers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

36

Robert J. Sellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

43

Senior Vice President and General
Manager, Communications Market
Segment
Senior Vice President and Corporate
Controller
Senior Vice President and General
Manager, Enterprise and Consumer
Market Segments

Quebec, Canada

Ontario, Canada

Hong  Kong, China

The following is a brief biography of  each of Celestica’s directors and executive  officers:

Robert L. Crandall has been a director of Celestica since 1998 and Chairman of the Board of Directors of
Celestica  since  January  2004.  He  is  the  retired  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  AMR
Corporation/American Airlines Inc. Mr. Crandall is a director of Air Cell, Inc., a privately held company, and
holds  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  the  University  of  Rhode  Island  and  a  Master  of  Business
Administration degree from the Wharton  School of  the University  of  Pennsylvania.

William A. Etherington has been a director of Celestica since 2001. He is also a director of MDS Inc. and
Onex Corporation, each of which is a public corporation, and of SS&C Technologies Inc., a private firm. He is a
former director and Non-Executive Chairman of the Board of the Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce. He
retired  in  2001  as  Senior  Vice  President  and  Group  Executive,  Sales  and  Distribution,  IBM  Corporation,  and
Chairman,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  IBM  World  Trade  Corporation.  Mr.  Etherington  is  a
member of the President’s Council, The University of Western Ontario and director of St. Michael’s Hospital.
He  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  and  a  Doctor  of  Laws  (Hon.)  from  the
University of Western Ontario.

Laurette  Koellner  has  been  a  director  of  Celestica  since  2009.  She  is  the  retired  President  of  Boeing
International,  a  division  of  The  Boeing  Company.  Previously,  she  was  President  of  Connexion  by  Boeing  and
prior to that was a member of the Office of the Chairman and served as the Executive Vice President, Internal
Services, Chief Human Resources and Administrative Officer, President of Shared Services, as well as Corporate
Controller for The Boeing Company. Ms. Koellner currently serves on the board and as chair of the Regulatory
Compliance Committee of AIG Corporation and on the board and as chair of the Audit Committee of Sara Lee
Corporation,  both  of  which  are  public  corporations,  is  a  member  of  the  University  of  Central  Florida  Dean’s
Executive Council, and a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. She holds a Bachelor of Science degree
in Business Management from the University of Central Florida and a Masters of Business Administration from
Stetson University in Deland, Florida. She holds a Certified Professional Contracts Manager designation from
the National Contracts Management Association.

Richard S. Love has been a director of Celestica since 1998. He is a former Vice President of Hewlett Packard
and  a  former  General  Manager  of  the  Computer  Order  Fulfillment  and  Manufacturing  Group  for  Hewlett
Packard’s Computer Systems Organization. From 1962 until 1997, he held positions of increasing responsibility
with  Hewlett Packard,  becoming  Vice  President  in  1992.  He  is  a  former  director  of  HMT  Technology
Corporation  (electronics  manufacturing)  and  the  Information  Technology  Industry  Council.  Mr.  Love  holds  a
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Business  Administration  and  Technology  from  Oregon  State  University,  and  a
Master of Business Administration degree  from Fairleigh  Dickinson University.

Eamon J. Ryan has been a director of Celestica since 2008. He is the former Vice President and General
Manager,  Europe,  Middle  East  and  Africa  for  Lexmark  International  Inc.  Prior  to  that,  he  was  the  Vice
President  and  General  Manager,  Printing  Services  and  Solutions  Manager,  Europe,  Middle  East  and  Africa.
Mr. Ryan joined Lexmark in 1991 as the President of Lexmark Canada. Before Lexmark, he spent 22 years at
IBM Canada, where he held a number of sales and marketing roles in their Office Products and Large Systems
divisions. Mr. Ryan’s last role at IBM Canada was Director of Operations for its Public Sector, a role he held
from 1986 to 1990. He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from the  University  of Western Ontario.

58

Gerald W. Schwartz has been a director of Celestica since 1998. He is the Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive  Officer  of  Onex  Corporation,  a  public  corporation.  Mr.  Schwartz  was  inducted  into  the  Canadian
Business Hall of Fame in 2004 and was appointed as an Officer of the Order of Canada in 2006. He is also an
honorary director of the Bank of Nova Scotia and is a director of Indigo Books & Music Inc., each of which is a
public  corporation,  and  of  RSI  Home  Products,  Inc.  Mr.  Schwartz  is  Vice  Chairman  of  Mount  Sinai  Hospital
and is a director of The Simon Wiesenthal Center. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree and a Bachelor of
Laws  degree  from  the  University  of  Manitoba,  a  Master  of  Business  Administration  degree  from  the  Harvard
University  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration,  a  Doctor  of  Laws  (Hon.)  from  St.  Francis  Xavier
University, and a Doctor of Philosophy  (Hon.) from  Tel Aviv University.

Don Tapscott has been a director of Celestica since 1998. He is Chairman of the think-tank nGenera Insight
and  an  adjunct  Professor  of  Management  at  the  University  of  Toronto’s  Joseph  L.  Rotman  School  of
Management.  Mr.  Tapscott  is  also  an  internationally  respected  authority,  consultant  and  speaker  on  business
strategy  and  organizational  transformation  and  the  author  of  thirteen  widely-read  books  on  the  application  of
technology  in  business.  He  is  also  a  fellow  of  the  World  Economic  Forum.  He  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Science
degree in Psychology and Statistics, and a Master of Education degree, specializing in Research Methodology, as
well as Doctor of Laws (Hon.) degrees  from the University of Alberta and Trent University.

Craig H. Muhlhauser is President and Chief Executive Officer, and since 2007, is also a director of Celestica.
Prior to his current position, he was President and Executive Vice President  of Worldwide Sales and Business
Development.  Before  joining  Celestica  in  May  2005,  Mr.  Muhlhauser  was  the  President  and  Chief  Executive
Officer  of  Exide  Technologies.  He  was  serving  as  President  of  Exide  Technologies  when  that  entity  filed  for
bankruptcy in 2002, was named Chief Executive Officer of Exide Technologies shortly thereafter and successfully
led  the  company  out  of  bankruptcy  protection  in  2004.  Prior  to  that,  he  held  the  role  of  Vice  President,  Ford
Motor  Company  and  President,  Visteon  Automotive  Systems.  He  was  a  director  of  Intermet  Corporation,  a
privately  held  company,  which  filed  for  bankruptcy  in  the  U.S.  in  August  2008  and  emerged  from  Chapter  11
protection  in  September  2009.  Throughout  his  career,  he  has  worked  in  a  range  of  industries  spanning  the
consumer, industrial, communications, utility, automotive and aerospace and defense sectors. He holds a Master
of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering and a Bachelor of Science degree in Aerospace Engineering from
the University of Cincinnati.

Paul  Nicoletti  is  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer.  In  this  role,  he  is  responsible  for
overseeing  Celestica’s  accounting,  financial  and  investor  relations  functions  in  order  to  protect  and  enhance
Celestica’s  shareholder  value.  He  also  leads  Celestica’s  corporate  development  organization  which  focuses  on
creating value through acquisitions and partnerships. Previously, he was Senior Vice President, Finance and held
the role of Corporate Treasurer, with responsibility for Celestica’s global financial operations, segment financial
reporting, strategic pricing, corporate tax and all corporate finance and treasury-related matters. Prior to that,
Mr. Nicoletti was Vice President, Global Financial Operations, responsible for all financial aspects of Celestica’s
Canadian and Latin American operations. He was also previously the Controller of Celestica’s Canadian EMS
operations.  Mr.  Nicoletti  joined  IBM  in  1989  and  was  part  of  the  founding  management  team  of  Celestica.
Throughout  his  career,  he  has  held  a  number  of  senior  financial  roles  in  mergers  and  acquisitions,  planning,
accounting, pricing and financial strategies. Mr. Nicoletti holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of
Western Ontario and a Master of Business  Administration degree from York  University.

John  Boucher  is  Executive  Vice  President,  Global  Sales  and  Supply  Chain  Solutions.  He  has  led  the
company’s Supply Chain Management Organization since November 2004. In 2008, this organization expanded
into  a  complete  Supply  Chain  Solutions  Organization  encompassing  Solutions  Development  and  integrated
services offerings spanning design, fulfillment, after-market and automated manufacturing services. Previously,
Mr.  Boucher  held  the  position  of  President,  Americas,  and  was  responsible  for  manufacturing  operations  in
Canada,  the  U.S.,  Mexico  and  Brazil.  Before  joining  Celestica  through  the  company’s  acquisition  of
Manufacturers’  Services  Limited  (MSL)  in  March  2004,  he  was  MSL’s  Corporate  Vice  President  of  Global
Supply Chain Management. Prior to joining MSL as part of the company’s founding team, Mr. Boucher guided
the start-up of after-market operations at Circuit Test Inc. He also spent over 17 years with Digital Equipment
Corporation,  where  he  held  a  number  of  senior  roles,  including  managing  supply  chain  strategies  for  the
company’s Personal Computer Division.

59

Elizabeth L. DelBianco is Executive Vice President, Chief Legal and Administrative Officer and Corporate
Secretary.  In  this  role  she  oversees  human  resources,  global  branding,  legal,  contracts  and  communications.
Ms. DelBianco joined Celestica in 1998 and since that time has been responsible for managing legal, governance,
and  compliance  matters  for  Celestica  on  a  global  basis.  In  March  of  2007,  Ms.  DelBianco  assumed  the
leadership of the Global Human Resources function. In this role, she oversees all human resources policies and
practices  and  leads  Celestica’s  efforts  to  attract,  develop  and  retain  key  talent.  In  2008,  her  role  expanded  to
include  responsibility  for  overseeing  the  Global  Branding  Organization.  Ms.  DelBianco  came  to  Celestica
following  a  13-year  career  as  a  senior  corporate  legal  advisor  in  the  telecommunications  industry.  She  holds  a
Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of Toronto, a Bachelor of Laws degree from Queen’s University,
and  a  Master  of  Business  Administration  degree  from  the  University  of  Western  Ontario.  She  is  admitted  to
practice in Ontario and New York.

John  Peri  is  Executive  Vice  President,  Global  Operations.  He  is  responsible  for  overseeing  Celestica’s
manufacturing and supply chain operations in Asia, Europe and the Americas. Mr. Peri previously held the role
of President, Asia Operations, with responsibility for Celestica’s manufacturing footprint in China, Hong Kong,
India, Japan, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore and Thailand. Prior to that, he held senior level positions in the
areas  of  quality,  manufacturing  excellence,  services  and  regional  leadership.  Mr.  Peri  joined  IBM  Canada  in
1984 and was part of the founding management team of Celestica. Over the course of his career, he has held a
number  of  leadership  positions  in  operations,  engineering  and  account  management.  He  holds  a  Bachelor  of
Applied Science degree in Industrial  Engineering from  the  University of Toronto.

Mary  Gendron  is  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Information  Officer.  She  is  responsible  for  aligning
Celestica’s  information  technology  strategy  with  its  business  goals  by  ensuring  that  the  company’s  strategic
investments  in  IT  tools  and  processes  drive  its  customers’  success.  Ms.  Gendron  joined  Celestica  in
October  2008,  following  a  five-year  career  at  The  Nielsen  Company,  one  of  the  largest  global  information
measurement and media companies, where she was the Senior Vice President, IT Infrastructure Shared Services.
Prior  to  that,  she  was  the  Chief  Information  Officer  at  ACNielsen  U.S.  Over  the  course  of  her  career,
Ms. Gendron has held management positions of increasing seniority in information technology and supply chain
management at Motorola and Bell Canada. Ms. Gendron holds a Bachelor of Engineering degree from McGill
University in Montreal, Quebec.

Peter A. Lindgren is Senior Vice President and General Manager, Growth and Emerging Markets Segment.
He leads a focused business unit that drives the strategic direction and growth of Celestica’s business within key
customer  accounts  in  emerging  markets.  Previously,  Mr.  Lindgren  held  the  role  of  Senior  Vice  President,
Industry  Market  Segment  and  prior  to  that,  was  Senior  Vice  President,  Business  Development,  overseeing
Celestica’s  regional  marketing  and  business  development  teams  on  a  global  basis.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Lindgren
was  Vice  President  and  General  Manager,  Cisco  Global  Customer  Business  Unit.  He  joined  Celestica  in
February 1998 as Director of Operations in Corporate Development. Mr. Lindgren has worked in the electronics
manufacturing  services  industry  since  1985,  and  held  a  number  of  management  positions  in  international
operations, sales and marketing, program management and materials with SCI Systems and MTI International.
He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in  Business Economics from  Colorado College.

Michael P. McCaughey is Senior Vice President and General Manager, Communications Market Segment.
He  is  responsible  for  the  strategic  direction  of  the  company’s  communications  business  and  all  key  activities
associated  with  Celestica’s  customer  accounts  in  this  sector.  Prior  to  joining  Celestica  in  June  2005,
Mr.  McCaughey  held  the  role  of  Senior  Vice  President,  Wireline  Network  Systems,  at  Sanmina-SCI.  Before
joining  Sanmina-SCI,  Mr.  McCaughey  held  senior  roles  at  Hyperchip  Inc.  and  SCI  Systems  (prior  to  that
company’s  merger  with  Sanmina).  He  holds  a  DEC  in  Electrotechnology  from  Vanier  College,  Quebec  and
studied Electrical Engineering at McGill  University in  Montreal,  Quebec.

Darren Myers is Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller. He is responsible for Celestica’s corporate
external  reporting,  financial  planning  and  budgeting  related  matters.  Mr.  Myers  rejoined  Celestica  in  2008
following  two  years  as  the  Vice  President,  Finance,  Small  Medium  Business  for  Bell  Canada.  Prior  to  that,
Mr. Myers was the Vice President, Finance, Global Services at Celestica. He originally joined Celestica in 2000
where he was a key member of the Corporate Development team. Over the course of his career, Mr. Myers has
held a number of leadership positions in the areas of operational finance, mergers and acquisitions, and controls

60

compliance and disclosure. He holds an Honours Bachelor of Commerce degree from McMaster University in
Ontario. He is also a Chartered Accountant.

Robert J. Sellers is Senior Vice President and General Manager, Enterprise and Consumer Market Segments.
In  this  role,  he  is  responsible  for  the  strategic  direction  and  growth  of  Celestica’s  customers  in  the  global
enterprise and consumer markets. Previously, Mr. Sellers was Senior Vice President, Global Sales, and prior to
that, led the sales organization for Celestica’s Americas and Asia regions. He joined Celestica in 2003 in the role
of  Vice  President,  Market  Development  in  the  area  of  Consumer  Electronics.  Mr.  Sellers  has  had  a  14-year
career in the EMS industry with various leadership positions at Sanmina-SCI, SCI, Solectron and Avex. Prior to
entering the EMS industry, Mr. Sellers was a highly decorated United States Army officer. He holds a Bachelor
of Science degree in Industrial and Operations Engineering from the University of Michigan.

There are no family relationships among any of the foregoing persons, and there are no arrangements or
understandings  with  any  person  pursuant  to  which  any  of  our  directors  or  members  of  executive  officers
were selected.

B. Compensation

Compensation of Directors

Director  compensation  is  set  by  the  Board  of  Directors  on  the  recommendation  of  the  Compensation
Committee  and  in  accordance  with  director  compensation  guidelines  established  by  the  Nominating  and
Corporate  Governance  Committee  (the  Governance  Committee).  Under  these  guidelines,  the  Board  of
Directors seeks to maintain director compensation at a level that is competitive with director compensation at
comparable companies. The Compensation Committee engaged Towers Watson Inc. (Towers Watson) to provide
benchmarking information in this regard. See ‘‘— Compensation Process’’ and ‘‘— Comparator Companies’’ for
a  discussion  regarding  the  role  of  Towers  Watson.  The  guidelines  also  contemplate  that  at  least  half  of  each
director’s annual retainer and meeting fees be paid in deferred share units (DSUs). Each DSU represents the
right to receive one subordinate voting share of the Company or an equivalent value in cash when the director
ceases to  be a director.

2009 Fees

Table 1 sets out the annual retainers and meeting fees paid in 2009 to the Company’s directors (other than
Messrs. Schwartz and Muhlhauser who, as officers of Onex and the Company, respectively, did not receive such
compensation).

Table 1: Retainers and Meeting Fees  for 2009

Annual Board Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annual Retainer for Non-Executive Chairman(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annual Retainer for Audit Committee Chair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annual Retainer for Compensation Committee  Chair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annual Retainer for Executive Committee Chair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Board and Committee Per Day Meeting Fee(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Travel Fee(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annual DSU Grant (for directors other  than the  Chairman) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annual DSU Grant — Chairman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 65,000
$130,000
$ 20,000
$ 10,000
$ 10,000
$ 2,500
$ 2,500
$120,000
$180,000

(1) The non-executive Chairman of the Board of Directors also serves as chair of the Governance Committee, for which no additional fee

is paid.

(2) Attendance fees are paid per day of meetings, regardless of whether a director attends more than one meeting in a single day, except
that a separate attendance fee is paid for each Executive Committee meeting, even if it occurs on the same day as other meetings.

(3) The  travel  fee  is  available  only  to  directors  who  travel  outside  of  their  home  state  or  province  to  attend  a  Board  of  Directors  or

Committee meeting.

61

DSUs

Directors receive half of their annual retainer and meeting fees (or all of such retainer and fees, if they so
elect) in DSUs. The number of DSUs granted in lieu of cash meeting fees is calculated by dividing the cash fee
that  would  otherwise  be  payable  by  the  closing  price  of  subordinate  voting  shares  on  the  New  York  Stock
Exchange (the NYSE) on the last business day of the quarter in which the applicable meeting occurred. In the
case of annual retainer fees, the number of DSUs granted is calculated by dividing the cash amount that would
otherwise  be  payable  quarterly  by  the  closing  price  of  subordinate  voting  shares  on  the  NYSE  on  the  last
business day of the quarter.

Directors also receive annual grants of DSUs. In 2009, each director received an annual grant of $120,000
worth  of  DSUs,  except  for  the  Chairman,  who  received  an  annual  grant  of  $180,000,  and  Ms.  Koellner,  who
joined the Board on April 23, 2009 and received an annual grant of $90,000. The number of DSUs granted is
calculated  by  dividing  the  cash  amount  that  would  otherwise  be  payable  quarterly  by  the  closing  price  of
subordinate voting shares on the NYSE  on  the last business day of the  quarter.

Eligible directors also receive an initial grant of DSUs when they are appointed to the Board of Directors.
For individuals who become eligible directors after December 31, 2008, the initial grant is equal to the amount
of the annual board retainer multiplied by 150% and divided by the closing price of subordinate voting shares on
the  NYSE  on  the  last  business  day  of  the  fiscal  quarter  immediately  preceding  the  date  when  the  individual
becomes  an  eligible  director.  The  DSUs  comprising  the  initial  grant  vest  upon  the  retirement  of  the  eligible
director. However, if an eligible director retires within a year of becoming an eligible director, all of the DSUs
comprising  the  initial  grant  are  forfeited  and  cancelled.  If  an  eligible  director  retires  less  than  two  years  but
more than one year after becoming an eligible director, then two-thirds of the DSUs comprising the initial grant
are  forfeited  and  cancelled.  If  an  eligible  director  retires  within  three  years  but  more  than  two  years  after
becoming  an  eligible  director,  then  one-third  of  the  DSUs  comprising  the  initial  grant  are  forfeited  and
cancelled. Forfeiture does not apply if a  director ceases  to  be  a director  due  to  a change of control.

The compensation paid in 2009 by the Company to its directors is set out in Table 2. None of the directors
received any fee or payment from the Company except as set out below. Mr. Schwartz is an officer of Onex and
did  not  receive  any  compensation  in  his  capacity  as  a  director  of  the  Company  in  2009;  however,  Onex  did
receive  compensation  for  providing  the  services  of  Mr.  Schwartz  as  a  director,  see  Item  7(B),  ‘‘Related  Party
Transactions.’’ Mr. Muhlhauser, as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, also did not receive
any director’s fees from the Company  in  2009.

Table 2: Director Fees Earned in 2009

Chairman
Board
Annual
Annual
Retainer Retainer

(a)

(b)

Committee
Chair
Annual
Retainer
(c)

Total
Meeting
Attendance
Fees
(d)

Total Annual
Retainer and
Meeting Fees
Payable

Portion of Fees
Taken in Cash
or Applied to
DSUs and

((a)+(b)+(c)+(d)) Value of DSUs(1)

(e)

(f)

Name

Robert L. Crandall .

.

.

.

William A. Etherington .

Laurette Koellner(2)(3)

Richard S. Love(4)

.

.

Eamon J. Ryan(3)

Don Tapscott

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

. — $130,000

$30,000

$65,000

$225,000

. $65,000

. $48,750

. $65,000

. $65,000

. $65,000

—

—

—

—

—

$10,000

$45,000

$120,000

—

—

—

—

$27,500

$ 76,250

$37,500

$102,500

$25,000

$ 90,000

$17,500

$ 82,500

Annual
DSU Grant (#)
and Value of
DSUs(1)
(g)

Initial
DSU
Grant (#)
and Value of
DSUs
(h)

28,752/$180,000

19,168/$120,000

—

—

10,741/$90,000

100% DSUs/
$225,000
100% DSUs/
$120,000
100% DSUs/
$76,250

50% Cash  & 19,168/$120,000
50% DSUs/
$51,250
100% DSUs/
$90,000
100% DSUs/
$82,500

19,168/$120,000

19,168/$120,000

26,393/
$180,000
—

—

—

Total
((e)+(g)+(h))

$405,000

$240,000

$346,250

$222,500

$210,000

$202,500

(1) The annual retainer, meeting fees and annual grant for 2009 were paid quarterly and the number of DSUs granted in respect of the
amounts paid quarterly for each such item was determined using the closing prices of subordinate voting shares on the NYSE on the
last business day of each quarter, which were $3.56 on March 31, 2009, $6.82 on June 30, 2009, $9.48 on September 30, 2009 and $9.44
on December 31, 2009.

62

(2) Ms. Koellner became a director on April 23, 2009.

(3) Ms. Koellner and Mr. Ryan were appointed to the Audit, Compensation and Governance Committees as of March 9, 2010.

(4) Mr.  Love is not standing for re-election and will retire from the Board of Directors on April 21, 2010.

The total fees earned by the Board of Directors in 2009 were $696,250. In addition, a total annual grant of

DSUs worth $750,000 and an initial grant  of  DSUs worth $180,000  were  issued.

Outstanding Option-Based and Share-Based  Awards

In 2005, the Company amended its Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) to prohibit the granting of options to
acquire subordinate voting shares to directors. Table 3 sets out information relating to option grants to directors
which  were  made  between  1998  and  2004  and  which  remain  outstanding.  All  option  grants  were  made  with
exercise  prices  set  at  the  closing  market  price  on  the  business  day  prior  to  the  date  of  grant.  Exercise  prices
range from $10.62 to C$72.60. Options vest over three or four years and expire after ten years. The final grant of
options occurred on May 10, 2004; those options will expire on May 10, 2014. Mr. Schwartz, as an employee of
Onex during that period, was not granted options. Mr. Ryan and Ms. Koellner, both of whom became directors
after May 2004, have not been granted any  options under  the LTIP.

DSUs that were granted prior to January 1, 2007 will be paid out in the form of subordinate voting shares
issued  from  treasury.  DSUs  granted  after  January  1,  2007  will  be  paid  out  in  the  form  of  subordinate  voting
shares purchased in the open market or an equivalent value in cash. The date used in valuing the DSUs shall be
a date within 90 days of the date on which the individual in question ceases to be a director. The DSUs shall be
redeemed  and  payable  on  or  prior  to  the  90th  day  following  the  date  on  which  the  individual  ceases  to  be  a
director.  The  total  number  of  DSUs  outstanding  for  each  director  is  included  in  Table  3  under  the  column
‘‘Share-Based Awards.’’

The  following  table  sets  out,  for  each  director,  information  concerning  all  option-based  and  share-based
awards outstanding as of December 31, 2009 (this includes awards granted before the most recently completed
financial year).

63

Table 3: Outstanding Option-Based and Share-Based Awards

Name

Robert L. Crandall . . . . .
Jul. 7,  2000
Jul. 7,  2001
Apr. 18, 2003
May 10, 2004
—

William A. Etherington . .
Oct. 22, 2001
Apr. 21, 2002
Apr. 18, 2003
May 10, 2004
—

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)

20,000
20,000
10,000
10,000
—

20,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
—

Laurette Koellner . . . . . .

—

Richard S. Love . . . . . . .
Jul. 7,  2000
Jul. 7,  2001
Apr. 18, 2003
May 10, 2004
—

10,000
10,000
2,500
2,500
—

Eamon J. Ryan . . . . . . . .

—

Don Tapscott . . . . . . . . .
Jul. 7,  2000
Jul. 7,  2001
Apr. 18, 2003
May 10, 2004
—

20,000
20,000
5,000
5,000
—

Option-Based Awards(1)

Share-Based Awards(2)

Option
Exercise Price
($)

Option
Expiration
Date

Value  of
Unexercised
Number of
In-the-Money Outstanding

Options
($)

Units
(#)

Market Payout
Value  of
Outstanding
Units
($)

$ 48.69
$ 44.23
$ 10.62
$ 18.25
—

$ 35.95
$ 32.40
$ 10.62
$ 18.25
—

—

$ 48.69
$ 44.23
$ 10.62
$ 18.25
—

—

C$72.60
C$66.78
$ 10.62
$ 18.25
—

Jul. 7,  2010
Jul. 7,  2011
Apr. 18, 2013
May 10, 2014
—

Oct.  22, 2011
Apr. 21, 2012
Apr. 18, 2013
May 10, 2014
—

—

Jul. 7,  2010
Jul. 7,  2011
Apr. 18, 2013
May 10, 2014
—

—

Jul. 7,  2010
Jul. 7,  2011
Apr. 18, 2013
May 10, 2014
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
312,807

—
—
—
—
135,279

—
—
—
—
$2,952,898

—
—
—
—
$1,277,034

46,166

$ 435,807

—
—
—
—
79,485

70,340

—
—
—
—
130,471

—
—
—
—
$ 750,338

$ 664,010

—
—
—

$1,231,646

(1) All  options granted under the option-based awards  have vested.

(2) Represents all outstanding share units. The market payout value was determined using a share price of $9.44, which was the closing

price of  subordinate voting shares on the NYSE on December  31, 2009.

64

Directors’ Equity Interest

The following table sets out each director’s direct or indirect beneficial ownership of, or control or direction

over, equity in the Company, and any  changes therein since February 23,  2009.

Table 4: Equity Interest Other than Options and
Outstanding Share-Based Awards(1)

Name

Date

Subordinate
Voting Shares(2)
#

Robert L. Crandall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 23, 2009
Feb. 22, 2010
Change

William A. Etherington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 23, 2009
Feb. 22, 2010
Change

Laurette Koellner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 23, 2009
Feb. 22, 2010
Change

Richard S. Love . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 23, 2009
Feb. 22, 2010
Change

Eamon J. Ryan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 23, 2009
Feb. 22, 2010
Change

70,000
70,000
—

10,000
10,000
—

—
—
—

5,000
5,000
—

—
—
—

Gerald W. Schwartz(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 23, 2009
Feb. 22, 2010
Change

2,184,975
1,571,977
(612,998)

Don Tapscott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 23, 2009
Feb. 22, 2010
Change

5,700
5,700
—

Market Value*

$

745,500

$

106,500

$ —

$

53,250

$ —

$16,741,555

$

60,705

*

Based  on the NYSE closing share price of $10.65 on February 22, 2010.

(1)

Information as to securities beneficially owned, or controlled or directed, directly or indirectly, is not within the Company’s knowledge
and therefore has been provided by each nominee.

(2) Certain subordinate voting shares subject to options granted pursuant to management investment plans of Onex are included as owned
beneficially by named individuals although the exercise of these options is subject to Onex meeting certain financial targets. More than
one person may be deemed to have beneficial ownership  of the same  securities.

(3) Mr. Schwartz is deemed to be the beneficial owner of the 18,946,368 multiple voting shares owned by Onex, which have a market value

of  $201,778,819 as of February 22, 2010.

Shareholding Requirements

The Company has minimum shareholding requirements for independent directors (the ‘‘Guideline’’). The

Guideline provides that an independent director who has been on the Board  of Directors:

(cid:127) for five years or more must hold securities of the Company having a market value of at least five times
that director’s then applicable annual retainer, and after such level of ownership has been obtained, shall
continue to invest a significant portion  of the annual retainer in  securities of the  Company;

(cid:127) for  two  years  or  more  (but  less  than  five  years)  must  hold  securities  of  the  Company  having  a  market

value of at least three times that director’s  then applicable  annual retainer;

65

(cid:127) for one year or more (but less than two years) must hold securities of the Company having a market value

of at least one time that director’s then  applicable  annual retainer; and

(cid:127) for less than a year are encouraged,  but not required, to hold securities of the  Company.

Although  directors  will  not  be  deemed  to  have  breached  the  Guideline  by  reason  of  a  decrease  in  the
market value of the Company’s securities, the directors may be required to purchase further securities within a
reasonable period of time to comply with the Guideline. The Guideline came into effect on April 22, 2004 and
each  director’s  holdings  of  securities,  which  for  the  purposes  of  the  Guideline  include  all  subordinate  voting
shares, DSUs and RSUs, are reviewed annually each year on December 31. As of December 31, 2009, all of the
directors  of  the  Company  were,  or  were  on  track  to  be,  in  compliance  with  the  Guideline  as  set  out  in  the
following table.

Director

Robert L. Crandall
. . . . . . . . . . . .
William A. Etherington . . . . . . . . .
Laurette Koellner . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Richard S. Love(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Craig H. Muhlhauser(2) . . . . . . . . . .
Eamon J. Ryan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gerald W. Schwartz(2) . . . . . . . . . . .
Don Tapscott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 5: Shareholding Requirements

Target Value (5x
annual  retainer)

Date by which
Target to be  Met

Value as of
December 31,  2009(3)

On  Track  as of
December 31, 2009

Shareholding Requirements

$800,000
$375,000
$325,000
$325,000
—
$325,000
—
$325,000

Apr. 22, 2010
Apr. 22, 2010
Apr. 23, 2014
N/A
—
Oct. 24, 2013
—
Apr. 22, 2010

$3,613,698
$1,371,433
$ 435,807
$ 797,538
—
$ 664,010
—
$1,285,454

Yes
Yes
Yes
N/A
—
Yes
—
Yes

(1) Mr.  Love is not standing for re-election and will retire from the Board of Directors on April 21, 2010.

(2) As Messrs. Muhlhauser and Schwartz are not independent directors, neither of them receives a retainer or other fee for their services
as  a  director  (however,  Onex  did  receive  compensation  for  providing  the  services  of  Mr.  Schwartz  as  a  director,  see  item  7(B),
‘‘Related Party Transactions,’’) and neither is subject to the minimum shareholding requirements of the Guideline.

(3) The value of the aggregate number of subordinate voting shares, DSUs and RSUs held by each director is determined using a share

price of  $9.44, which was the closing price of subordinate  voting shares  on the NYSE on December 31, 2009.

Attendance of Directors at Board of Directors and  Committee Meetings

The following table sets forth the attendance of directors at Board of Directors and Committee meetings

from the beginning of 2009 to February 22, 2010.

Table 6: Directors’ Attendance at Board of Directors and Committee  Meetings

Director

Board

Audit

Compensation Governance

Executive

Board

Committee

Meetings Attended
%

Robert L. Crandall(1) . . . . . . . . . . .
William A. Etherington(2) . . . . . . . .
Laurette Koellner(3)(4)
. . . . . . . . . .
Richard S. Love . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Craig H. Muhlhauser . . . . . . . . . . .
Eamon J. Ryan(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gerald W. Schwartz . . . . . . . . . . . .
Don Tapscott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7 of 7
7 of 7

8 of 8
8 of 8
5 of 5 —
8 of 8 —
8 of 8 —
8 of 8 —
8 of 8 —
4 of 8

4 of  7

6 of 6
6 of  6
—
—
—
—
—
3 of 6

5  of 5
5 of 5
—
5 of 5
—
—
—
2 of 5

7 of 7
7 of  7
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

100% 100%
100% 100%
100%
100% 100%
100%
100%
100%
50%

—
—
—
50%

(1) Mr.  Crandall is chair of each of the Audit, Governance and Executive Committees.

(2) Mr.  Etherington is chair of the Compensation Committee.

(3) Ms. Koellner became a director on April 23, 2009.

(4) Ms. Koellner and Mr. Ryan were appointed to the Audit, Compensation and Governance Committees as of March 9, 2010.

66

As of December 31, 2009, no amounts have been set aside or accrued by the Company, except as described

herein, to provide pension, retirement  and  similar benefits to the directors.

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

This  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  sets  out  the  policies  of  the  Company  for  determining
compensation  paid  to  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  (the  ‘‘CEO’’),  its  Chief  Financial  Officer
(the  ‘‘CFO’’)  and  the  three  other  most  highly  compensated  executive  officers  (collectively,  the  ‘‘Named
Executive  Officers’’  or  ‘‘NEOs’’).  A  description  and  explanation  of  the  significant  elements  of  compensation
awarded to the NEOs during 2009 is set out  in the section entitled ‘‘— 2009 Compensation Decisions.’’

Compensation Objectives

The  Company’s  executive  compensation  philosophies  and  practices  are  designed  to  attract,  motivate  and
retain  the  leaders  who  will  drive  the  success  of  the  Company.  The  Company  benchmarks  itself  against  a
comparator  group  of  similarly  sized  technology  companies  as  set  out  in  Table  7  (the  ‘‘Comparator  Group’’),
including six direct competitors of the Company in the electronics manufacturing services industry: Benchmark
Electronics, Inc., Flextronics International Ltd., Jabil Circuit, Inc., Plexus Corp., Sanmina-SCI Corp. and Tyco
Electronics Ltd.

Compensation for executives is linked to the Company’s performance. Target compensation is positioned at
the  median  of  the  comparator  group  for  median  level  performance,  with  the  opportunity  for  above  median
compensation  for  performance  that  exceeds  the  median  of  the  Comparator  Group  and  less  than  median
compensation for performance that is below the median of the Comparator Group.

The compensation package is designed to:

(cid:127) provide competitive fixed compensation (i.e., base salary and benefits) and a substantial amount of at-risk

pay, which will be realized through the annual and equity-based incentive plans;

(cid:127) reward  executives  for  achieving  operational  and  financial  results  that  meet  or  exceed  the  Company’s
business  plan  and  that  are  superior  to  those  of  Benchmark  Electronics,  Inc.,  Flextronics
International  Ltd.,  Jabil  Circuit,  Inc.  and  Sanmina-SCI  Corp.  (collectively,  the  ‘‘EMS  Competitors’’)
through both annual incentives and equity-based  incentives;

(cid:127) align the  interests of executives and shareholders  through equity-based compensation;

(cid:127) recognize that the executives work  as  a team  to  achieve  corporate results;  and

(cid:127) ensure direct accountability for the annual operating results and the long-term financial performance of

the Company.

Independent Advice

The Compensation Committee has engaged Towers Watson as its independent compensation consultant to
assist in identifying appropriate comparator companies against which to evaluate the Company’s compensation
levels, to provide data about those companies, and to provide observations and recommendations with respect to
the Company’s compensation practices versus  both  the comparator  group and the market in general.

Management  works  with  Towers  Watson  to  review  and,  where  appropriate,  develop  and  recommend
compensation programs that will ensure the Company’s practices are competitive with market practices. Towers
Watson  also  provides  advice  to  the  Compensation  Committee  on  the  policy  recommendations  prepared  by
management  and  keeps  the  Compensation  Committee  apprised  of  market  trends  in  executive  compensation.
Towers  Watson  attended  portions  of  all  Compensation  Committee  meetings  held  in  2009,  in  person  or  by
telephone,  as  requested  by  the  Chairman  of  the  Compensation  Committee.  The  Compensation  Committee
holds in camera  sessions with Towers Watson at each of its meetings.

Decisions  made  by  the  Compensation  Committee,  however,  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Compensation
Committee  and  may  reflect  factors  and  considerations  other  than  the  information  and  recommendations
provided by Towers Watson.

67

Each year, the Chairman of the Compensation Committee reviews the scope of activities of Towers Watson
and, if he deems appropriate, approves the corresponding budget. Any services and fees not related to executive
compensation  must  be  approved  by  the  Chairman.  In  2009,  the  executive  compensation  advisor  retainer  fees
paid to Towers Watson totalled C$199,142. Additional consulting services fees paid to Towers Watson regarding
international executive benefits totalled C$57,072 for 2009 and fees paid for data services (both executive and
non-executive)  totalled  C$22,631.  Towers  Watson  did  not  provide  any  non-executive  compensation  consulting
services in 2009.

Compensation Process

The  Compensation  Committee  reviews  and  approves  compensation  for  the  CEO  and  the  other  NEOs,
including base salaries, annual incentive awards and equity-based incentive grants. Compensation for the other
NEOs  is  reviewed  in  consultation  with  the  CEO.  The  Compensation  Committee  works  with  Towers  Watson
when  determining  the  compensation  of  the  NEOs,  including  the  CEO.  The  Compensation  Committee’s
decisions are then reviewed with the Board.

The  Compensation  Committee  generally  meets  five  times  a  year.  At  the  July  meeting,  the  Compensation
Committee, based on recommendations from Towers Watson, selects the comparator group that will be used for
the  compensation  review.  At  the  October  meeting,  Towers  Watson  presents  a  competitive  analysis  of  the  total
compensation for each of the NEOs, including the CEO, based on the established comparator group. Using this
analysis, the Chief Legal and Administrative Officer (the ‘‘CLO’’), who has responsibility for Human Resources,
together with Towers Watson and the CEO develop base salary and equity-based incentive recommendations for
the  NEOs,  except  that  the  CEO  and  CLO  do  not  participate  in  the  preparation  of  their  own  compensation
recommendations. At the December meeting, base salary recommendations for the NEOs for the following year
and  the  value  of  their  equity-based  incentives  are  approved.  Previous  grants  of  equity-based  awards  and  the
current retention value of same are reviewed and may be taken into consideration when making this decision. At
the January meeting, the Compensation Committee approves the final mix of the equity-based incentives. The
CLO is not present at the Compensation  Committee meetings when her compensation  is discussed.

The foregoing process is also followed for determining the CEO’s compensation except that the CLO works
with Towers Watson to develop a proposal for base salary and equity-based incentive grants. The Compensation
Committee  then  reviews  the  proposal  with  Towers  Watson  in  the  absence  of  the  CEO.  At  that  time,  the
Compensation Committee also considers the potential value of the total compensation package for the CEO at
different levels of performance and different stock prices to ensure that there is an appropriate link between pay
and performance taking into consideration the range  of potential total compensation.

In  terms  of  the  Company’s  annual  incentive  plan,  targets  based  on  a  management  plan  approved  by  the
Board  are  approved  by  the  Compensation  Committee  at  the  beginning  of  the  year.  The  Compensation
Committee  reviews  the  Company’s  performance  relative  to  these  targets  and  the  projected  payment  at  the
October and December Compensation Committee meetings. At the January meeting of the following year, final
payments under the plan, as well as the vesting percentages for any previously granted equity-based incentives
that have performance vesting criteria, are calculated and approved by the Compensation Committee based on
the Company’s year-end results as approved by the Audit Committee. These amounts are then paid in February.

Comparator Companies

The  Compensation  Committee  benchmarks  salary,  annual  incentive  and  equity-based  incentive  awards  to
the Comparator Group. The revenues of the Comparator Group companies are generally in the range of half to
twice  the  Company’s  revenues.  In  addition,  for  2009  the  Committee  included  in  the  Comparator  Group  three
electronics  manufacturing  services  competitors  whose  revenues  were  outside  this  range:  Benchmark
Electronics, Inc., Plexus Corp. and Flextronics International  Ltd.

The Company’s 2009 Comparator Group consisted of  the following companies.

68

Company Name

. . . . . . . . .
Advanced Micro Devices
. . . . . . . . .
Agilent Technologies Inc.
. . . . . . . . . . .
Applied Materials Inc.
Benchmark Electronics, Inc.
. . . . . . .
Corning Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMC Corp (Mass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flextronics International Ltd.
. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harris Corp.
Jabil Circuit, Inc.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
Lexmark International Inc.
Micron Technology Inc. . . . . . . . . . . .
NCR Corp.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NVIDIA Corp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plexus Corp.

Table 7: Comparator Group

2008 Annual
Revenue
(millions)

Company Name

Sanmina-SCI Corp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 5,808
Seagate Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 5,774
. . . . . . . . . . .
$ 8,129
Sun Microsystems Inc.
. . . . . . . . . . .
$ 2,590 Texas Instruments Inc.
$ 5,948 Tyco Electronics Ltd.
. . . . . . . . . . . .
$14,876 Western Digital Corp. . . . . . . . . . . . .
$30,949 Xerox Corp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 5,311
$12,780
$ 4,528
$ 5,841
$ 5,315
$ 3,425 Celestica Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Percentile Rank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 1,842

25th Percentile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50th Percentile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
75th Percentile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2008 Annual
Revenue
(millions)

$ 7,202
$12,708
$13,880
$12,501
$14,834
$ 8,074
$17,608

$ 5,315
$ 7,202
$12,780

$ 7,678
53rd percentile

Financial  data as of June 30, 2009. Source: Standard & Poor’s Research Insight

Additionally, broader market compensation data for other similarly sized organizations provided by Towers

Watson is referenced in accordance with a  process  approved by the Compensation Committee.

Compensation Elements for the Named  Executive Officers

The compensation of the NEOs is comprised of the  following  elements:

(cid:127) base salary;

(cid:127) annual incentives (annual variable  cash payments);

(cid:127) equity-based incentives (restricted  and performance share  units and  stock options);

(cid:127) benefits; and

(cid:127) perquisites.

Weighting of Compensation Elements

The variable portion of total compensation has the highest weighting at the most senior levels. Annual and
equity-based  incentive  plan  rewards  are  contingent  upon  organizational  performance  and  ensure  a  strong
alignment  with  shareholder  interests.  The  weighting  of  compensation  elements  for  2009  is  set  out  in  the
following table.

Table 8: Weighting of Compensation Elements

Base Salary

Annual
Incentive

Equity-based
Incentives

CEO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EVPs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

16.7%
22.8%

16.7%
18.2%

66.6%
59.0%

Base Salary

The objective of base salary is to attract, reward and retain top talent. Executive positions are benchmarked
against  the  Comparator  Group,  with  base  pay  targeted  at  the  market  median  of  this  group.  Base  salaries  are

69

reviewed  annually  and  adjusted  as  appropriate,  with  consideration  given  to  individual  performance,  relevant
knowledge, experience and an executive’s level of responsibility within the organization.

Celestica Team Incentive Plan (CTI)

The  objective  of  the  CTI  is  to  reward  all  eligible  employees,  including  the  NEOs,  for  the  achievement  of
annual  corporate,  business  unit,  and  individual  goals  and  objectives.  Target  awards  for  each  of  the  NEOs  are
expressed  as  a  percentage  of  salary  and  established  based  on  the  median  of  the  Comparator  Group.  Actual
awards  for  the  NEOs  are  based  on  (i)  the  achievement  of  pre-determined  corporate  and  individual  goals  and
(ii)  corporate  performance  relative  to  that  of  the  EMS  Competitors.  Actual  payouts  can  vary  from  0%  for
performance below a threshold up to a maximum of 200% of the target bonus. Awards are derived according to
the following formula:

Business
Performance 
Component
(85%)

+

Individual
Component
(15%)

X

Individual
Performance
Factor

X

Relative
Performance
Factor

X

Target
Incentive

X

Eligible
Earnings

= CTI Payment

3MAR201022054011

For 2009, the business performance goals  were comprised of the following elements:

(cid:127) corporate EBIAT (50%);

(cid:127) corporate revenue (25%); and

(cid:127) corporate ROIC (25%).

Individual contribution is recognized through the individual component and individual performance factor
(‘‘IPF’’).  The  IPF  is  based  on  a  review  of  each  NEO’s  individual  performance  relative  to  business  results,
teamwork  and  the  executive’s  key  accomplishments.  This  factor  can  adjust  the  executive’s  actual  award  by  a
factor of between 0.0x and 1.5x.

The Compensation Committee also applies a relative performance factor (RPF) based on an evaluation of
the Company’s performance for the year relative to that of the EMS Competitors. This evaluation is based on a
ROIC-based performance metric but is ultimately within the Compensation Committee’s discretion. This factor
can adjust the executive’s actual award by a factor  of between 0.5x  and  1.5x.

Actual  results  relative  to  the  targets,  as  described  above,  determine  the  amount  of  the  annual  incentive
subject to the following: (i) a minimum corporate profitability threshold must be achieved to pay the business
performance component and (ii) the  maximum award is two times the target.

Equity-Based Incentives

The Company’s equity-based incentives for the NEOs consist of RSUs, performance share units (PSUs) and

stock options. The objectives of the equity-based  incentive plans are to:

(cid:127) align  the  NEO’s  interests  with  those  of  shareholders  and  incent  appropriate  behaviour  for  long-term

performance;

(cid:127) reward contribution to the Company’s long-term  success; and

(cid:127) enable  the  Company  to  attract,  motivate  and  retain  the  qualified  and  experienced  employees  who  are

critical to the Company’s success.

At the December meeting, the Compensation Committee determines the dollar value of the equity-based
grants to be awarded to the NEOs based on the comparator data analysis. The actual equity mix to be awarded is
approved  at  the  January  meeting  of  the  Compensation  Committee.  On  the  grant  date,  the  dollar  value  is
converted  into  the  number  of  units  that  will  be  granted  using  the  market  price  of  the  Company’s  subordinate
voting shares as defined by the applicable plan. RSUs and PSUs can be issued under the LTIP or the Celestica

70

Share Unit Plan (CSUP). The annual grants are generally made immediately following the blackout period that
ends 48 hours after the Company’s year-end results have been released.

Target  equity-based  incentives  are  determined  based  on  the  median  awards  of  the  Comparator  Group;
however,  consideration  is  given  to  individual  performance  when  determining  actual  awards.  The  equity  mix
varies  by  employee  level  and  targets  a  higher  percentage  of  performance  elements  at  the  NEO  levels  where
there  is  a  stronger  influence  on  results.  The  target  mix  of  equity-based  incentives  is  reviewed  by  the
Compensation Committee each year  and  for 2009  the targets  for the  NEOs were as follows:

(cid:127) 40% RSUs;

(cid:127) 35% PSUs; and

(cid:127) 25% stock options.

The CEO has the discretion to issue equity-based awards throughout the year to attract new hires and to
retain  current  employees  within  limits  set  by  the  Compensation  Committee.  The  number  of  units  available
throughout the year for these grants is pre-approved by the Compensation Committee at the January meeting.
Subject to the Company’s blackout periods, these grants typically take place at the beginning of each month. Any
grants  to  NEOs  must  be  reviewed  with  the  Compensation  Committee  at  the  next  meeting  and  in  practice  are
reviewed in advance with the Chairman  of the  Compensation Committee.

RSUs

NEOs are granted RSUs under either the LTIP or the CSUP as part of the Company’s annual grant. RSUs
granted  prior  to  February  2008  are  released  on  the  first  day  of  December  two  years  following  the  grant
(i.e.,  RSUs  granted  in  February  2007  were  released  on  December  1,  2009).  Generally,  RSUs  granted  in
February  2008  or  later  are  released  one-third  on  each  of  the  first  two  anniversaries  of  the  grant  date  and  the
final third is released on the first day of December two years following the grant. Grants made throughout the
year for new hires or retention purposes will be released at a rate of one-third per year. Each RSU entitles the
holder to one subordinate voting share of the Company on the release date. The payout value of the award is
based on the number of RSUs being released and the share price at the time of release. The Company has the
right to settle proceeds of release in either cash or  shares.

PSUs

NEOs are granted PSUs under the CSUP. PSUs vest at the end of a three-year performance period subject
to pre-determined performance criteria. The number of PSUs that actually vests will range from 0% to 200% of
target depending on the Company’s ranking in the third year of the performance period relative to that of the
EMS Competitors based on an ROIC metric approved by the Compensation Committee. The vesting schedule is
outlined in the following table.

Celestica’s ROIC Metric

Performance Multiplier

Table 9: PSU Vesting Schedule

Equal to/greater than highest performance  of the EMS Competitors . . . . . .
Between the median and highest performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prorated between 100%-200%
Equal to median performance of the EMS Competitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Between the median and lowest performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equal to/lower than lowest performance  of  the EMS Competitors . . . . . . . .

100% of target
Prorated between 0%-100%
0% of target

200% of target

The payout value of the award is based on the number of PSUs that vests and the share price at the time of
release.  Each  PSU  entitles  the  holder  to  receive  one  subordinate  voting  share  of  the  Company  on  the  release
date.  The Company has the right to settle the proceeds in either  cash  or shares.

71

Stock Options

Stock options are awarded under the LTIP. Stock options vest at a rate of 25% annually on each of the first
four anniversaries of the date of grant and expire after a 10-year term. The payout value of the award is equal to
the  increase,  if  any,  in  share  price  at  the  time  of  exercise  over  the  exercise  price,  which  is  the  closing  market
price on the business day prior to the date of the grant.

The value of the stock options granted in respect of 2009 was determined at the December meeting of the
Compensation Committee. The number of stock options granted was determined using (i) the closing price on
February  1,  2010  on  the  NYSE  of  $10.20,  and  (ii)  a  Black-Scholes  factor  of  0.45  determined  using  the  same
methodology  as  is  used  to  determine  Black-Scholes  for  stock  option  expensing  purposes.  The  Black-Scholes
factor was determined using the following variables: (i) volatility of the price of subordinate voting shares, and
(ii) the risk-free rate over the expected life of the options. The exercise price for the stock options is the closing
price  on  February  1,  2010,  being  C$10.77  on  the  TSX  for  Messrs.  Nicoletti  and  Peri  and  Ms.  DelBianco,  and
$10.20 on the NYSE for Messrs. Muhlhauser and Boucher.

In determining the number of options to be granted, the Company keeps within a maximum level for both
option ‘‘burn rate’’ and ‘‘overhang.’’ ‘‘Burn rate’’ refers to the number of shares issued under equity plans in a
given  year  relative  to  the  total  number  of  shares  outstanding.  In  2005,  the  Company  amended  the  LTIP  to
provide  that  the  number  of  options  and  share  units  awarded  under  the  plan  in  any  given  year  cannot  exceed
1.2% of the total number of shares outstanding. ‘‘Overhang’’ refers to the total number of shares reserved for
issuance under equity plans at any given time relative to the total number of shares outstanding. The Company
has significantly reduced the number of stock option grants awarded and currently has an ‘‘overhang’’ of 11.3%.

Other Compensation

Benefits

NEOs  participate  in  the  Company’s  health,  dental,  pension,  life  insurance  and  long-term  disability

programs. Benefit programs are based on  market median levels  in the local geography.

Perquisites

NEOs are entitled to a bi-annual comprehensive medical at a private health clinic. The Company also pays
housing expenses for Mr. Muhlhauser in Toronto, travel costs between his home in New Jersey and Toronto, the
services of a tax advisor and the associated tax gross-up(s). The Company does not provide any other perquisites.

Celestica Employee Share Ownership Plan (the CESOP)

The  CESOP  enables  eligible  employees,  including  NEOs,  to  acquire  subordinate  voting  shares,  so  as  to
encourage  continued  employee  interest  in  the  Company’s  operation,  growth  and  development.  Under  the
CESOP, an eligible participant may elect to contribute an amount representing no more than 10% of his or her
salary. The Company will contribute 25% of the amount that the employee contributes, up to a maximum of 1%
of the employee’s salary for the relevant payroll period. Contributions are used to purchase subordinate voting
shares of the Company on the open market. The CESOP was suspended on June 1,  2009.

Executive Share Ownership

The  Company  has  share  ownership  guidelines  for  the  CEO  and  the  other  NEOs.  The  guidelines  provide
that  these  individuals  are  to  hold  a  multiple  of  their  salary  in  Celestica  subordinate  voting  shares  as  shown  in
Table  10  below.  Executives  subject  to  ownership  guidelines  are  expected  to  achieve  the  specified  ownership
within a period of five years following the later of: (i) the date of hire, or (ii) the date of promotion to a level
subject to ownership guidelines. Compliance is reviewed annually as  of  December  31 of each year.

72

Table 10: Share Ownership Guidelines

Name

Craig H. Muhlhauser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Paul Nicoletti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

John Peri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Elizabeth L. DelBianco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

John Boucher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ownership Guidelines

Share Ownership
(Value)(1)

Share Ownership
(Multiple of Salary)

$3,000,000
(3 (cid:6) salary)
$1,024,000
(2 (cid:6) salary)
$1,008,000
(2 (cid:6) salary)
$888,000
(2 (cid:6) salary)
$1,000,000
(2 (cid:6) salary)

$16,858,905

$ 5,437,827

$ 4,919,401

$ 4,052,054

$ 4,419,959

16.9x

10.6x

9.8x

9.1x

8.8x

(1)

Includes the following, as of December 31, 2009: (i) subordinate voting shares beneficially owned, (ii) all unvested RSUs, (iii) PSUs
that vested on February 1, 2010 at 200% of target, which, on December 31, 2009, was the Company’s anticipated payout and was in fact
the  resulting  payout,  and  (iv)  all  other  PSUs  at  100%  of  the  target  level  of  performance;  in  each  case,  the  value  of  which  was
determined using a share price of $9.44 being the closing price of  subordinate voting shares on the NYSE on December 31, 2009.

Recoupment Provisions

The  Company  is  subject  to  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002.  Accordingly,  if  the  Company  is  required  to
restate  financial  results  due  to  misconduct  or  material  non-compliance  with  financial  reporting  requirements,
the  CEO  and  CFO  would  be  required  to  reimburse  the  Company  for  any  bonuses  or  incentive-based
compensation  they  had  received  during  the  12-month  period  following  the  restatement,  as  well  as  any  profits
they had realized from the sale of corporate  securities during that period.

Under the terms of the stock option grants and the grants made under the LTIP and the CSUP, a NEO may
be required by the Company to repay an amount equal to the market value of the shares at the time of release,
net of taxes, if, within 12 months of the  release date,  the executive:

(cid:127) accepts employment or accepts an engagement to supply services, directly or indirectly, to a third party,

that is in competition with the Company  or any of its subsidiaries; or

(cid:127) fails  to  comply  with,  or  otherwise  breaches,  the  terms  and  conditions  of  a  confidentiality  agreement  or
non-disclosure  agreement  with,  or  confidentiality  obligations  to,  the  Company  or  any  of  its
subsidiaries; or

(cid:127) on his or her behalf or on another’s behalf, directly or indirectly recruits, induces or solicits, or attempts
to recruit, induce or solicit any current employee or other individual who is/was supplying services to the
Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Executives who resign or are terminated for cause also forfeit all unvested RSUs, PSUs and stock options.

2009 Compensation Decisions

Each  element  of  compensation  is  considered  independently  of  the  other  elements.  However,  the  total
package is reviewed to ensure that the median total compensation objective for median levels of corporate and
individual performance is achieved.

Comparator Companies and Market  Positioning

Benchmarking for all elements of NEO compensation was based on the Comparator Group. Salary, target
annual  incentive  and  equity-based  incentive  grants  for  the  NEOs  were  benchmarked  at  the  market  median  of
the Comparator Group.

73

Base Salary

The base salaries for the NEOs were reviewed taking into account individual performance and experience,

level  of  responsibility and median competitive data.

In 2009, Mr. Boucher received a 16% increase in base salary to ensure competitiveness within the market.
Messrs.  Muhlhauser,  Nicoletti  and  Peri  and  Ms.  DelBianco  did  not  receive  increases  in  2009  as  their  existing
salaries were competitive with the market.

Celestica Team Incentive Plan (CTI)

Target  annual  incentive  awards  for  the  CEO  and  other  NEOs  are  100%  of  salary  and  80%  of  salary,
respectively.  Annual  incentives  take  into  account  both  individual  and  business  performances  on  a  variety  of
factors  as  set  forth  below.  On  average,  in  2009  average  payments  to  the  NEOs  were  54%  lower  than  the
previous year.

Business  Performance

In 2009, the business performance component payout factor was 41.5% based on the  following  results:

Table 11: Business Performance

Measure

Operating Margin (EBIAT)(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate Revenue(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Return on Invested Capital (ROIC),  excluding intangibles(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payout Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weight

50%
25%
25%

Percentage
Achievement
Relative to Target

57.5%
0.0%
51.1%
41.5%

(1) EBIAT was calculated as earnings before interest, amortization of intangible assets (except amortization of computer software), total
stock-based compensation expense and other charges (including restructuring costs, the write-down of long-lived assets and gains or
losses on the  repurchase of shares and debt) and the related income tax effects of these adjustments.

(2) Corporate revenue means the Company’s gross revenue.

(3) ROIC,  excluding  intangibles,  was  calculated  as  EBIAT  divided  by  average  net  invested  capital  where  average  net  invested  capital

includes tangible assets less cash, accounts payable,  accrued liabilities and income taxes payable.

In  assessing  operating  performance  and  operational  effectiveness,  the  Company  uses  certain  non-GAAP
measures  such  as  adjusted  gross  margin,  operating  margin  (EBIAT)  and  ROIC  that  do  not  have  any
standardized  meaning  prescribed  by  Canadian  or  U.S.  GAAP  and  are  not  necessarily  comparable  to  similar
measures  presented  by  other  companies.  Beginning  with  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009,  the  Company  revised  the
definition of its non-GAAP measures to exclude all stock-based compensation expenses (in addition to the items
previously excluded) to allow for a better comparison with its major North American EMS competitors. All prior
period comparables reflect the revised definition. Additional information regarding these non-GAAP measures
can  be  found  in  Item  5,  ‘‘— Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results
of Operations.’’

Relative Performance Factor (RPF)

The  Company’s  2009  performance  was  ranked  relative  to  that  of  the  EMS  Competitors  on  a  ROIC
performance metric. The Company ranked first amongst such EMS Competitors which resulted in a RPF that
exceeded the 1.5x cap, resulting in the maximum RPF of 1.5x. For this comparison, the Company used adjusted
ROIC, which is calculated as adjusted  net  earnings divided  by average net invested capital.

74

Individual Performance Factor (IPF)

Each year, the Board and the CEO agree on performance goals for the CEO. Goals for the other NEOs
that  will  support  the  CEO’s  goals  are  then  agreed  to  and  established.  For  2009,  the  CEO’s  goals  focused  on:
financial performance, operational effectiveness, growing the business and leadership. Each NEO’s performance
is then measured on a number of factors including the formal goals established for the year. Specific measures
and achievements for each NEO in 2009  were:

Chief  Executive Officer

(cid:127) Financial performance: ROIC grew from 14.6% in 2008 to 22.0% in 2009, but was below the target for
2009. ROIC for this measure was calculated by dividing EBIAT (as defined in footnote 1 to Table 11) by
average  net  invested  capital,  including  intangibles.  Average  net  invested  capital,  including  intangibles,
included total assets less cash, accounts payable,  accrued liabilities and income taxes payable.

(cid:127) Operational effectiveness: The target for reduction in total spend, as a percentage of manufacturing value

add, was not met.

(cid:127) Growing the business: The revenue  and  bookings objectives were not met.

(cid:127) Leadership: The target for improving the employee commitment index  was exceeded.

In  addition  to  the  goals  listed  above,  the  Compensation  Committee’s  assessment  of  Mr.  Muhlhauser’s

performance in 2009 also reflected the  following achievements of the Company:

(cid:127) its  best ever adjusted gross margin  (7.4%);

(cid:127) its  best operating margin (3.5%) since 2001;

(cid:127) its  best ever ROIC, including intangibles, (22.0%)  and  highest  among the EMS Competitors;

(cid:127) the best inventory turns (8.1x) compared with  the EMS Competitors;

(cid:127) second highest adjusted gross margin among the EMS Competitors;  and

(cid:127) second highest operating margin among the EMS Competitors.

Other NEOs

Each of the other NEOs has responsibility for the achievement of the CEO’s corporate goals and objectives.
The CEO’s assessment of each of the other NEO’s contributions to the Company’s results is largely subjective
and based on his judgment of each of the other NEO’s contributions as a part of the senior leadership team. The
achievement  of  individual  goals  is  not  quantitatively  tied  to  compensation;  however,  the  CEO’s  overall
assessment of each NEO’s achievements  is  a  factor in determining the NEO’s  overall  compensation.

Other factors considered in the evaluation of each NEO included  the following:

(i) Under  the  leadership  of  Mr.  Nicoletti,  the  Company’s  share  price  more  than  doubled  from
December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009, its market capitalization increased approximately 105% to
$2.2 billion at December 31, 2009 and the Company led the industry on a number of financial metrics,
including return on invested capital. Mr. Nicoletti also oversaw the development and implementation
of a roadmap that is projected to provide a reduction in finance spend year over year. In addition, the
Company repaid the principal amount of $489 million in debt, contributing to the reduction in annual
interest expense for the year.

(ii) Mr.  Peri’s  global  operating  organization  made  significant  contributions  to  the  Company  in  2009.
Celestica’s operations organization under Mr. Peri’s leadership continued to drive productivity and cost
reduction  while 
implemented
restructuring programs with minimal impact to operations and customers. Despite a decline in year to
year revenue, strong management of production costs delivered improvements in operating margin and
return  on  invested  capital,  while  maintaining  the  highest  inventory  turns  of  any  of  the  EMS
Competitors.

improving  customer  satisfaction.  The  organization  successfully 

75

(iii) Ms.  DelBianco  achieved  or  exceeded  goals  with  respect  to  operational  effectiveness,  employee
engagement, growth and customer intimacy as well as activities affecting financial results. A number of
important human resources and communications initiatives were implemented, including programs to
improve  employee  engagement,  which  resulted  in  the  Company’s  Employee  Engagement  Index
exceeding  the  2009  target,  and  the  roll-out  of  the  Company’s  first  global  recognition  program.  The
organizations  for  which  Ms.  DelBianco  was  responsible  successfully  managed  a  number  of  contract,
legal  and  securities  matters  and  drove  significant  financial  recoveries  through  effective  litigation
management.

(iv) Mr.  Boucher’s  performance  was  measured  on  several  performance  metrics.  Under  his  guidance,  the
Company gained additional business from existing customers as well as new account wins, although the
Company  did  not  meet  overall  booking  targets  due  to  continued  global  economic  uncertainty.  The
Company achieved higher material value-add service targets and a new Senior Vice President, Global
Sales  was  hired  to  drive  strategic  growth  targets.  In  addition,  the  after-market  services  groups  were
aligned  with  Operations  in  their  respective  regions,  and  significant  customer,  process  and  supplier
quality improvement objectives were  achieved.

Equity-Based Incentives

Equity  grants  to  NEOs  in  respect  of  2009  performance  consisted  of  RSUs,  PSUs  and  stock  options.  The
number of RSUs and options under the LTIP and PSUs under the CSUP issued to the NEOs was based on a
market  price  as  defined  under  the  respective  Plans.  Please  see  ‘‘— Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis —
Equity-Based  Incentives’’  for  a  description  of  the  plans.  The  actual  mix  of  the  grants  was  approved  by  the
Compensation Committee at a meeting on January 26, 2010 and  the  grants were issued on February  2, 2010.

The Company provided the NEOs the following equity-based compensation on February 2, 2010 in respect
of  2009  performance.  On  average,  the  value  of  equity  granted  to  the  NEOs  was  20%  lower  than  the  previous
year. The total number of options issued for 2009 to the NEOs was equal to 0.21% of outstanding shares, and
the total number of options issued for 2009 to all employees receiving options was 0.33% of outstanding shares.

Table 12: NEO Equity Awards

Name

RSUs
(#)

PSUs
(#)(1)

Stock Options (#)

Craig H. Muhlhauser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paul Nicoletti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
John Peri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elizabeth L. DelBianco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
John Boucher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

160,643
57,831
48,193
48,193
48,193

137,255
49,412
41,176
41,176
41,176

217,865
78,431
65,359
65,359
65,359

Value of LTI
Award
(000s)(2)

$4,000
$1,440
$1,200
$1,200
$1,200

(1) The number of PSUs is included at 100% of target level of performance.

(2) Based on the share price of $10.20, being the closing price of subordinate voting shares on the NYSE on February 1, 2010 and, with

respect to stock options, a Black-Scholes factor of 0.45.

76

Performance Graph

The subordinate voting shares of the Company have been listed and posted for trading under the symbol
‘‘CLS’’ on the NYSE and the TSX since June 30, 1998 (except for the period commencing on November 8, 2004
and ending on May 15, 2006 during which the symbol on the TSX was CLS.SV). The following chart compares
the  cumulative  total  shareholder  return  of  C$100  invested  in  subordinate  voting  shares  of  the  Company  on
December 31, 2004 (the Company did not declare or pay any dividends during this period) with the cumulative
total shareholder return of the S&P/TSX Composite Total Return Index for the period December 31, 2004 to
December 31, 2009.

$180

$160

$140

$120

$100

$80

$60

$40

$20

$0

Dec 31, 2004

Dec 30, 2005

Dec 29, 2006

Dec 31, 2007

Dec 31, 2008

Dec 31, 2009

S&P/TSX Composite Total Return Index

Celestica Subordinate Voting Shares

3MAR201023164548

As  can  be  seen  from  the  performance  graph  above,  an  investment  in  the  Company  on  January  1,  2005
would have resulted in a 41% loss in value over the five-year period ended December 31, 2009 compared with a
45% increase that would have resulted from an investment in the S&P/TSX Composite Total Return Index over
the same period.

The compensation of the Company’s NEOs has fluctuated over the same period as the Company dealt with,
amongst other things, a significant decline in demand, competitive pressures, operational issues in some regions,
significant  restructuring  and  various  leadership  changes.  In  2006,  total  compensation  for  NEOs  decreased  by
57% compared to 2005, from $11.3 million in 2005 to $4.9 million (excluding severance costs). The reduction in
total  compensation  for  NEOs  was  largely  attributable  to  reduced  long-term  incentive  grants  to  certain  NEOs.

After  significant  operational  challenges  were  experienced  in  the  second  half  of  2006,  senior  management
changes were made across the Company. The new management team implemented major process improvements
across  all  areas  of  the  Company  with  a  specific  focus  on  improving  profitability,  reducing  working  capital  and
strengthening  the  Company’s  financial  position.  As  management  implemented  these  changes  during  2007  and
2008, the Company’s operating performance and financial results showed significant improvements to the point
where the Company was the strongest financial performer amongst the EMS Competitors by the end of 2008.

During this period of improved performance, total compensation for the NEOs increased to $15.2 million in
2007  and  $19.8  million  in  2008.  These  increases  were  a  result  of  implementing  competitive  compensation
packages  for  the  Company’s  leadership  team,  as  well  as  maximum  annual  incentive  payouts  due  to  strong
corporate performance in 2008.

In 2009, total compensation for the NEOs declined by 26% from $19.8 million in 2008 to $14.7 million in
2009, reflecting the challenges the Company faced in a year of continued economic uncertainty. The decrease
was  a  result  of  lower  annual  incentive  payouts  and  lower  long-term  incentive  grants  to  reflect  generally  lower
long-term incentive grant levels in the marketplace.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Company  continues  to  be  amongst  the  best  performers  in  the
electronics  manufacturing  services  industry  on  key  operating  performance  metrics.  This  strong  financial

77

performance also contributed to improved outlooks from the Company’s key financial debt rating agencies. The
performance graphs set out below illustrate the Company’s significant improvements on non-GAAP measures of
adjusted gross margin, operating margin (EBIAT), asset utilization and return on invested capital. (see ‘‘— 2009
Compensation Decisions — Business Performance’’ for further information on  non-GAAP measures).

Adjusted gross margin
% of revenue

Operating margin (EBIAT)
% of revenue

7.5%

7.4%

7.8%

7.5%

7.1% 7.1%

6.9%

6.4%

3.3% 3.3%

3.5%

3.2% 3.2%

3.7% 3.6%

2.9%

3MAR201023163827
Q1/08 Q2/08 Q3/08 Q4/08 Q1/09 Q2/09 Q3/09 Q4/09

3MAR201023164326
Q1/08 Q2/08 Q3/08 Q4/08 Q1/09 Q2/09 Q3/09 Q4/09

Asset  utilization
Inventory turns(1)

Return on invested capital

8.6x

8.7x

9.1x

8.8x

9.1x

8.7x

7.8x

7.3x

27.5%

24.2%

18.8% 18.8%

17.9%

14.5%

12.9%

11.3%

3MAR201023164077
Q1/08 Q2/08 Q3/08 Q4/08 Q1/09 Q2/09 Q3/09 Q4/09

3MAR201022055476
Q1/08 Q2/08 Q3/08 Q4/08 Q1/09 Q2/09 Q3/09 Q4/09

(1)

Inventory turns is equal to 365 divided by the number of days in inventory, which is calculated as the average inventory for the quarter
divided by the average daily cost of sales. The days in inventory for each quarter can be found in Item 5, ‘‘— Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.’’

In  2009,  total  compensation  for  NEOs  was  29%  higher  than  that  paid  in  2005  and  was  9.3%  of  2009

adjusted earnings, compared to 8.1%  of adjusted  earnings in  2005.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation of Named Executive Officers

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  compensation  of  the  NEOs  for  the  financial  year  ended

December 31, 2009.

In  light  of  the  significant  changes  to  the  requirements,  content  and  format  for  executive  compensation
disclosure made by the Canadian Securities Administrators beginning with financial years ending December 31,
2008,  the  Company  has  disclosed  executive  compensation  in  the  Summary  Compensation  table  below  for  the
financial years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 only, in accordance with these requirements.
Disclosure of executive compensation for the financial year ended December 31, 2007, in accordance with the
then applicable requirements, is contained in the Company’s management information circular dated March 9,
2008, which is available on www.sedar.com.

78

Table 13: Summary Compensation Table

Non-equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

Share-
based
Awards
($)(1)(3)

Option-
based
Awards
($)(2)(3)

Annual
Incentive
Plans
($)(4)

Salary
($)

$1,000,000
$ 937,500

$3,000,000
$3,750,000

$1,000,000
$1,250,000

$ 904,950
$2,000,000

$ 512,000
$ 507,562

$1,080,000
$1,350,000

$ 360,000
$ 450,000

$ 504,000
$ 503,977

$ 900,000
$1,125,000

$ 300,000
$ 375,000

$ 444,000
$ 439,924

$ 900,000
$1,125,000

$ 300,000
$ 375,000

$ 363,166
$ 818,056

$ 417,156
$ 806,364

$ 367,395
$ 709,042

Pension
Value
($)(5)

$14,273
$13,800

$79,133
$48,180

$79,749
$41,959

$59,270
$33,906

Name  & Principal Position

Craig H. Muhlhauser(7)
President and Chief Executive

. . . . . .

Officer

Paul Nicoletti(8) . . . . . . . . . . .
EVP, Chief Financial Officer

John Peri(8)
EVP. Global Operations

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Elizabeth L. DelBianco(8) . . . . .
EVP, Chief Legal &

Administrative Officer and
Corporate Secretary

Year

2009
2008

2009
2008

2009
2008

2009
2008

All Other

Total

Compensation Compensation

($)(6)

($)

$128,203
$168,278

$6,047,426
$8,119,578

$
1,274
$ 16,982

$
3,376
$298,286

$
1,004
$ 17,274

$2,395,573
$3,190,780

$2,204,281
$3,150,586

$2,071,669
$2,700,146

John Boucher . . . . . . . . . . . .
EVP, Global Sales & Supply

2009
2008

$ 482,500
$ 422,525

$ 900,000
$1,125,000

$ 300,000
$ 375,000

$ 261,983
$ 673,667

$11,735
$10,278

$ —
$

1,431

$1,956,218
$2,607,901

Chain  Solutions

(1) Amounts in the column represent the value of RSUs and PSUs granted on February 2, 2010 under the LTIP and CSUP, respectively, in
respect of 2009 performance. The actual number of RSUs and PSUs granted was based on a market price, as defined under each of the
plans, on the grant date. Please see ‘‘— Compensation and Discussion Analysis — Equity-Based Incentives’’ for a description of the
vesting terms of the awards and the process followed in determining the grant. The value included for PSUs is at 100% of target level
performance. The number that will actually vest will vary from 0%-200% of the target grant depending on performance.

(2) Amounts in the column represent the value of stock options that were issued under the LTIP on February 2, 2010 in respect of 2009
performance.  The  actual  number  of  options  granted  was  based  on  an  exercise  price  of  $10.20.  Please  see  ‘‘— Compensation  and
Discussion  Analysis — Equity-Based  Incentives’’  for  a  description  of  the  vesting  terms  of  the  awards  and  the  process  followed  in
determining the value of the grant.

(3) The  accounting  fair  value  of  the  equity-based  awards  is  calculated  using  the  market  price  for  subordinate  voting  shares  as  defined
under each of the plans. Based on the market value of the shares on the grant date, the accounting fair value of the total of share-based
and  option-based  awards  to  the  NEOs  during  2009  are  as  follows:  Mr.  Muhlhauser — $4,117,571;  Mr.  Nicoletti — $1,482,321;
Messrs. Peri and Boucher and Ms. DelBianco — $1,235,265 each.

(4) Amounts  in  this  column  represent  incentive  payments  made  to  the  NEOs  through  the  CTI  Plan.  Please  see  ‘‘— Compensation  and
Discussion Analysis — Celestica Team Incentive Plan (CTI)’’ for a description of the plan and the results achieved in respect of 2009.

(5)

Pension values for Messrs. Nicoletti and Peri and Ms. DelBianco are reported in U.S. dollars, having been converted from Canadian
dollars.

(6) Amounts  in  this  column  represent:  (i)  contributions  to  the  CESOP  for  Messrs.  Muhlhauser  and  Peri  (see  ‘‘— Celestica  Employee
Share Ownership Plan’’), and (ii) for Mr. Muhlhauser, tax gross-up payments of $54,806, housing expenses of $33,643 while in Canada
and travel expenses between Toronto and New Jersey  of $34,508.

(7) Mr.  Muhlhauser  did  not  receive  an  increase  in  base  salary  in  2009;  the  difference  in  base  salary  from  2008  to  2009  reported  in  the
Summary  Compensation  table  reflects  the  increase  he  received  on  April  1,  2008  from  $750,000  to  $1,000,000,  which  is  his  current
salary.

(8)

In  February,  2009,  Celestica  implemented  a  policy  to  pay  all  Executive  Vice Presidents  in  U.S.  dollars.  Base  salaries  paid  to
Messrs. Nicoletti and Peri and Ms. DelBianco were converted and denominated in U.S. dollars (having been previously denominated
in  Canadian  dollars).  These  individuals  did  not  receive  increases  in  2009;  differences  in  base  salaries  from  2008  to  2009  reflect
exchange rate fluctuations prior to implementation.

79

The following table provides details of each option grant outstanding and the aggregate number of unvested

equity-based awards for each of the NEOs as  of  December 31,  2009.

Table 14: Outstanding Option-Based  and Share-Based Awards(1)

Market
Payout
Value of
Share

Number
of Shares Awards  that Awards that Awards that
have not
or Units
that have
Vested at
not Vested Minimum

have not
Vested at
Maximum
($)(3)

($)(3)

Market
Payout
Value of
Share

have not
Vested at
Target
($)(3)

Market
Payout
Value of
Share

(#)

—
—
111,000
—
470,000
833,333
297,898

—
—
—
—
—
13,888
10,700
15,000
156,667
300,000
107,243

—
—
—
—
44,444
—
135,778
250,000
89,369

—
—
—
—
—
—
13,333
125,333
250,000
89,369

$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$2,312,800
$4,195,551
$1,638,559

$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ 101,008
$ 141,600
$ 770,936
$1,510,400
$ 589,876

$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ 668,144
$1,258,664
$ 491,569

$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ 616,744
$1,258,664
$ 491,569

$ —
$ —
$1,047,840
$ —
$4,436,800
$7,866,664
$3,038,560

$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ 131,103
$ 101,008
$ 141,600
$1,478,936
$2,832,000
$1,093,879

$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ 419,551
$ —
$1,281,744
$2,360,000
$ 911,564

$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ 125,864
$1,183,144
$2,360,000
$ 911,564

$ —
$ —
$ 2,095,680
$ —
$ 6,560,800
$11,537,776
$ 4,438,561

$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
262,205
$
101,008
$
$
141,600
$ 2,186,936
$ 4,153,600
$ 1,597,881

$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$
$ —
$ 1,895,344
$ 3,461,336
$ 1,331,559

839,103

$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$
251,727
$ 1,749,544
$ 3,461,336
$ 1,331,559

Number of
Securities
Underlying Option
Unexercised Exercise

Options
(#)

Price
($)

Option
Expiration
Date

Value  of
Unexercised
In-the-money
Options
($)(2)

50,000
148,488
500,000
404,000*
450,000
694,444
217,865

$ 13.00
$ 10.00
6.05
$
6.05
$
6.51
$
$
4.13
$ 10.20

Jun. 6, 2015
Jan. 31, 2016
Feb. 2, 2017
Feb. 2, 2017
Feb. 5, 2018
Feb. 3, 2019
Feb. 2, 2020

15,000
13,333
3,333
13,600
21,591
37,880
—
91,500
150,000
250,000
78,431

C$29.11 Dec. 3, 2012
C$22.75
Jan. 31, 2014
C$24.92 May 11, 2014
C$18.00 Dec. 9, 2014
Jan. 31, 2016
C$11.43
Feb. 2, 2017
C$ 7.10
—
—
Jul. 31, 2017
C$ 6.27
Feb. 5, 2018
C$ 6.51
Feb. 3, 2019
C$ 5.13
Feb. 2, 2020
C$10.77

C$29.11 Dec. 3, 2012
25,000
C$22.75
Jan. 31, 2014
16,667
C$18.00 Dec. 9, 2014
11,300
Jan. 31, 2016
C$11.43
20,455
Feb. 2, 2017
40,404
C$ 7.10
Feb. 2, 2017
161,616* C$ 7.10
Feb. 5, 2018
C$ 6.51
130,000
Feb. 3, 2019
C$ 5.13
208,333
Feb. 2, 2020
C$10.77
65,359

12,000
3,000
8,000
16,667
11,300
21,591
18,182
90,000
208,333
65,359

C$29.11 Dec. 3, 2012
C$23.29 Dec. 18, 2012
C$15.35 Apr. 18, 2013
C$22.75
Jan. 31, 2014
C$18.00 Dec. 9, 2014
Jan. 31, 2016
C$11.43
Feb. 2, 2017
C$ 7.10
Feb. 5, 2018
C$ 6.51
Feb. 3, 2019
C$ 5.13
Feb. 2, 2020
C$10.77

$ —
$ —
$1,695,000
$1,369,560
$1,318,500
$3,687,498
$ —

$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$
$ —
$ 295,860
$ 453,470
$1,058,097
$ —

94,932

$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ 101,258
$ 405,031
$ 393,007
$ 881,746
$ —

$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$
45,567
$ 272,082
$ 881,746
$ —

Name

Craig H. Muhlhauser
Jun. 6,  2005 . . . . . . . . .
Jan. 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 2, 2007 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 2, 2007 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 5, 2008 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 3, 2009 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 2, 2010 . . . . . . . . .

Paul Nicoletti
Dec. 3,  2002 . . . . . . . . .
Jan. 31, 2004 . . . . . . . . .
May  11, 2004 . . . . . . . . .
Dec. 9,  2004 . . . . . . . . .
Jan. 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 2, 2007 . . . . . . . . .
May  7, 2007 . . . . . . . . .
Jul. 31,  2007 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 5, 2008 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 3, 2009 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 2, 2010 . . . . . . . . .

John Peri
Dec. 3,  2002 . . . . . . . . .
Jan. 31, 2004 . . . . . . . . .
Dec. 9,  2004 . . . . . . . . .
Jan. 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 2, 2007 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 2, 2007 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 5, 2008 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 3, 2009 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 2, 2010 . . . . . . . . .

Elizabeth L. DelBianco
Dec. 3,  2002 . . . . . . . . .
Dec. 18,  2002 . . . . . . . .
Apr. 18,  2003 . . . . . . . .
Jan. 31, 2004 . . . . . . . . .
Dec. 9,  2004 . . . . . . . . .
Jan. 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 2, 2007 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 5, 2008 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 3, 2009 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 2, 2010 . . . . . . . . .

80

Number of
Securities
Underlying Option
Unexercised Exercise

Options
(#)

Price
($)

Option
Expiration
Date

Value  of
Unexercised
In-the-money
Options
($)(2)

3,750
6,000
3,750
28,125
5,625
20,000
6,667
25,000
20,455
30,304
110,000
208,333
65,359

$ 21.83 Oct. 13, 2010
$ 19.81 May 22, 2011
$ 10.40 Oct. 31, 2011
$ 13.52 May 10, 2012
$ 12.99 Feb. 11, 2013
$ 17.10 Mar. 15, 2014
$ 17.10 Mar. 15, 2014
$ 14.86 Dec. 9, 2014
Jan. 31, 2016
$ 10.00
Feb. 2, 2017
6.05
$
Feb. 5, 2018
6.51
$
Feb. 3, 2019
$
4.13
Feb. 2, 2020
$ 10.20

$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ 102,731
$ 322,300
$1,106,248
$ —

Name

John Boucher
Oct.  13, 2000 . . . . . . . . .
May  22, 2001 . . . . . . . . .
Oct.  31, 2001 . . . . . . . . .
May  10, 2002 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 11, 2003 . . . . . . . . .
Mar. 15, 2004 . . . . . . . .
Mar. 15, 2004 . . . . . . . .
Dec. 9,  2004 . . . . . . . . .
Jan. 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 2, 2007 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 5, 2008 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 3, 2009 . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 2, 2010 . . . . . . . . .

(#)

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
16,666
114,867
250,000
89,369

Market
Payout
Value of
Share

Number
of Shares Awards  that Awards that Awards that
have not
or Units
that have
Vested at
not Vested Minimum

have not
Vested at
Maximum
($)(3)

($)(3)

Market
Payout
Value of
Share

have not
Vested at
Target
($)(3)

Market
Payout
Value of
Share

$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ 565,144
$1,258,664
$ 491,569

$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ 157,327
$1,084,344
$2,360,000
$ 911,564

$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$
314,654
$ 1,603,544
$ 3,461,336
$ 1,331,559

*

Denotes Performance Contingent Options (‘‘PCOs’’) which are not fully vested and are included at 200% of target level performance
which, on December 31, 2009 was the Company’s anticipated vesting percentage, and was in fact the vesting percentage. PCOs have
not been issued since February 2007 and the Company  does not contemplate issuing further PCOs.

(1)

Includes options and share-based awards granted on February 2, 2010 in respect of 2009 performance. Please see ‘‘— Compensation
Discussion and Analysis — Equity-Based Incentives’’ for a  discussion of  the equity grants.

(2) The  value  of  unexercised  in-the-money  options  for  Messrs.  Muhlhauser  and  Boucher  was  determined  using  a  share  price  of  $9.44,
which  was  the  closing  price  of  subordinate  voting  shares  on  the  NYSE  on  December  31,  2009.  For  Messrs.  Nicoletti  and  Peri  and
Ms.  DelBianco,  a  share  price  of  C$9.96  was  used,  which  was  the  closing  price  of  the  subordinate  voting  shares  on  the  TSX  on
December 31,  2009, converted to U.S. dollars at the average exchange rate for 2009 of 1.1412.

(3) Market  payout  values  at  minimum  vesting  include  the  value  of  RSUs  only  as  the  minimum  payout  value  of  PSUs  would  be  0%  of
target. Market payout values at target vesting is determined using 100% of PSUs vesting and market payout values at maximum vesting
is determined using 200% of PSUs vesting. Market payout values are determined using a share price of $9.44, which was the closing
price of the subordinate voting shares on the NYSE on December 31, 2009, except for the share-based awards granted on February 2,
2010 in respect of 2009 performance for which the market payout values are determined using a share price of $10.20, which was the
closing price of the subordinate voting shares on the NYSE on February  1, 2010, the day before the grants.

The following table provides details of the value of option-based and share-based awards that vested during

2009 and the value of annual incentive  awards  paid for 2009 performance for  each NEO.

Table 15: Incentive Plan Awards — Value Vested or Earned  in 2009

Name

Craig H. Muhlhauser . . . . .
Paul Nicoletti . . . . . . . . . . .
John Peri . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elizabeth L. DelBianco . . . .
John Boucher . . . . . . . . . . .

Option-based Awards — Value
Vested During the Year
($)(1)

Share-based Awards — Value
Vested During the Year
($)(2)

Non-equity Incentive Plan
Compensation — Value Earned
During the  Year
($)(3)

$ —
$46,704
$ —
$ —
$ —

$1,495,340
$ 616,265
$ 322,282
$ 570,545
$ 457,728

$904,950
$363,166
$417,156
$367,395
$261,983

(1) Amounts in this column reflect the value of options that were in-the-money on the vesting date. Options for Mr. Nicoletti vested on
July 31, 2009 with an exercise price of C$6.27. The price for the Company’s subordinate voting shares on the TSX was C$8.60 on that
date. These values were converted to U.S. dollars at the average exchange rate for 2009 of 1.1412. Where no value is shown, options
that vested during 2009 had an exercise price above market value  on the vesting date.

(2)

Share-based awards were released as follows: (i) RSUs were released to all NEOs on February 5, 2009 at a price of $4.04 on the NYSE
for  Messrs.  Boucher  and  Muhlhauser  and  C$4.93  on  the  TSX  for  Messrs.  Nicoletti  and  Peri  and  Ms.  DelBianco,  (ii)  RSUs  were

81

released on December 1, 2009 to all NEOs except Mr. Peri at a price of $8.19 on the NYSE for Messrs. Muhlhauser and Boucher and
C$8.58 on the TSX for Mr. Nicoletti and Ms. DelBianco, and (iii) PSUs were released to all NEOs on February 2, 2009 at a price of
$4.30 on the NYSE for Messrs. Boucher and Muhlhauser and C$5.37 on the TSX for Messrs. Nicoletti and Peri and Ms. DelBianco.
All of the preceeding C$ values were converted to  U.S. dollars at the average exchange rate for 2009 of 1.1412.

(3)

Includes  payments  under  the  CTI  Plan  made  in  February  2010  in  respect  of  2009  performance.  Please  see  ‘‘— Compensation
Decisions — Celestica  Team  Incentive  Plan  (CTI).’’  These  are  the  same  amounts  as  disclosed  in  Table  13  under  the  column
‘‘Non-Equity  Incentive Plan Compensation — Annual Incentive Plans.’’

Pension Plans

The following table provides details of the amount of the Celestica contributions to the pension plans and

the accumulated value as of December 31,  2009 for  each  NEO.

Table 16: Defined Contribution Pension Plan

Name

Accumulated Value
at Start of Year
($)

Compensatory
($)

Non-compensatory
($)

Accumulated  Value
at End  of Year
($)

Craig H. Muhlhauser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paul Nicoletti(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
John Peri(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elizabeth L. DelBianco(1) . . . . . . . . . . . .
John Boucher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 72,896
$170,230
$361,706
$161,511
$207,126

$14,273
$79,133
$79,749
$59,270
$11,735

$ 40,923
$ 80,224
$121,794
$ 52,955
$107,168

$128,092
$329,587
$563,249
$273,736
$326,029

(1) The  difference  between  the  Accumulated  Value  at  Start  of  Year  and  the  Accumulated  Value  at  End  of  Year  reported  in  2008  for
Messrs. Nicoletti and Peri and Ms. DelBianco is attributable to different exchange rates used in 2008 and 2009. The exchange rate used
in  2008 was $1.00 = C$1.0660.

Messrs.  Muhlhauser  and  Boucher  participate  in  a  defined  contribution  pension  plan  that  qualifies  as  a
deferred  salary  arrangement  under  section  401(k)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  (United  States)  (the  ‘‘U.S.
Plan’’). Under the U.S. Plan, participating employees may defer 100% of their pre-tax earnings subject to any
statutory limitations. The Company may make contributions for the benefit of eligible employees. The U.S. Plan
allows employees to choose how their account balances are invested on their behalf within a range of investment
options provided by third-party fund managers. The Company contributes: (i) 3% of eligible compensation for
Messrs. Muhlhauser and Boucher, and (ii) up to an additional 3% of eligible compensation by matching 50% of
the  first  6%  contributed  by  each  of  them.  The  maximum  contribution  of  the  Company  based  on  the  Internal
Revenue  Code  rules  and  the  plan  formula  for  2009  is  $14,700.  There  are  no  supplemental  plans  for
U.S. employees.

Messrs.  Nicoletti  and  Peri  and  Ms.  DelBianco  participate  in  the  defined  contribution  portion  of  the
Canadian  Pension  Plan.  The  defined  contribution  portion  of  the  Canadian  Pension  Plan  allows  employees  to
choose  how  the  Company’s  contributions  are  invested  on  their  behalf  within  a  range  of  investment  options
provided  by  third-party  fund  managers.  The  Company’s  contributions  to  this  plan  on  behalf  of  a  NEO  range
from  3.6%  to  6.75%  of  salary  and  paid  annual  incentive  based  on  the  number  of  years  of  service.  Retirement
benefits  depend  upon  the  performance  of  the  investment  options  chosen.  Messrs.  Nicoletti  and  Peri  and
Ms. DelBianco also participate in an unregistered supplementary pension plan (the ‘‘Supplementary Plan’’) that
is  also  a  defined  contribution  plan  that  is  designed  to  provide  benefits  equal  to  the  difference  between  the
benefits determined in accordance with the formula set out in the Canadian Pension Plan and Canada Revenue
Agency maximum pension benefits. Notional accounts are maintained for each participant in the Supplementary
Plan. Participants are entitled to select from among the investment options available in the registered plan for
the purpose of determining the return  on  their notional accounts.

The 2009 percentage contribution rates  are  outlined below in  Table  17.

Table 17: Celestica Contributions to  the Canadian Pension Plan

Name

Paul Nicoletti

John Peri

Elizabeth L. DelBianco

Contribution %

6.25%

6.39%

5.40%

82

Termination of Employment and Change  in Control Arrangements with  Named Executive Officers

The  Company  has  entered  into  employment  agreements  with  certain  of  its  NEOs  in  order  to  provide
certainty  to  the  Company  and  such  NEOs  with  respect  to  such  issues  as  obligations  of  confidentiality,
non-solicitation and non-competition after termination of employment, the amount of severance to be paid in
the event of termination of the NEO’s employment and to provide a retention incentive in the event of a change
in control scenario.

Messrs. Muhlhauser and Nicoletti and Ms.  DelBianco

The employment agreements of the above-noted individuals provide that each of them is entitled to certain
severance benefits if, during a change in control period at the Company, they are terminated without cause or
resign for good reason as defined in their agreements (which provision is commonly referred to as a ‘‘double-
trigger’’ provision). A change in control period is defined in their agreements as the period (a) commencing on
the date the Company enters into a binding agreement for a change in control, an intention is announced by the
Company to effect a change in control or the board adopts a resolution that a change in control has occurred
and  (b)  ending  three  years  after  the  completion  of  the  change  in  control  or,  if  a  change  in  control  is  not
completed,  one  year  following  the  commencement  of  the  period.  The  amount  of  the  severance  payment  for
Mr. Muhlhauser is equal to three times his annual base salary and the simple average of his annual incentive for
the  three  prior  completed  financial  years  of  the  Company,  together  with  a  portion  of  his  expected  annual
incentive for the year, based on expected financial results, prorated to the date of termination. The amount of
the  severance  payment  for  each  of  Mr.  Nicoletti  and  Ms.  DelBianco  is  equal  to  three  times  their  annual  base
salary and target annual incentive, together with a portion of their target annual incentive for the year prorated
to the date of termination. The agreements provide for a cash settlement to cover benefits that would otherwise
be payable during the severance period, and the continuation of contributions to their pension and retirement
plans until the third anniversary following their termination. In addition, in these circumstances, (a) the options
granted  to  each  of  them  vest  immediately,  (b)  the  unvested  PCOs  and  PSUs  granted  to  each  of  them  vest
immediately at target level of performance, unless the terms of a PCO or PSU grant provide otherwise, or on
such other more favorable terms as the Board in its discretion may provide, and (c) the RSUs granted to each of
them shall vest immediately.

Outside  a  change  in  control  period,  upon  termination  without  cause  or  resignation  for  good  reason  as
defined in their agreements, the amount of the severance payment for Mr. Muhlhauser is equal to two times his
annual base salary and the simple average of his annual incentive for the two prior completed financial years of
the Company, together with a portion of his expected annual incentive for the year, based on expected financial
results, prorated to the date of termination. The amount of the severance payment for each of Mr. Nicoletti and
Ms. DelBianco is equal to two times their annual base salary and target annual incentive, together with a portion
of their target annual incentive for the year prorated to the date of termination. There is no accelerated vesting
of options, PCOs or PSUs and all unvested options, PCOs and PSUs are cancelled. However, options that would
have otherwise vested and become exercisable during the 12 week period following the date of termination shall
vest  and  become  exercisable  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  plan.  All  RSUs  shall  vest  immediately  on  a
pro rata basis based on the number of full years of employment completed between the date of grant and the
termination  of  employment.  In  addition,  the  Company’s  obligations  provide  for  a  cash  settlement  to  cover
benefits  and  contributions  to  or  continuation  of  their  pension  and  retirement  plans  for  a  two-year  period
following termination. In the event of retirement, the number of RSUs and PSUs vests on a pro rata basis based
on the number of days between the date of grant  and the  date of retirement.

The foregoing entitlements are conferred on Messrs. Muhlhauser and Nicoletti and Ms. DelBianco in part
upon their fulfillment of certain confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-competition obligations for a period of
three  years  following  termination  of  employment  in  the  case  of  Mr.  Muhlhauser  and  a  period  of  two  years
following termination of employment in the case of Mr. Nicoletti and Ms. DelBianco. In the event of a breach of
such  obligations,  the  Company  is  entitled  to  seek  appropriate  legal,  equitable  and  other  remedies,  including
injunctive relief.

83

The  following  tables  summarize  the  payments  to  which  Messrs.  Muhlhauser  and  Nicoletti  and
Ms. DelBianco would have been entitled upon a change in control, or if their employment had been terminated
on December 31, 2009 as a result of  a  change in control, retirement or termination without  cause.

Table 18: Mr. Muhlhauser’s Benefits

Cash Portion(1)

Value of
Exercisable/
Vested LTIP

Other Benefits(2)

Total

Change in Control — No

$ —

$19,103,435

$ —

$19,103,435

Termination

Change in Control —

$5,763,950

$19,103,435

$75,613

$24,942,998

Termination

Retirement

$ —

$11,873,433

$ —

$11,873,433

Termination without Cause

$4,763,950

$ 2,131,767

$50,409

$ 6,946,126

(1) Cash portion includes actual CTI payment for 2009.

(2) Other  benefits  include  group  health  and  welfare  benefits  and  401(k)  contribution.  There  are  no  incremental  benefits

resulting from resignation or termination with cause.

Table 19: Mr. Nicoletti’s Benefits

Cash Portion(1)

Value of
Exercisable/
Vested LTIP

Other Benefits(2)

Total

Change in Control — No

$ —

$5,924,738

$ —

$5,924,738

Termination

Change in Control —

Termination

$3,174,400

$5,924,738

$255,927

$9,355,065

Retirement

$ —

$3,281,867

$ —

$3,281,867

Termination without Cause

$2,252,800

$ 551,156

$170,212

$2,974,168

(1) Cash portion includes actual CTI payment for 2009.

(2) Other  benefits  include  group  health  benefits  and  pension  plan  contribution.  There  are  no  incremental  benefits  resulting

from resignation or termination with cause.

Table 20: Ms. DelBianco’s Benefits

Cash Portion(1)

Value of
Exercisable/
Vested LTIP

Other Benefits(2)

Total

Change in Control — No

$ —

$4,591,536

$ —

$4,591,536

Termination

Change in Control —

Termination

$2,752,800

$4,591,536

$226,514

$7,570,850

Retirement

$ —

$2,453,796

$ —

$2,453,796

Termination without Cause

$1,953,600

$ 333,914

$150,603

$2,438,117

(1) Cash portion includes actual CTI payment for 2009.

(2) Other  benefits  include  group  health  benefits  and  pension  plan  contribution.  There  are  no  incremental  benefits  resulting

from resignation or termination with cause.

84

Messrs. Peri and Boucher

The terms of employment with the Company for Messrs. Peri and Boucher are governed by the Company’s
Executive  Employment  Guidelines  (the  Executive  Guidelines).  Upon  termination  without  cause  within  two
years following a change in control of the Company (a ‘‘double-trigger’’ provision), Messrs. Peri and Boucher are
entitled to a severance payment equal to two times annual base salary and the lower of target or actual annual
incentive  for  the  previous  year,  subject  to  adjustment  for  factors  including  length  of  service,  together  with  a
portion of his annual incentive for the year prorated to the date of termination. In addition, upon a change in
control (a) all unvested options granted to Messrs. Peri and Boucher vest on the date of change in control, (b) all
unvested RSUs granted to them vest on the date of change in control, and (c) all unvested PSUs granted to them
vest on the date of change in control  at target level of performance.

Under the Executive Guidelines, the pension and group benefits of Messrs. Peri and Boucher discontinue

on the date of termination.

Outside of the two-year period following a change in control, upon termination without cause, Messrs. Peri
and Boucher are entitled to payments and benefits that are substantially similar to those provided following a
termination within two years of a change in control, except that (a) vested options may be exercised for a period
of 30 days and unvested options are forfeited on the termination date, (b) in respect of RSU grants with a 100%
vesting at the end of the term, RSUs vest on a pro rata basis based on the full number of years of employment
completed between the date of grant and the date of termination, and in respect of RSU grants with one-third
vesting  over  each  of  three  years,  unvested  RSUs  will  not  be  released,  and  (c)  PSUs  are  forfeited  on  the
termination date. In the event of retirement, (a) options continue to vest and are exercisable until the earlier of
three years following retirement and the original expiry date, (b) in respect of RSU grants with a 100% vesting at
the end of the term, RSUs vest on a pro rata basis based on the number of days between the date of grant and
the date of retirement, and in respect of RSUs grants with one-third vesting over each of three years, unvested
RSUs vest on a pro rata basis based on the number of days between the date of the most recent release and the
date  of  retirement,  and  (c)  PSUs  vest  based  on  actual  performance  and  are  prorated  for  the  number  of  days
between the date of grant and the date of retirement.

The  foregoing  entitlements  are  conferred  on  Messrs.  Peri  and  Boucher  in  part  upon  their  fulfillment  of
certain  confidentiality,  non-solicitation  and  non-competition  obligations  for  a  period  of  two  years  following
termination of their employment.

The following tables summarize the payments to which Messrs. Peri and Boucher would have been entitled
upon a change in control, or if their employment  had been terminated on December 31, 2009  as a result  of a
change in control, retirement or termination without cause.

Table 21: Mr. Peri’s Benefits

Cash Portion(1)

Value of
Exercisable/
Vested LTIP

Other Benefits

Total

Change in Control — No

$ —

$5,049,465

Termination

Change in Control — Termination

$2,231,556

$5,049,465

Retirement

$ —

$3,192,840

Termination without Cause

$2,231,556

$ —

—

—

—

—

$5,049,465

$7,281,021

$3,192,840

$2,231,556

(1) Cash portion includes actual CTI payment for 2009.

85

Table 22: Mr. Boucher’s Benefits

Cash Portion(1)

Value of
Exercisable/
Vested LTIP

Other Benefits

Total

Change in Control — No

$ —

$5,001,010

Termination

Change in Control — Termination

$2,061,983

$5,001,010

Retirement

$ —

$2,723,566

Termination without Cause

$2,061,983

$ —

—

—

—

—

$5,001,010

$7,062,993

$2,723,566

$2,061,983

(1) Cash portion includes actual CTI payment for 2009.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under  Equity Compensation Plans

Table 23: Equity Compensation Plans as at December 31, 2009

Plan  Category

Equity Compensation
Plans  Approved by
Securityholders

Manufacturers’ Services  Limited
(MSL) (plan acquired as part  of
acquisition)

Securities to be
Issued  Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding

Options, Warrants Options, Warrants

and Rights
(#)

and  Rights
($)

Securities  Remaining
Available for Future
Issuance  Under
Equity
Compensation
Plans(1)
(#)

209,178

$15.40

0

Equity Compensation

Plans  Not Approved
by Securityholders

LTIP (Options)

LTIP (RSUs)

10,226,429

$10.26/C$11.96

17,192,717

62,500

N/A

1,016,940

Total(2)

10,498,107

$10.42/C$11.96

18,209,657

13,568,142

N/A

N/A

Total:

24,066,249

N/A

18,209,657

(1) Excluding securities that may be issued upon exercise of  outstanding options, warrants and rights.

(2) The total number of securities to be issued under all equity compensation plans approved by shareholders represent 4.57% of

the total number of outstanding shares (MSL — 0.09%;  LTIP (Options) — 4.46%; and LTIP (RSUs) — 0.03%).

The  LTIP  is  the  only  securities-based  compensation  plan  providing  for  the  issuance  of  securities  from
treasury under which grants have been made and continue to be made by the Company since the company was
listed on the TSX. Under the LTIP, the Board of Directors may in its discretion from time to time grant stock
options, performance shares, performance share units and stock appreciation rights (‘‘SARs’’) to employees and
consultants of the Company and affiliated  entities.

Up to 29,000,000 subordinate voting shares may be issued from treasury pursuant to the LTIP. The number
of subordinate voting shares that may be issued from treasury under the LTIP to directors is limited to 2,000,000;
however, the Company has decided that no more option grants under the LTIP will be made to directors. Under
the  LTIP,  as  of  February  22,  2010,  2,930,185  subordinate  voting  shares  have  been  issued  from  treasury  and
10,517,047  subordinate  voting  shares  are  issuable  under  outstanding  options.  Also  as  of  February  22,  2010,
26,069,815  subordinate  voting  shares  are  reserved  for  issuance  from  treasury  under  the  LTIP.  In  addition,  the
Company may satisfy obligations under the LTIP by acquiring subordinate  voting shares  in the market.

The LTIP limits the number of subordinate voting shares that may be (a) reserved for issuance to insiders
(as defined under TSX rules for this purpose), and (b) issued within a one-year period to insiders pursuant to
options  or  rights  granted  pursuant  to  the  LTIP,  together  with  subordinate  voting  shares  reserved  for  issuance
under any other employee-related plan of the Company or options for services granted by the Company, in each

86

case to 10% of the aggregate issued and outstanding subordinate voting shares and multiple voting shares of the
Company. The LTIP also limits the number of subordinate voting shares which may be reserved for issuance to
any one participant pursuant to options or SARs granted pursuant to the LTIP, together with subordinate voting
shares  reserved  for  issuance  under  any  other  employee-related  plan  of  the  Company  or  options  for  services
granted by the Company, to 5% of the aggregate issued and outstanding subordinate voting shares and multiple
voting shares of the Company. The number of grants awarded under the LTIP in any given year cannot exceed
1.2% of the total number of subordinate voting  shares.

Options  issued  under  the  LTIP  may  be  exercised  during  a  period  determined  in  the  LTIP,  which  may  not
exceed ten years. The LTIP also provides that, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, options
will terminate within specified time periods following the termination of employment of an eligible participant
with the Company or affiliated entities. The exercise price for options issued under the LTIP is the closing price
for Celestica subordinate voting shares on the day prior to the grant. The TSX closing price is used for Canadian
employees and the NYSE closing price is used for all other employees. The exercise of options may be subject to
vesting conditions, including specific time schedules for vesting and performance-based conditions such as share
price and financial results. The grant of options to, or exercise of options by, an eligible participant may also be
subject  to  certain  share  ownership  requirements.  The  LTIP  also  provides  that  the  Company  may,  at  its
discretion,  make  loans  or  provide  guarantees  for  loans  to  assist  participants  to  purchase  subordinate  voting
shares  upon  the  exercise  of  options  or  to  assist  participants  to  pay  any  income  tax  exigible  upon  exercise  of
options provided that in no event shall any such loan be outstanding for more than 10 years from the date of the
option grant. The Company has no such loans  or guarantees  outstanding.

Under the LTIP, eligible participants may be granted SARs, a right to receive a cash amount equal to the
difference  between  the  market  price  of  the  subordinate  voting  shares  at  the  time  of  the  grant  and  the  market
price of such shares at the time of exercise of the SAR. The market price used for this purpose is the weighted
average price for Celestica subordinate voting shares on the TSX during the period five trading days preceding
the exercise date. Such amounts may also be payable by the issuance of subordinate voting shares. The exercise
of  SARs  may  also  be  subject  to  conditions  similar  to  those  which  may  be  imposed  on  the  exercise  of
stock options.

Under  the  LTIP,  eligible  participants  may  be  allocated  performance  units  in  the  form  of  PSUs  or  RSUs,
which  represent  the  right  to  receive  an  equivalent  number  of  subordinate  voting  shares  at  a  specified  release
date. The issuance of such shares may be subject to vesting requirements similar to those described above with
respect to the exercisability of options and SARs, including such time or performance-based conditions as may
be determined by the Board of Directors in its discretion. The number of subordinate voting shares which may
be issued from the treasury of the Company under the performance unit program is limited to 2,000,000 and the
number of subordinate voting shares which may be issued to any one person pursuant to the performance unit
program  shall  not  exceed  1%  of  the  aggregate  issued  and  outstanding  subordinate  voting  shares  and  multiple
voting shares of the Company.

The  interests  of  any  participant  under  the  LTIP  or  in  any  option,  SAR  or  performance  unit  are  not

transferable, subject to limited exceptions.

The following types of amendments to the LTIP or the entitlements granted under it require the approval of
the holders of the voting securities by a majority of votes cast by shareholders present or represented by proxy at
a meeting:

(a) increasing the maximum number  of subordinate  voting shares that may be issued  under the LTIP;

(b) reducing  the  exercise  price  of  an  outstanding  option  (including  cancelling  and,  in  conjunction

therewith, regranting an option at a  reduced exercise price);

(c) extending the term of any outstanding option of stock appreciation right;

(d) expanding  the  rights  of  participants  to  assign  or  transfer  an  option,  stock  appreciation  right  or

performance unit beyond that currently contemplated by the LTIP;

(e) amending the LTIP to provide for other types of security-based compensation through equity issuance;

87

(f) permitting an option to have a term of more  than 10  years  from the grant  date;

(g) increasing or deleting the percentage limit on subordinate voting shares issuable or issued to insiders

under the LTIP;

(h) increasing  or  deleting  the  percentage  limit  on  subordinate  voting  shares  reserved  for  issuance  to  any
one  person  under  the  LTIP  (being  5%  of  the  Company’s  total  issued  and  outstanding  subordinate
voting shares and multiple voting shares);

(i) adding to the categories of participants who may be eligible to participate  in the LTIP; and

(j) amending the amendment provision,

subject to the application of the anti-dilution or re-organization  provisions of  the LTIP.

The Board may approve amendments to the LTIP or the entitlements granted under it without shareholder
approval,  other  than  those  specified  above  as  requiring  approval  of  the  shareholders,  including,  without
limitation:

(a) housekeeping changes (such as a change to correct an inconsistency or omission or a change to update

an administrative provision);

(b) a  change  to  the  termination  provisions  for  the  LTIP  or  for  an  option  as  long  as  the  change  does  not
permit the Company to grant an option with a termination date of more than 10 years from the date of
grant or extend an outstanding option’s termination date beyond such  date;  and

(c) a change deemed necessary or desirable to comply  with applicable law or regulatory  requirements.

The CSUP provides for the issuance of RSUs and PSUs in the same manner as provided in the LTIP, except
that the Company may not issue shares from treasury to satisfy its obligations under the CSUP and there is no
limit on the subordinate voting shares that may be issued under the terms of the CSUP. The issuance of RSUs
and PSUs may be subject to vesting requirements, including any time-based conditions established by the Board
of Directors at its discretion. The vesting of PSUs also requires the achievement of specified performance-based
conditions as determined by the Compensation Committee and approved by the  Board of Directors.

C. Board Practices

Members of the Board of Directors are elected until the next annual meeting or until their successors are

elected or appointed.

Except  for  the  right  to  receive  deferred  compensation,  no  director  is  entitled  to  benefits  from  Celestica

when they cease to serve as a director. See  Item 6(B)  ‘‘Compensation.’’

Board Committees

The  Board  of  Directors  has  established  four  standing  committees,  each  with  a  specific  mandate:  the
Executive  Committee,  Audit  Committee,  Compensation  Committee  and  Nominating  and  Corporate
Governance Committee. All of these committees  are composed of  independent directors.

Executive Committee

The  members  of  the  Executive  Committee  are  Mr.  Crandall  and  Mr.  Etherington,  both  of  whom  are
independent directors. The purpose of the Executive Committee is to provide a degree of flexibility and ability
to respond to time-sensitive matters where it is impractical to call a meeting of the full Board of Directors. The
Committee  reviews  such  matters  and  makes  such  recommendations  thereon  to  the  Board  of  Directors  as  it
considers appropriate, including matters designated by the Board of Directors as requiring Committee review.
Members  of  the  Committee  also  meet  approximately  once  a  month  on  an  informal  basis  to  review  and  stay
informed  about  current  business  issues.  The  Board  of  Directors  is  briefed  on  these  issues  at  their  regularly
scheduled  meetings  or,  if  the  matter  is  material,  between  regularly  scheduled  meetings.  No  decision  of  the
Committee is effective until it is approved or  ratified  by  the Board  of  Directors.

88

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee consists of Mr. Crandall, Mr. Etherington, Mr. Tapscott, Ms. Koellner and Mr. Ryan,
all of whom are independent directors and are financially literate. Ms. Koellner and Mr. Ryan joined the Audit
Committee on March 9, 2010. Mr. Crandall and Mr. Etherington have each served as a chief financial officer of
a large U.S. and/or Canadian organization. Mr. Tapscott is the Chairman of a strategic consulting firm and has
held  other  executive  officer  positions  with  Canadian  companies.  Ms.  Koellner  currently  serves  as  the  Chair  of
the Audit Committee of Sara Lee Corporation and she and Mr. Ryan has each held executive officer positions.
The Audit Committee has a well-defined mandate which, among other things, sets out its relationship with, and
expectations of, the external auditors, including the establishment of the independence of the external auditors
and approval of any non-audit mandates of the external auditor; the engagement, evaluation, remuneration and
termination of the external auditor; its relationship with, and expectations of, the internal auditor function and
its oversight of internal control; and the disclosure of financial and related information. The Audit Committee
has direct communication channels with the internal and external auditors to discuss and review specific issues
and  has  the  authority  to  retain  such  independent  advisors  as  it  considers  appropriate.  The  Audit  Committee
reviews  and  approves  the  mandate  and  plan  of  the  internal  audit  department  on  an  annual  basis.  The  Audit
Committee’s duties include responsibility for reviewing financial statements with management and the auditors,
monitoring  the  integrity  of  Celestica’s  management  information  systems  and  internal  control  procedures,  and
reviewing the adequacy of Celestica’s processes for identifying  and  managing risk.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee consists of Mr. Crandall, Mr. Etherington, Mr. Tapscott, Ms. Koellner and
Mr.  Ryan,  all  of  whom  are  independent  directors.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  Compensation  Committee  to
define  and  communicate  compensation  policies  and  principles  that  reflect  and  support  our  strategic  direction,
business goals and desired culture. The mandate of the Compensation Committee includes the following: review
and  recommend  to  the  Board  of  Directors  Celestica’s  overall  reward/compensation  policy,  including  an
executive compensation policy that is consistent with competitive practice and supports organizational objectives
and shareholder interests; review annually, and submit to the Board of Directors for approval, the elements of
our  incentive  compensation  plans  and  equity-based  plans,  including  plan  design,  performance  targets,
administration and total funds/shares reserved for payment; review and recommend to the Board of Directors
the compensation of the CEO based on the Board of Directors’ assessment of the annual performance of the
CEO; review and recommend to the Board of Directors the compensation of our most senior executives; review
our succession plans for key executive positions; and review and approve material changes to our organizational
structure and human resource policies.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  consists  of  Mr.  Crandall,  Mr.  Etherington,
Mr.  Love,  Mr.  Tapscott,  Ms.  Koellner  and  Mr.  Ryan,  all  of  whom  are  independent  directors.  The  Nominating
and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  recommends  to  the  Board  of  Directors  the  criteria  for  selecting
candidates  for  nomination  to  the  Board  of  Directors  and  the  individuals  to  be  nominated  for  election  by  the
shareholders. The Committee’s mandate includes making recommendations to the Board of Directors relating
to  the  Company’s  approach  to  corporate  governance,  developing  the  Company’s  corporate  governance
guidelines, assessing the performance of the CEO relative to corporate goals and objectives established by the
Committee, and assessing the effectiveness  of  the Board of Directors and its committees.

89

D. Employees

Celestica  has  over  33,000  permanent  and  temporary  (contract)  employees  worldwide  as  at  December  31,

2009. The following table sets forth information concerning  our employees by geographic location:

Date

Number of Employees

Americas

Europe

Asia

December 31, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
December 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10,000
12,000
11,000

6,000
4,000
3,000

26,000
22,000
19,000

As at December 31, 2009, approximately 8,000 temporary (contract) employees were engaged by Celestica
worldwide.  Celestica  used,  on  average,  approximately  7,600  temporary  (contract)  employees  throughout  2009.
During 2009, approximately 3,200 employees were terminated as a result of restructuring actions. See note 10
to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item  18 for  further information  on the restructurings.

Certain information concerning employees is set forth in Item 4, ‘‘Information on the Company — Business

Overview — Human Resources.’’

E. Share Ownership

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the direct and beneficial ownership of shares
of Celestica at February 22, 2010 by each director who holds shares and each of the Named Executive Officers
and all directors and executive officers of Celestica as a group. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each of
the shareholders named below is Celestica’s principal executive office. In this table, multiple voting shares are
referred to as ‘‘MVS’’ and subordinate  voting shares  are referred to as ‘‘SVS.’’

Name  of Beneficial Owner(1)(2)

Robert L. Crandall(3)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
William A. Etherington(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Laurette Koellner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Richard S. Love(5)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eamon J. Ryan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gerald W. Schwartz(6)(7)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Don Tapscott(8)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Craig H. Muhlhauser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paul Nicoletti
John Peri
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elizabeth L. DelBianco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
John Boucher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All directors and executive officers as a group

(17 persons, including above)(9) . . . . . . . . . .

Total percentage of all equity shares and  total

percentage of voting power . . . . . . . . . . . . .

* Less than 1%.

Voting Shares

Percentage
of Class

Percentage of
all Equity Shares

Percentage of
Voting  Power

130,000 SVS
45,000 SVS
0  SVS
30,000 SVS
0 SVS
18,946,368 MVS
1,571,977 SVS
55,700 SVS
1,686,213 SVS
294,415 SVS
445,663 SVS
82,041 SVS
319,200 SVS

*
*
*
*
*
100.0%
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

18,946,368 MVS
5,190,773 SVS

100.0%
2.5%

*
*
*
*
*
8.2%
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

8.2%
2.3%

10.5%

*
*
*
*
*
69.2%
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

69.2%
*

69.9%

(1) As  used  in  this  table,  ‘‘beneficial  ownership’’  means  sole  or  shared  power  to  vote  or  direct  the  voting  of  the  security,  or  the  sole  or
shared investment power with respect to a security (i.e., the power to dispose, or direct a disposition, of a security). A person is deemed
at any date to have ‘‘beneficial ownership’’ of any security that such person has a right to acquire within 60 days of such date. Certain
shares  subject  to  options  granted  pursuant  to  management  investment  plans  of  Onex  are  included  as  owned  beneficially  by  named
individuals, although the exercise of these options is subject to Onex meeting certain financial targets. More than one person may be
deemed to  have beneficial ownership of the same securities.

90

(2)

Information as to shares beneficially owned or shares over which control or direction is exercised is not within Celestica’s knowledge
and therefore has been provided by each nominee and officer.

(3)

Includes  60,000 subordinate voting shares subject to exercisable options.

(4)

Includes  35,000 subordinate voting shares subject to exercisable options.

(5)

Includes  25,000 subordinate voting shares subject to exercisable options.

(6) The address of this shareholder is: c/o Onex Corporation, 161 Bay Street, P.O. Box 700, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 2S1.

(7)

Includes  120,657  subordinate  voting  shares  owned  by  a  company  controlled  by  Mr.  Schwartz  and  all  of  the  shares  of  Celestica
beneficially owned by Onex, or in respect of which Onex exercises control or direction, of which 688,807 subordinate voting shares are
subject to options granted to Mr. Schwartz pursuant to certain management incentive plans of Onex and 1,025,148 subordinate voting
shares held in trust for Celestica Employee Nominee Corporation as agent for and on behalf of certain executives and employees of
Celestica  pursuant  to  certain  of  Celestica’s  employee  share  purchase  and  option  plans.  Mr.  Schwartz,  a  director  of  Celestica,  is  the
Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Onex,  and  owns  multiple  voting  shares  of  Onex  carrying  the  right  to  elect  a
majority of the Onex board of directors. Accordingly, Mr. Schwartz may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of shares of Celestica
owned  by  Onex;  Mr.  Schwartz,  however,  disclaims  such  beneficial  ownership  of  the  Celestica  shares  held  by  Onex  and  Celestica
Employee Nominee Corporation.

(8)

Includes  50,000 subordinate voting shares subject to  exercisable options.

(9)

Includes  2,871,564 subordinate voting shares subject to exercisable options.

Multiple voting shares and subordinate voting shares have different voting rights. Subordinate voting shares
represent  31%  of  the  aggregate  voting  rights  attached  to  Celestica’s  shares.  See  Item  10,  ‘‘Additional
Information — Memorandum and Articles of Incorporation.’’

At February 22, 2010, approximately 1,400 persons held options to acquire an aggregate of approximately
10,700,000  subordinate  voting  shares.  Most  of  these  options  were  issued  pursuant  to  our  Long-Term  Incentive

91

Plan.  See  Item  6(B),  ‘‘Compensation.’’  The  following  table  sets  forth  information  with  respect  to  options
outstanding as at February 22, 2010.

Beneficial Holders

Executive Officers (10 persons

in total)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Directors who are not Senior

Management

. . . . . . . . . . .

All other  Celestica Employees

(other than MSL)
(approximately 1,300 persons
in  total)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MSL  Employees(1)

. . . . . . . . .

Number of
Subordinate
Voting Shares
Under Option

Exercise Price

Year of Issuance

Date of Expiry

3,750
9,750
38,375
77,000
13,625
75,500
35,000
86,400
65,000
278,035
1,199,201
141,500
1,050,000
133,679
1,984,304
657,949

50,000
50,000
20,000
5,000
22,500
22,500

10,300
52,210
14,400
95,390
60,800
743,185
98,500
858,592
107,508
254,740
49,920
358,063
44,943
462,381
192,869
610,750
202,128
173,611
64,525
90,414
158,037

$21.83
$10.40-$19.81
$13.52-C$23.29
$18.66/C$29.11
$12.99-C$15.35
$17.15/C$22.75
$17.10-C$24.92
$14.86/C$18.00
$13.00-C$16.20
$10.00/C$11.43
$6.05/C$7.10
$5.88/C$6.27
$6.51/C$6.51
$5.26-C$8.06
$4.13/C$5.13
$10.20/C$10.77

$48.69/C$72.60
$44.23/C$66.78
$35.95
$32.40
$10.62
$18.25

$48.69-$63.44
$56.19/C$86.50
$24.91-$44.23
$41.89/C$66.06
$13.10-C$39.57
$18.66/C$29.11
$10.62-$19.90
$17.15/C$22.75
$13.28-C$24.92
$14.86/C$18.00
$9.71-C$16.23
$10.00/C$11.43
$9.23-C$12.54
$6.05/C$7.10
$5.47-C$7.76
$6.51/C$6.51
$4.90-C$9.38
C$5.13
$4.04-$8.05
$10.20/C$10.77
$9.73-$58.00

October 13, 2000
During 2001
During 2002
December 3, 2002
During 2003
January 31,  2004
During 2004
December 9, 2004
During 2005
January 31,  2006
February 2,  2007
July 31, 2007
February 5,  2008
During 2008
February 3,  2009
February 2, 2010

July 7, 2000
July 7, 2001
October 22, 2001
April 21,  2002
April 18,  2003
May  10, 2004

October  13, 2010
May 22, 2011-October 31, 2011
May 10, 2012-December 18, 2012
December 3,  2012
February 11, 2013-April 18, 2013
January  31, 2014
March 15, 2014-June 8, 2014
December 9,  2014
June 6, 2015-July 5, 2015
January  31, 2016
February 2, 2017
July  31, 2017
February 5, 2018
September 5, 2018-November 5,  2018
February 3, 2019
February 2,  2020

July  7, 2010
July  7, 2011
October  22, 2011
April 21, 2012
April 18, 2013
May 10, 2014

During 2000
December 5, 2000
During 2001
December 4, 2001
During 2002
December  3, 2002
During 2003
January 31,  2004
During 2004
December  9, 2004
During 2005
January 31,  2006
During 2006
February 2, 2007
During 2007
February 5, 2008
During 2008
February 3, 2009
During 2009
February 2, 2010
During 2000 to 2003

July 7, 2010-August 1, 2010
December 5,  2010
April  9, 2011-October 10, 2011
December 4,  2011
May 8, 2012-December 10, 2012
December 3,  2012
January 31,  2013-December 10, 2013
January  31, 2014
January 19,  2014-November 5, 2014
December 9,  2014
January  5, 2015-December 5, 2015
January  31, 2016
February 6, 2016-December 5, 2016
February 2,  2017
February 26, 2017-December 7,  2017
February 5,  2018
March 5, 2018-December 5, 2018
February 3,  2019
February 5, 2019-November 5, 2019
February 2,  2020
June 1, 2010-September 8, 2013

(1) Represents  options outstanding under certain stock option plans  that were assumed by Celestica on March 12, 2004.

92

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

A. Major Shareholders

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  concerning  the  direct  and  beneficial  ownership  of  the
shares  of  Celestica  at  February  22,  2010  by  each  person  known  to  Celestica  to  own  beneficially,  directly  or
indirectly,  5%  or  more  of  the  subordinate  voting  shares  or  the  multiple  voting  shares.  In  this  table,  multiple
voting shares are referred to as ‘‘MVS’’ and subordinate voting shares are referred to as ‘‘SVS.’’ Multiple voting
shares  and  subordinate  voting  shares  have  different  voting  rights.  Subordinate  voting  shares  represent  31%  of
the  aggregate  voting  rights  attached  to  Celestica’s  shares.  See  Item  10, 
‘‘Additional  Information —
Memorandum and Articles of Incorporation.’’

Name  of Beneficial Owner(1)

Type of Ownership

Number of Shares

Percentage
of Class

Percentage of
all Equity
Shares

Percentage of
Voting Power

Onex Corporation(2)(3)

. . . . . . . . . . Direct and Indirect

Gerald W. Schwartz(2)(4)

. . . . . . . . . Direct and  Indirect

18,946,368 MVS
1,451,320 SVS

18,946,368 MVS
1,571,977 SVS

100.0%
*

100.0%
*

8.2%
*

8.2%
*

MacKenzie Financial

Corporation(5)(6) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Indirect

29,298,003 SVS

13.9%

12.7%

Greystone Managed

Investments Inc.(7)(8)

. . . . . . . . . .

Indirect

Letko, Brosseau & Ass. Inc.(9)(10) . . .

Indirect

Total percentage of all equity shares
and total percentage of voting
power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

* Less than 1%.

13,831,978  SVS

13,336,991 SVS

6.6%

6.3%

6.0%

5.8%

33.5%

77.7%

69.2%
*

69.2%
*

4.3%

2.0%

1.9%

(1) As  used  in  this  table,  ‘‘beneficial  ownership’’  means  sole  or  shared  power  to  vote  or  direct  the  voting  of  the  security,  or  the  sole  or
shared investment power with respect to a security (i.e., the power to dispose, or direct a disposition, of a security). A person is deemed
at any date to have ‘‘beneficial ownership’’ of any security that such person has a right to acquire within 60 days of such date. More
than  one person may be deemed to have beneficial ownership  of the same securities.

(2) The address of this shareholder is: c/o Onex Corporation, 161 Bay Street, P.O. Box 700, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 2S1.

(3)

Includes 945,010 multiple voting shares held by wholly-owned subsidiaries of Onex, 1,025,148 subordinate voting shares held in trust
for Celestica Employee Nominee Corporation as agent for and on behalf of certain executives and employees of Celestica pursuant to
certain of Celestica’s employee share purchase and option plans, and 102,597 subordinate voting shares directly or indirectly held by
certain officers of Onex, which Onex or such other  person has the right to vote.

The  share  provisions  provide  ‘‘coat-tail’’  protection  to  the  holders  of  the  subordinate  voting  shares  by  providing  that  the  multiple
voting shares will be converted automatically into subordinate voting shares upon any transfer thereof, except (i) a transfer to Onex or
any  affiliate  of  Onex  or  (ii)  a  transfer  of  100%  of  the  outstanding  multiple  voting  shares  to  a  purchaser  who  also  has  offered  to
purchase all of the outstanding subordinate voting shares for a per share consideration identical to, and otherwise on the same terms
as, that offered for the multiple voting shares and the multiple voting shares held by such purchaser thereafter shall be subject to the
provisions relating to conversion as if all references to Onex were references to such purchaser. In addition, if (i) any holder of any
multiple voting shares ceases to be an affiliate of Onex or (ii) Onex and its affiliates cease to have the right, in all cases, to exercise the
votes attached to, or to direct the voting of, any of the multiple voting shares held by Onex and its affiliates, such multiple voting shares
shall convert automatically into subordinate voting shares on a one-for-one basis. For these purposes, (i)’’Onex’’ includes any successor
corporation  resulting  from  an  amalgamation,  merger,  arrangement,  sale  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  its  assets,  or  other  business
combination  or  reorganization  involving  Onex,  provided  that  such  successor  corporation  beneficially  owns  directly  or  indirectly  all
multiple voting shares beneficially owned directly or indirectly by Onex immediately prior to such transaction and is controlled by the
same person or persons as controlled by Onex prior to the consummation of such transaction; (ii) a corporation shall be deemed to be
a subsidiary of another corporation if, but only if, (a) it is controlled by that other, or that other and one or more corporations each of
which is controlled by that other, or two or more corporations each of which is controlled by that other, or (b) it is a subsidiary of a
corporation that is that other’s subsidiary; (iii) ‘‘affiliate’’ means a subsidiary of Onex or a corporation controlled by the same person or
company that controls Onex; and (iv) ‘‘control’’ means beneficial ownership of, or control or direction over, securities carrying more
than 50% of the votes that may be cast to elect directors if those votes, if cast, could elect more than 50% of the directors. For these
purposes, a person is deemed to beneficially own any security which is beneficially owned by a corporation by such person. Onex, which

93

owns all of the outstanding multiple voting shares, has entered into an agreement with Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as
trustee  for  the  benefit  of  the  holders  of  the  subordinate  voting  shares,  that  has  the  effect  of  preventing  transactions  that  otherwise
would  deprive  the  holders  of  subordinate  voting  shares  of  rights  under  applicable  provincial  take-over  bid  legislation  to  which  they
would  have  been  entitled  in  the  event  of  a  take-over  bid  for  the  multiple  voting  shares  if  the  multiple  voting  shares  had  been
subordinate  voting shares.

(4)

Includes  120,657  subordinate  voting  shares  owned  by  a  company  controlled  by  Mr.  Schwartz  and  all  of  the  shares  of  Celestica
beneficially owned by Onex, or in respect of which Onex exercises control or direction, of which 688,807 subordinate voting shares are
subject  to  options  granted  to  Mr.  Schwartz  pursuant  to  certain  management  incentive  plans  of  Onex.  Mr.  Schwartz  is  a  director  of
Celestica and the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Onex, and owns multiple voting shares of Onex carrying the
right to elect a majority of the Onex board of directors. Accordingly, Mr. Schwartz may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the
Celestica shares owned by Onex; Mr. Schwartz, however, disclaims such beneficial ownership of the Celestica shares held by Onex and
Celestica Employee Nominee Corporation.

(5) The address of this shareholder is: 180 Queen Street West, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5V 3K1.

(6) This  information  reflects  share  ownership  as  of  December  31,  2009  and  is  taken  from  Schedule  13G  filed  by  MacKenzie  Financial

Corporation with the SEC on February 2, 2010.

(7) The address of this shareholder is: 300-1230 Blackfoot Drive,  Regina, Saskatchewan, Canada S4S 7G4.

(8) This  information  reflects  share  ownership  as  of  December  31,  2009  and  is  taken  from  Schedule  13G  filed  by  Greystone  Managed

Investments Inc. with the SEC on March 1, 2010.

(9) The address of this shareholder is: 1800 McGill College  Avenue, Suite 2510, Montreal, Quebec, Canada H3A 3J6.

(10) This  information  reflects  share  ownership  as  of  December  31,  2009  and  is  taken  from  Schedule  13G  filed  by  Letko,  Brosseau  &

Ass. Inc. with the SEC on February 11, 2010.

During  the  year,  Onex  converted  approximately  11  million  multiple  voting  shares  into  subordinate  voting
shares.  Onex  sold  these  subordinate  voting  shares  as  part  of  a  secondary  offering,  resulting  in  a  reduction  in
ownership percentages from the prior year. MacKenzie Financial Corporation and Letko, Brosseau & Ass. Inc.
were  major  shareholders  in  2007,  2008  and  2009.  Barclays  Global  Investors  ceased  to  hold  5%  of  subordinate
voting  shares  during  2009.  Greystone  Managed  Investments  Inc.  became  a  holder  of  5%  or  more  of  the
subordinate voting shares during 2009.

Holders

On  February  22,  2010,  there  were  approximately  1,900  holders  of  record  of  subordinate  voting  shares,  of
which 466 holders, holding approximately 49% of the outstanding subordinate voting shares, were resident in the
United States and 431 holders, holding approximately 51% of the outstanding subordinate voting shares, were
resident  in Canada.

B. Related Party Transactions

Onex, which, directly or indirectly, owns all of the outstanding multiple voting shares, has entered into an
agreement with Celestica and with Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee for the benefit of the
holders of the subordinate voting shares, to ensure that the holders of the subordinate voting shares will not be
deprived  of  any  rights  under  applicable  Ontario  provincial  take-over  bid  legislation  to  which  they  would  be
entitled in the event of a take-over bid as if the multiple voting shares and subordinate voting shares were of a
single class of shares.

On January 1, 2009, Celestica and Onex entered into a Services Agreement for the services of Mr. Schwartz
as a director of the Company. The term of the Services Agreement is for one year and shall automatically renew
for  successive  one-year  terms  unless  either  party  provides  a  notice  of  intent  not  to  renew. Onex  receives
compensation  under  the  Services  Agreement  in  an  amount  equal  to  $200,000  per  year,  payable  in  equal
quarterly  instalments  in  arrears  in  DSUs.  The  number  of  DSUs  is  determined  using  the  closing  price  of  the
subordinate voting shares on the NYSE on the last day of the fiscal quarter in respect of which the instalment is
to be paid.

Certain  information  concerning  other  related  party  transactions  is  set  forth  in  Item  5,  ‘‘Operating
and  Financial  Review  and  Prospects — Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and
Result of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Related Party Transactions.’’

94

Indebtedness of Directors and Senior  Officers

As  at  February  22,  2010,  no  executive  officer  or  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Celestica  was
indebted  to  Celestica  in  connection  with  the  purchase  of  subordinate  voting  shares  or  in  connection  with  any
other transaction.

C.

Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

Item 8. Financial Information

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

See Item 18, ‘‘Financial Statements.’’

Litigation

We  are  party  to  litigation  from  time  to  time.  We  currently  are  not  party  to  any  legal  proceedings  which
management  expects  will  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  results  of  operations,  business,  prospects  or
financial  condition  of  Celestica.  We  are  a  party  to  certain  securities  class  action  lawsuits  commenced  against
Celestica that contain claims against the Company and other persons. These lawsuits allege, among other things,
that  during  the  purported  class  period  we  made  statements  concerning  our  actual  and  anticipated  future
financial results that failed to disclose certain purportedly material adverse information with respect to demand
and  inventory  in  our  Mexican  operations  and  our  information  technology  and  communications  divisions.  See
Item 5, ‘‘Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations.’’ We believe that the allegations in these claims are without merit and we
intend to defend against them vigorously. However, there can be no assurance that the outcome of the litigation
will  be  favorable  to  us  or  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  position  or  liquidity.  In
addition,  we  may  incur  substantial  litigation  expenses  in  defending  these  claims.  We  have  liability  insurance
coverage that may cover some of our  litigation expenses,  potential judgments  or settlement costs.

Dividend Policy

We  have  not  declared  or  paid  any  dividends  to  our  shareholders.  We  will  retain  earnings  for  general
corporate  purposes  to  promote  future  growth;  as  such,  our  Board  of  Directors  does  not  anticipate  paying  any
dividends  for  the  foreseeable  future.  Our  Board  of  Directors  will  review  this  policy  from  time  to  time,  having
regard to our financial condition, financing requirements  and other relevant factors.

B. Significant Changes

None.

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

A. Offer and Listing Details

Market Information

The subordinate voting shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the ‘‘NYSE’’) and the Toronto

Stock Exchange (the ‘‘TSX’’). In the  following  tables, subordinate voting shares are referred  to  as ‘‘SVS.’’

95

The annual high and low market prices  for the five  most  recent fiscal years based on  market closing prices.

Year ended December 31, 2005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year ended December 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year ended December 31, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year ended December 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year ended December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NYSE

High

Low

Volume

(Price per SVS)
$9.26
$14.65
7.68
12.02
5.32
8.01
3.27
9.74
2.59
10.09

High

TSX

Low

(Price per SVS)

221,567,700
189,612,500
327,398,900
424,530,000
277,960,000

Volume

Year ended December 31, 2005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C$14.66 C$9.29
8.90
Year ended December 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.68
Year ended December 31, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.31
Year ended December 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.41
Year ended December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13.93
9.48
9.68
10.80

183,773,547
183,891,193
300,052,192
276,670,000
193,290,000

The high and low market prices for each full fiscal quarter  for the two most recent  fiscal  years  based on
market closing prices.

Year ended December 31, 2008

First  quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year ended December 31, 2009

First  quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NYSE

High

Low

Volume

(Price per SVS)

$6.86
9.74
8.64
6.14

$4.90
7.74
10.09
9.77

107,030,000
137,190,000
94,330,000
85,980,000

71,890,000
86,630,000
60,450,000
58,990,000

$4.92
6.46
6.44
3.27

$2.59
3.73
6.15
7.89

TSX

High

Low

Volume

(Price per SVS)

Year ended December 31, 2008

First  quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C$6.96 C$4.91
6.65
Second quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.51
Third quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.31
Fourth quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9.68
9.14
6.95

65,310,000
81,230,000
54,130,000
76,000,000

Year ended December 31, 2009

First  quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C$5.98 C$3.41
4.65
Second quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.23
Third quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.54
Fourth quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.60
10.80
10.13

45,030,000
57,970,000
44,120,000
46,170,000

96

The high and low market prices for each month for  the most recent six months based on market  closing
prices.

August 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
September 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
October 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
November 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
December 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
January 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NYSE

High

Low

Volume

(Price per SVS)
$7.75
$8.85
8.50
10.09
7.89
9.77
8.05
9.18
8.19
9.63
9.06
9.91

TSX

12,467,309
23,916,370
20,818,851
16,545,028
21,626,326
20,870,861

High

Low

Volume

(Price per SVS)

August 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C$9.61 C$8.55
9.39
September 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.55
October 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.54
November 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.57
December 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.63
January 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10.80
10.07
9.59
10.13
10.54

9,990,424
22,626,783
14,905,345
9,221,702
22,043,920
15,499,603

B. Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C. Markets

The subordinate voting shares are listed  on  the NYSE and the TSX.

D. Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E. Dilution

Not applicable.

F. Expense of the Issue

Not applicable.

Item 10. Additional Information

A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

B. Memorandum and Articles of Incorporation

Information  regarding  Celestica’s  memorandum  and  articles  of  incorporation  is  hereby  incorporated  by
reference  to  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  20-F  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  2005,  as  filed  with  the
SEC on March 21, 2006.

97

Shareholder Rights and Limitations

The  rights  and  preferences  attaching  to  our  subordinate  voting  shares  and  multiple  voting  shares  are
described in the section entitled ‘‘Description of Capital Stock’’ of our registration statement on Form F-3 (Reg.
No. 333-69278), filed with the SEC on September 12, 2001, which section is hereby incorporated by reference
into this Annual Report.

Additional information concerning the rights and limitations of shareholders found in Celestica’s articles of
incorporation  is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  to  our  registration  statement  on  Form  F-4  (Reg.
No. 333-9636).

C. Material Contracts

Information about material contracts, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business,
to which Celestica or any member of Celestica’s group is a party, for the two years immediately preceding the
publication of this Annual Report are described in Item 5, ‘‘Operating and Financial Review and Prospects —
Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capital  Resources.’’

D. Exchange Controls

Canada  has  no  system  of  exchange  controls.  There  are  no  Canadian  restrictions  on  the  repatriation  of
capital  or  earnings  of  a  Canadian  public  company  to  non-resident  investors.  There  are  no  laws  of  Canada  or
exchange  restrictions  affecting  the  remittance  of  dividends,  interest,  royalties  or  similar  payments  to
non-resident holders of Celestica’s securities,  except as described under Item  10(E), ‘‘Taxation,’’  below.

E. Taxation

Material Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of the material Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable
to  a  person  (a  ‘‘U.S.  Holder’’)  who  acquires  subordinate  voting  shares  and  who,  for  purposes  of  the  Income
Tax  Act  (Canada)  (the  ‘‘Canadian  Tax  Act’’)  and  the  Canada-United  States  Income  Tax  Convention  (1980)
(the ‘‘Tax Treaty’’), at all relevant times is resident in the United States and is neither resident nor deemed to be
resident in Canada, is eligible for benefits under the Tax Treaty, deals at arm’s length and is not affiliated with
Celestica, holds such subordinate voting shares as capital property, and does not use or hold, and is not deemed
to  use  or  hold,  the  subordinate  voting  shares  in  carrying  on  business  in  Canada.  Special  rules,  which  are  not
discussed in this summary, may apply to a U.S. Holder that is a financial institution (as defined in the Canadian
Tax Act), or is an insurer to whom the subordinate voting shares are designated insurance property (as defined in
the Canadian Tax Act).

This  summary  is  based  on  the  current  provisions  of  the  Tax  Treaty,  the  Canadian  Tax  Act  and  the
regulations  thereunder,  all  specific  proposals  to  amend  the  Canadian  Tax  Act  or  the  regulations  publicly
announced  by  the  Minister  of  Finance  (Canada)  prior  to  March  4,  2010,  and  Celestica’s  understanding  of  the
current published administrative practices  of  the Canada Revenue Agency.

This summary is not exhaustive of all possible Canadian federal income tax considerations and, except as
mentioned  above,  does  not  take  into  account  or  anticipate  any  changes  in  law,  whether  by  legislative,
administrative or judicial decision or action, nor does it take into account the tax legislation or considerations of
any province or territory of Canada or any jurisdiction other than Canada, which may differ significantly from
the considerations described in this summary.

This summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or
tax  advice  to  any  particular  holder,  and  no  representation  with  respect  to  the  Canadian  federal  income  tax
consequences to any particular holder is made. Consequently, U.S. Holders of subordinate voting shares should
consult  their  own  tax  advisors  with  respect  to  the  income  tax  consequences  to  them  having  regard  to  their
particular circumstances.

All amounts relevant in computing a U.S. Holder’s liability under the Canadian Tax Act are to be computed

in Canadian dollars.

98

Taxation of Dividends

By virtue of the Canadian Tax Act and the Tax Treaty, dividends (including stock dividends) on subordinate
voting shares paid or credited or deemed to be paid or credited to a U.S. Holder who  is the beneficial owner
(or is deemed to be the beneficial owner) of such dividends will generally be subject to Canadian non-resident
withholding  tax  at  the  rate  of  15%  of  the  gross  amount  of  such  dividends.  Under  the  Tax  Treaty,  the  rate  of
withholding  tax  on  dividends  is  reduced  to  5%  if  that  U.S.  Holder  is  a  company  that  beneficially  owns  (or  is
deemed  to  beneficially  own)  at  least  10%  of  the  voting  stock  of  Celestica.  Moreover,  under  the  Tax  Treaty,
dividends  paid  to  certain  religious,  scientific,  literary,  educational  or  charitable  organizations  and  certain
pension organizations that are resident in, and generally exempt from tax in, the U.S., generally are exempt from
Canadian non-resident withholding tax. Provided that certain administrative procedures are observed by such an
organization,  Celestica  would  not  be  required  to  withhold  such  tax  from  dividends  paid  or  credited  to  such
organization.

Disposition of Subordinate Voting Shares

A U.S. Holder will not be subject to tax under the Canadian Tax Act in respect of any capital gain realized
on  the  disposition  or  deemed  disposition  of  subordinate  voting  shares  unless  the  subordinate  voting  shares
constitute or are deemed to constitute ‘‘taxable Canadian property’’ (as defined in the Canadian Tax Act) (other
than treaty-protected property, as defined in the Canadian Tax Act) at the time of such disposition. Shares of a
corporation  resident  in  Canada  that  are  listed  on  a  designated  stock  exchange  for  purposes  of  the  Canadian
Tax  Act  will  be  ‘‘taxable  Canadian  property’’  under  the  Canadian  Tax  Act  if,  at  any  time  during  the  five-year
period immediately preceding the disposition or deemed disposition of the share, the U.S. Holder, persons with
whom the U.S. Holder did not deal at arm’s length, or the U.S. Holder together with such persons owned 25%
or more of the issued shares of any class or series of shares of the corporation that issued the shares. Provided
that  they  are  listed  on  a  designated  stock  exchange  for  purposes  of  the  Canadian  Tax  Act  (which  includes  the
TSX and NYSE), subordinate voting shares acquired by a U.S. Holder generally will not be taxable Canadian
property to a U.S. Holder unless the foregoing 25% ownership threshold applies to the U.S. Holder with respect
to  Celestica  or  the  subordinate  voting  shares  are  otherwise  deemed  by  the  Canadian  Tax  Act  to  be  taxable
Canadian property. Even if the subordinate voting shares are taxable Canadian property to a U.S. Holder, they
generally  will  be  treaty-protected  property  if  the  value  of  such  shares  at  the  time  of  disposition  is  not  derived
principally from real property situated in Canada. Consequently, any gain realized by the U.S. Holder upon the
disposition of the subordinate voting shares  generally  will be exempt from  tax under the Canadian Tax Act.

Material United States Federal Income  Tax  Considerations

The  following  discussion  describes  the  material  United  States  federal  income  tax  consequences  to
United States Holders (as defined below) of subordinate voting shares. A United States Holder is a citizen or
resident  of  the  United  States,  a  corporation  (or  other  entity  taxable  as  a  corporation),  partnership  or  limited
liability company created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision
thereof,  an  estate,  the  income  of  which  is  includible  in  gross  income  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes
regardless  of  its  source,  or  a  trust,  if  either  (i)  a  court  within  the  United  States  is  able  to  exercise  primary
supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all
substantial  decisions  of  the  trust,  or  (ii)  the  trust  has  made  an  election  under  applicable  U.S.  Treasury
regulations to be treated as a United States person. If a partnership (or limited liability company that is treated
as a partnership) holds subordinate voting shares, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the
status  of  the  partner  and  upon  the  activities  of  the  partnership.  If  you  are  a  partner  of  a  partnership  holding
subordinate  voting  shares,  we  suggest  that  you  consult  with  your  tax  advisor.  This  summary  is  for  general
information purposes only. It does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations
that may be relevant to your decision to purchase, hold or dispose of subordinate voting shares. This summary
considers  only  United  States  Holders  who  will  own  subordinate  voting  shares  as  capital  assets  within  the
meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the ‘‘Internal Revenue Code’’). In
this  context,  the  term  ‘‘capital  assets’’  means,  in  general,  assets  held  for  investment  by  a  taxpayer.  Material
aspects of U.S. federal income tax relevant  to non-United  States Holders are  also discussed below.

99

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, current and proposed Treasury
regulations  promulgated  thereunder  and  administrative  and  judicial  decisions  as  of  December  23,  2009,  all  of
which  are  subject  to  change,  possibly  on  a  retroactive  basis.  This  discussion  does  not  address  all  aspects  of
U.S.  federal  income  taxation  that  may  be  relevant  to  any  particular  United  States  Holder  based  on  the
United  States  Holder’s  individual  circumstances.  In  particular,  this  discussion  does  not  address  the  potential
application of the alternative minimum tax or U.S. federal income tax consequences to United States Holders
who  are  subject  to  special  treatment,  including  taxpayers  who  are  broker  dealers  or  insurance  companies,
taxpayers who have elected mark-to-market accounting, individual retirement and other tax-deferred accounts,
tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions  or ‘‘financial services  entities,’’  taxpayers  who hold subordinate
voting  shares  as  part  of  a  ‘‘straddle,’’  ‘‘hedge’’  or  ‘‘conversion  transaction’’  with  other  investments,  taxpayers
owning directly, indirectly or by attribution at least 10% of the voting power of our share capital, and taxpayers
whose functional currency (as defined  in Section 985 of the  Internal Revenue  Code) is not the U.S. dollar.

This discussion does not address any aspect of U.S. federal gift or estate tax or state, local or non-U.S. tax
laws.  Additionally,  the  discussion  does  not  consider  the  tax  treatment  of  persons  who  hold  subordinate  voting
shares through a limited liability company or through a partnership or other pass-through entity (such as an S
corporation). For U.S. federal income tax purposes, income earned through a foreign or domestic partnership or
similar entity is generally attributed to its owners. You are advised to consult your own tax advisor with respect to
the specific tax consequences to you of purchasing,  holding  or disposing  of the subordinate voting shares.

Taxation of Dividends Paid on Subordinate Voting Shares

Subject to the discussion of the passive foreign investment company (PFIC) rules below, in the event that
we pay a dividend, a United States Holder will be required to include in gross income as ordinary income the
amount of any distribution paid on subordinate voting shares, including any Canadian taxes withheld from the
amount paid, on the date the distribution is received, to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current
or  accumulated  earnings  and  profits  as  determined  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes.  In  addition,
distributions  of  the  Company’s  current  or  accumulated  earnings  and  profits  will  be  foreign  source  ‘‘passive
category income’’ for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes and will not qualify for the dividends received deduction
available  to  corporations.  Distributions  in  excess  of  such  earnings  and  profits  will  be  applied  against  and  will
reduce the United States Holder’s tax basis in the subordinate voting shares and, to the extent in excess of such
basis, will be treated as capital gain.

Distributions  of  current  or  accumulated  earnings  and  profits  paid  in  Canadian  dollars  to  a  United  States
Holder will be includible in the income of the United States Holder in a dollar amount calculated by reference
to the exchange rate on the date the distribution is received. A United States Holder who receives a distribution
of Canadian dollars and converts the Canadian dollars into U.S. dollars subsequent to receipt will have foreign
exchange gain or loss based on any appreciation or depreciation in the value of the Canadian dollar against the
U.S. dollar. Such gain or loss will generally be ordinary income and loss and will generally be U.S. source gain or
loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. United States Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding
the treatment of a foreign currency gain or loss.

United States Holders will generally have the option of claiming the amount of any Canadian income taxes
withheld  either  as  a  deduction  from  gross  income  or  as  a  dollar-for-dollar  credit  against  their  U.S.  federal
income  tax  liability,  subject  to  specified  conditions  and  limitations.  Individuals  who  do  not  claim  itemized
deductions,  but  instead  utilize  the  standard  deduction,  may  not  claim  a  deduction  for  the  amount  of  the
Canadian income taxes withheld, but these individuals generally may still claim a credit against their U.S. federal
income tax liability. The amount of foreign income taxes that may be claimed as a credit in any year is subject to
complex limitations and restrictions, which must be determined on an individual basis by each shareholder. The
total amount of allowable foreign tax credits in any year cannot exceed the pre-credit U.S. tax liability for the
year  attributable  to  foreign  source  taxable  income  and  further  limitations  may  apply  under  the  alternative
minimum tax. A United States Holder will be denied a foreign tax credit with respect to Canadian income tax
withheld  from  dividends  received  on  subordinate  voting  shares  to  the  extent  that  he  or  she  has  not  held  the
subordinate voting shares for at least 16 days of the 31-day period beginning on the date which is 15 days before
the ex-dividend date or to the extent that he or she is under an obligation to make related payments with respect
to  substantially  similar  or  related  property.  Instead,  a  deduction  may  be  allowed.  Any  days  during  which  a

100

United States Holder has substantially diminished his or her risk of loss on his or her subordinate voting shares
are not counted toward meeting the  16-day holding period.

Subject  to  possible  future  changes  in  U.S.  tax  law,  individuals,  estates  or  trusts  who  receive  ‘‘qualified
dividend  income’’  (excluding  dividends  from  a  PFIC)  in  taxable  years  beginning  after  December  31,  2002  and
before January 1, 2011 generally will be taxed at a maximum U.S. federal rate of 15% (rather than the higher tax
rates generally applicable to items of ordinary income) provided certain holding period requirements are met.
Subject to the discussion of the PFIC rules below, Celestica believes that dividends paid by it with respect to its
subordinate  voting  shares  should  constitute  ‘‘qualified  dividend  income’’  for  United  States  federal  income  tax
purposes  and  that  holders  who  are  individuals  (as  well  as  certain  trusts  and  estates)  should  be  entitled  to  the
reduced rates of tax, as applicable. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the impact of
the  ‘‘qualified  dividend  income’’  provisions  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  on  their  particular  situations,
including related restrictions and special rules.

Taxation of Disposition of Subordinate  Voting Shares

Subject  to  the  discussion  of  the  PFIC  rules  below,  upon  the  sale,  exchange  or  other  disposition  of
subordinate voting shares, a United States Holder will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the
difference between his or her adjusted tax basis in his or her shares and the amount realized on the disposition.
A United States Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the subordinate voting shares will generally be the initial cost, but
may be adjusted for various reasons including the receipt by such United States Holder of a distribution that was
not made up wholly of earning and profits as described above under the heading ‘‘Taxation of Dividends Paid on
subordinate  voting  shares.’’  A  United  States  Holder  that  uses  the  cash  method  of  accounting  calculates  the
dollar value of the proceeds received on the sale date as of the date that the sale settles, while a United States
Holder who uses the accrual method of accounting is required to calculate the value of the proceeds of the sale
as of the ‘‘trade date,’’ unless he or she has elected to use the settlement date to determine his or her proceeds of
sale. Capital gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of shares held more than one year is long-term
capital gain and is eligible for a maximum 15% rate of taxation for non-corporate taxpayers. A reduced rate does
not apply to capital gains realized by a United States Holder that is a corporation. Capital losses are generally
deductible  only  against  capital  gains  and  not  against  ordinary  income.  In  the  case  of  an  individual,  however,
unused capital losses in excess of capital gains may offset up to $3,000 annually of ordinary income. Gain or loss
recognized  by  a  United  States  Holder  on  a  sale,  exchange  or  other  disposition  of  subordinate  voting  shares
generally  will  be  treated  as  U.S.  source  income  or  loss  for  U.S.  foreign  tax  credit  purposes.  A  United  States
Holder  who  receives  foreign  currency  upon  disposition  of  subordinate  voting  shares  and  converts  the  foreign
currency  into  U.S.  dollars  subsequent  to  receipt  will  have  foreign  exchange  gain  or  loss  based  on  any
appreciation or depreciation in the value of the foreign currency against the U.S. dollar. United States Holders
should consult their own tax advisors regarding  the treatment of a foreign currency gain  or loss.

Tax Consequences if We Are a Passive  Foreign Investment Company

A non-U.S. corporation will be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, if, in general, either (i) 75%
or  more  of  its  gross  income  in  a  taxable  year,  including  the  pro  rata  share  of  the  gross  income  of  any  U.S.  or
foreign  company  in  which  it  is  considered  to  own  25%  or  more  of  the  shares  by  value,  is  passive  income  or
(ii) 50% or more of its assets in a taxable year, averaged over the year and ordinarily determined based on fair
market value and including the pro rata share of the assets of any company in which it is considered to own 25%
or more of the shares by value, are held for the production of, or produce, passive income. If we were a PFIC
and a United States Holder did not make an election to treat the company as a ‘‘qualified electing fund’’ and did
not make a mark-to-market election, each  as  described below, then:

(cid:127) excess  distributions  by  Celestica  to  a  United  States  Holder  would  be  taxed  in  a  special  way.  ‘‘Excess
distributions’’ are amounts received by a United States Holder with respect to subordinate voting shares
in any taxable year that exceed 125% of the average distributions received by the United States Holder
from the company in the shorter of either the three previous years or his or her holding period for his or
her shares before the present taxable year. Excess distributions must be allocated ratably to each day that
a  United  States  Holder  has  held  subordinate  voting  shares.  A  United  States  Holder  must  include
amounts allocated to the current taxable year and to any non-PFIC years in his or her gross income as

101

ordinary income for that year. A United States Holder must pay tax on amounts allocated to each prior
taxable PFIC year at the highest marginal tax rate in effect for that year on ordinary income and the tax is
subject to an interest charge at the rate applicable to deficiencies for  income tax;

(cid:127) the entire amount of gain that is realized by a United States Holder upon the sale or other disposition of
shares will also be considered an excess  distribution and will be subject to tax as described above; and

(cid:127) a United States Holder’s tax basis in shares that were acquired from a decedent will not receive a step-up
to fair market value as of the date of the decedent’s death but instead will be equal to the decedent’s tax
basis, if lower.

The  special  PFIC  rules  will  not  apply  to  a  United  States  Holder  if  the  United  States  Holder  makes  an
election  to  treat  the  company  as  a  ‘‘qualified  electing  fund’’  in  the  first  taxable  year  in  which  he  or  she  owns
subordinate  voting  shares  and  if  we  comply  with  reporting  requirements.  Instead,  a  shareholder  of  a  qualified
electing fund is required for each taxable year to include in income a pro rata share of the ordinary earnings of
the  qualified  electing  fund  as  ordinary  income  and  a  pro  rata  share  of  the  net  capital  gain  of  the  qualified
electing fund as long-term capital gain, subject to a separate election to defer payment of taxes, which deferral is
subject to an interest charge. We have agreed to supply United States Holders with the information needed to
report income and gain pursuant to this election in the event that we are classified as a PFIC. The election is
made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and may be revoked only with the consent of the Internal Revenue
Service, or IRS. A shareholder makes the election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621, including the PFIC
annual information statement, to a timely filed U.S. federal income tax return. Even if an election is not made, a
shareholder in a PFIC who is a United  States Holder must file a completed IRS Form 8621 every year.

A United States Holder who owns PFIC shares that are publicly traded could elect to mark the shares to
market annually, recognizing as ordinary income or loss each year an amount equal to the difference as of the
close  of  the  taxable  year  between  the  fair  market  value  of  the  PFIC  shares  and  the  United  States  Holder’s
adjusted tax basis in the PFIC shares. If the mark-to-market election were made, then the rules set forth above
would not apply for periods covered by the election. The subordinate voting shares would be treated as publicly
traded  for  purposes  of  the  mark-to-market  election  and,  therefore,  such  election  would  be  made  if  Celestica
were  classified  as  a  PFIC.  A  mark-to-market  election  is,  however,  subject  to  complex  and  specific  rules  and
requirements, and United States Holders are strongly urged to consult their tax advisors concerning this election
if we are classified as a PFIC.

Despite the fact that we are engaged in an active business, we are unable to conclude that we were not a
PFIC  in  2009,  though  we  believe,  based  on  our  internally  performed  analysis,  that  such  status  is  unlikely.  The
tests  in  determining  PFIC  status  include  the  determination  of  the  value  of  all  assets  of  the  Company  which  is
highly subjective. Further, the tests for determining PFIC status are applied annually, and it is difficult to make
accurate predictions of future income and assets, which are relevant to the determination as to whether we will
be  a  PFIC  in  the  future.  Accordingly,  based  on  our  current  business  plan,  we  may  be  a  PFIC  in  2010  or  in  a
future  year.  A  United  States  Holder  who  holds  subordinate  voting  shares  during  a  period  in  which  we  are  a
PFIC will be subject to the PFIC rules, even if we cease to be a PFIC, unless he or she has made a qualifying
electing fund election. Although we have agreed to supply United States Holders with the information needed to
report  income  and  gain  pursuant  to  this  election  in  the  event  that  we  are  classified  as  a  PFIC,  if  we  were
determined to be a PFIC with respect to a year in which we had not thought that we would be so treated, the
information needed to enable United States Holders to make a qualifying electing fund election would not have
been  provided.  United  States  Holders  are  strongly  urged  to  consult  their  tax  advisors  about  the  PFIC  rules,
including  the  consequences  to  them  of  making  a  mark-to-market  or  qualifying  electing  fund  elections  with
respect to subordinate voting shares in  the event  that  we are treated as a PFIC.

Tax Consequences for Non-United States  Holders of Subordinate Voting Shares

Except as described in ‘‘Information Reporting and Back-up Withholding’’ below, a holder of subordinate
voting shares that is not a United States Holder (non-United States Holder) will not be subject to U.S. federal

102

income  or  withholding  tax  on  the  payment  of  dividends  on,  and  the  proceeds  from  the  disposition  of,
subordinate voting shares unless:

(cid:127) the item is effectively connected with the conduct by the non-United States Holder of a trade or business
in the United States and, generally, in the case of a resident of a country that has an income treaty with
the United States, such item is attributable  to  a permanent establishment in the  United States;

(cid:127) the non-United States Holder is an individual who holds subordinate voting shares as a capital asset and
is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and does not
qualify for an exemption; or

(cid:127) the  non-United  States  Holder  is  subject  to  tax  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  U.S.  tax  law  applicable  to

U.S. expatriates.

Information Reporting and Back-up Withholding

Payments made within the United States, or by a U.S. payor or U.S. middleman, of dividends and proceeds
arising from certain sales or other taxable dispositions of subordinate voting shares will be subject to information
reporting. Backup withholding tax, at the rate of 28%, will apply if a United States Holder (a) fails to furnish the
United States Holder’s correct U.S. taxpayer identification number (generally on Form W-9), (b) is notified by
the  IRS  that  the  United  States  Holder  has  previously  failed  to  properly  report  items  subject  to  backup
withholding tax, or (c) fails to certify, under penalty of perjury, that the United States Holder has furnished the
United  States  Holder’s  correct  U.S.  taxpayer  identification  number  and  that  the  IRS  has  not  notified  the
United  States  Holder  that  the  United  States  Holder  is  subject  to  backup  withholding  tax.  However,
United  States  Holders  that  are  corporations  generally  are  excluded  from  these  information  reporting  and
backup withholding tax rules. Any amounts withheld under the U.S. backup withholding tax rules will be allowed
as a credit against a United States Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, or will be refunded, if the
United States Holder follows the requisite procedures and timely furnishes the required information to the IRS.
United  States  Holders  should  consult  their  own  tax  advisors  regarding  the  information  reporting  and  backup
withholding tax rules.

Non-United States Holders generally are not subject to information reporting or back-up withholding with
respect  to  dividends  paid  on  or  upon  the  disposition  of  shares,  provided  in  some  instances  that  the
non-United States Holder provides a taxpayer identification number, certifies to his foreign status or otherwise
establishes an exemption.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G. Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H. Documents on Display

Any  statement  in  this  Annual  Report  about  any  of  our  contracts  or  other  documents  is  not  necessarily
complete.  If  the  contract  or  document  is  filed  as  an  exhibit  to  this  Annual  Report  or  is  incorporated  by
reference,  the  contract  or  document  is  deemed  to  modify  our  description.  You  must  review  the  exhibits
themselves for a complete description  of the  contract or document.

You may review a copy of our filings with the SEC, including exhibits and schedules filed with this Annual
Report, at the SEC’s public reference facilities in Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You
may  also  obtain  copies  of  such  materials  from  the  Public  Reference  Section  of  the  SEC,  Room  1580,
100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for
further  information  on  the  public  reference  rooms.  The  SEC  maintains  a  website  (http://www.sec.gov)  that
contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and  other  information  regarding  registrants  that  file
electronically with the SEC. We began to file  electronically with the SEC in November 2000.

103

You  may  read  and  copy  any  reports,  statements  or  other  information  that  we  file  with  the  SEC  at  the
addresses indicated above and you may also access some of them electronically at the website set forth above.
These SEC filings are also available  to  the public from commercial document  retrieval services.

We also file reports, statements and other information with the Canadian Securities Administrators, or the
CSA,  and  these  can  be  accessed  electronically  at  the  CSA’s  System  for  Electronic  Document  Analysis  and
Retrieval website (http://www.sedar.com).

You may access other information about Celestica on our website at  http://www.celestica.com.

I.

Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative  Disclosures about Market  Risk

Exchange Rate Risk

We have entered into foreign currency contracts to hedge foreign currency risk. These financial instruments
include,  to  varying  degrees,  elements  of  market  risk.  The  table  below  provides  information  about  our  foreign
currency contracts. The table presents the notional amounts and weighted average exchange rates by expected
(contractual) maturity dates. These notional amounts generally are used to calculate the contractual payments to
be exchanged under the contracts. At December 31, 2009, these contracts had a fair value net unrealized gain of
U.S. $8.0 million.

Expected Maturity Date

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015 and
thereafter

Total

Fair Value
Gain (Loss)

Forward Exchange Agreements

Contract amount in millions
Receive C$/Pay U.S.$

Contract amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average exchange rate . . . . . . . . . .

$190.5
0.91

$16.0
0.94

$— $— $—

$—

$206.5

$ 7.7

Pay British Pound Sterling/Receive

U.S. $
Contract amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average exchange rate . . . . . . . . . .

Receive Thai Baht/Pay U.S.$

Contract amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average exchange rate . . . . . . . . . .

Receive Malaysian Ringgit/Pay U.S.$

Contract amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average exchange rate . . . . . . . . . .

Receive Mexican Peso/Pay U.S. $

Contract amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average exchange rate . . . . . . . . . .

Receive Singapore $/Pay U.S.$

Contract amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average exchange rate . . . . . . . . . .

Receive U.S.$/Pay Euro

Contract amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average exchange rate . . . . . . . . . .

Receive Romanian Lei/Pay U.S. $

Contract amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average exchange rate . . . . . . . . . .

Receive Czech Koruna/Pay U.S. $

Contract amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average exchange rate . . . . . . . . . .

$ 89.5 —

—

—

—

1.60

$ 50.1 —

—

—

—

0.03

$ 47.8 —

—

—

—

0.29

$ 37.1 —

—

—

—

0.08

$ 18.9 —

—

—

—

0.70

$ 13.3 —

—

—

—

1.45

$ 13.1 —

—

—

—

0.33

$ 12.9 —

—

—

—

0.05

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

$ 89.5

$(0.1)

$ 50.1

$ 0.2

$ 47.8

$ 0.2

$ 37.1

$ 0.1

$ 18.9

$ 0.3

$ 13.3

$—

$ 13.1

$(0.3)

$ 12.9

$(0.1)

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$473.2

$16.0

$— $— $—

$—

$489.2

$ 8.0

104

At  December  31,  2008,  we  had  foreign  currency  contracts  covering  various  currencies  in  an  aggregate
notional amount of $587.1 million. These contracts had a fair value net unrealized loss of U.S. $38.9 million. The
change in the net unrealized gains and losses on our contracts during 2009 was due primarily to the favourable
movement in the exchange rates for the currencies that we hedge and the settlement of contracts with significant
losses.

Interest Rate Risk

Borrowings  under  our  revolving  credit  facility  bear  interest  at  LIBOR  plus  a  margin.  If  we  borrow  under
this facility, we are exposed to interest rate risks due to fluctuations in the LIBOR rate. A one-percentage point
increase  in  the  LIBOR  rate  would  increase  interest  expense,  assuming  maximum  borrowings  under  our  credit
facility, by $2.0 million annually. See  note  7 to the  Consolidated  Financial Statements in Item 18.

At December 31, 2009, the approximate fair value of our Senior Subordinated Notes was 103% of its face
value  on  December  31,  2009,  based  on  quoted  market  rates  or  prices.  The  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  were
redeemed on March 2, 2010. See note  22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item  18.

Item 12. Description of Securities Other  than Equity  Securities

A. Debt Securities

Not applicable.

B. Warrants and Rights

Not applicable.

C. Other Securities

Not applicable.

D. American Depositary Shares

Not applicable.

Part II

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and  Delinquencies

None.

Item 14. Material Modifications to the  Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

None.

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

Information  concerning  our  controls  and  procedures  is  set  forth  in  Item  5,  ‘‘Operating  and  Financial
Review  and  Prospects — Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of
Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Controls and Procedures.’’

The attestation report from our auditors KPMG LLP is set forth on page F-2 of our financial statements.

Item 16.

[Reserved.]

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial  Expert

The  Board  of  Directors  has  considered  the  extensive  financial  experience  of  Mr.  Crandall  and
Mr.  Etherington,  including  their  respective  experiences  serving  as  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  a  large  U.S.

105

and/or  Canadian  organization,  and  has  determined  that  each  of  them  is  an  audit  committee  financial  expert
within the meaning of the U.S. Sarbanes  Oxley Act of 2002.

The Board of Directors also determined that Messrs. Crandall and Etherington are independent directors,

as that term is defined in the NYSE listing  standards.

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

The  Board  of  Directors  has  adopted  a  Finance  Code  of  Professional  Conduct  for  Celestica’s  CEO,  our
senior  finance  officers  and  all  personnel  in  the  finance  organization  to  deter  wrongdoing  and  promote  honest
and  ethical  conduct  in  the  practice  of  financial  management;  full,  fair,  accurate,  timely  and  understandable
disclosure; and compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. These professionals are expected to abide by
this  code  as  well  as  Celestica’s  Business  Conduct  Governance  policy  and  all  of  our  other  applicable  business
policies, standards and guidelines.

The Finance Code of Professional Conduct and the Business Conduct Governance policy can be accessed
electronically  at  http://www.celestica.com.  Celestica  will  provide  a  copy  of  such  policies  free  of  charge  to  any
person  who  so  requests.  Requests  should  be  directed  to  clsir@celestica.com,  by  mail  to  Celestica  Investor
Relations, 844 Don Mills Road, Toronto, Ontario,  Canada  M3C  1V7, or by  telephone  at 416-448-2211.

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Service

The  external  auditor  is  engaged  to  provide  services  pursuant  to  pre-approval  policies  and  procedures
established  by  the  Audit  Committee  of  Celestica’s  Board  of  Directors.  The  Audit  Committee  approves  the
external  auditor’s  Audit  Plan,  the  scope  of  the  external  auditor’s  quarterly  reviews  and  all  related  fees.  The
Audit Committee must approve any non-audit services provided by the auditor and does so only if it considers
that these services are compatible with the  external auditor’s  independence.

Our  auditors  are  KPMG  LLP.  KPMG  did  not  provide  any  financial  information  systems  design  or
implementation services to us during 2008 or 2009. The Audit Committee has determined that the provision of
the non-audit services by KPMG does not compromise KPMG’s independence.

Audit Fees

KPMG billed $3.4 million in 2009 and $4.2 million in 2008 for  audit services.

Audit-Related Fees

KPMG billed $0.3 million in 2009 and $0.1 million in 2008 for  audit-related  services.

Tax Fees

KPMG billed $0.5 million in 2009 and $0.6 million in 2008 for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning

services.

Pre-approval Policies and Procedures Percentage of Services Approved by Audit Committee

All KPMG services and fees are approved by the Audit Committee.

Percentage of Hours Expended on KPMG’s engagement not performed by KPMG’s full-time, permanent
employees (if greater than 50%)

N/A

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for  Audit Committees

None.

106

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the  Issuer and  Affiliated Purchasers

None.

Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

Not applicable.

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

Corporate Governance

We are subject to a variety of corporate governance guidelines and requirements enacted by the TSX, the
Canadian Securities Administrators, the NYSE and by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under its
rules and those mandated by the United States Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. Today, we meet and often exceed
not only corporate governance legal requirements in Canada and the United States, but also the best practices
recommended by securities regulators. We are listed on the NYSE and, although we are not required to comply
with  all  of  the  NYSE  corporate  governance  requirements  to  which  we  would  be  subject  if  we  were  a
U.S.  corporation,  our  governance  practices  differ  significantly  in  only  one  respect  from  those  required  of
U.S.  domestic  issuers.  Celestica  complies  with  the  TSX  rules,  which  require  shareholder  approval  of  share
compensation  arrangements  involving  new  issuances  of  shares,  and  of  certain  amendments  to  such
arrangements, but do not require such approval if the compensation arrangements involve only shares purchased
by the company in the open market. NYSE rules require approval of all equity compensation plans regardless of
whether new issuances or treasury shares are used.

We submitted a certificate of Craig H. Muhlhauser, our CEO, to the NYSE in 2009 certifying that he was

not aware of any violation by Celestica of its corporate governance listing standards.

Corporate Social Responsibility

We  have  a  heritage  of  strong  corporate  citizenship  and  uphold  policies  and  principles  that  focus  our
corporate  social  responsibility  initiatives  across  five  key  focus  areas:  labour,  ethics,  the  environment,
occupational health and safety, and giving.

Our guiding policies and principles include:

– Our Values, developed with input from our employees to reflect the characteristics and behaviours that

are core to our company.

– Our Business Conduct Governance Policy, which outlines the ethics and practices we consider necessary
for a positive working environment and the high legal and ethical standards to which our employees are
held accountable.

– The Electronics Industry Citizenship Coalition, of which we were a founding member. The EICC’s Code
of  Conduct  outlines  industry  standards  to  ensure  that  working  conditions  in  the  supply  chain  are  safe,
workers  are  treated  with  respect  and  dignity,  and  manufacturing  processes  are  environmentally
responsible.  Celestica  is  continually  working  to  implement,  manage  and  audit  our  compliance  with
this  Code.

In  2010,  we  are  launching  our  first  integrated  Corporate  Social  Responsibility  Information  Package.  This
package  will  include  our  Corporate  Social  Responsibility  Report,  Environmental  Sustainability  Report  and
Business Conduct Governance Policy and will be available on our corporate website at http://www.celestica.com.
These documents outline our high standards for business ethics, the policies we value and uphold, the progress
we have made as a socially responsible organization and the key milestones we are working to achieve in 2010.

107

Part III

Item 17. Financial Statements

Not applicable.

Item 18. Financial Statements

The following financial statements have been filed  as part  of this Annual Report:

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

F-1

Reports of Independent Registered Public  Accounting Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2, F-3

Consolidated Balance Sheets as at December 31, 2008 and 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Operations  for the years ended December 31,  2007, 2008 and 2009 . . .

F-4

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive  Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31,

2007, 2008 and 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31,  2007, 2008

and 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  for  the years ended December  31, 2007,  2008 and 2009 . .

Notes to the Consolidated Financial  Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F-7

F-8

F-9

108

Item 19. Exhibits

The following exhibits have been filed  as part of this Annual Report:

Exhibit
Number

Description

Incorporated by Reference

Form

File No.

Filing Date

Exhibit
No.

Filed
Herewith

1.

1.1
1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

1.6

1.7

1.8

1.9

1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
2.

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws  as
currently in effect:
Certificate and Articles of  Incorporation
Certificate and Articles of  Amendment
effective October 22, 1996
Certificate and Articles of  Amendment
effective January 24, 1997
Certificate and Articles of  Amendment
effective October 8, 1997
Certificate and Articles of  Amendment
effective April 29, 1998
Articles of Amendment effective June  26,
1998
Restated Articles of Incorporation
effective June 26, 1998
Restated Articles of Incorporation
effective November 20, 2001
Restated Article of Incorporation effective
May 13, 2003
Bylaw No. 1
Bylaw No. 2
Bylaw No. 3
Bylaw No. 4
Bylaw No. A
Instruments defining rights of holders  of
equity or debt securities:
See Certificate and Articles of
Incorporation and amendments thereto
identified above
Form of Subordinate Voting  Share
Certificate
Indenture, dated as of June 16, 2004,
between Celestica Inc. and JPMorgan
Chase Bank, N.A., as trustee
First Supplemental Indenture,  dated as  of
June 16, 2004, between Celestica  Inc.  and
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,  as trustee,
to the Indenture, dated as of June  16,
2004, between Celestica Inc. and the
trustee
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated  as
of December 30,  2004, between
Celestica Inc. and JPMorgan Chase  Bank,
N.A., as trustee, to the First Supplemental
Indenture, dated as of June 16, 2004,
between Celestica Inc. and the  trustee, to
the Indenture, dated as of  June 16,  2004,
between Celestica Inc. and the  trustee

F-1
F-1

F-1

F-1

333-8700
333-8700

April 29,  1998
April 29,  1998

333-8700

April 29,  1998

333-8700

April 29,  1998

F-1/A 333-8700

June  1, 1998

F-1

F-1

333-10030

February  16, 1999

333-10030

February 16,  1999

20-F

001-14832

April  21,  2003

20-F

001-14832 May 19,  2004

20-F
F-1
20-F
20-F
20-F

001-14832 May  22, 2001
333-8700
April  29,  1998
001-14832 May  19, 2004
001-14832 May  19, 2004
001-14832 May,  2004

F-1/A 333-8700

June  25,  1998

6-K

0001-14832

June 17,  2004

3.1
3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

3.7

1.8

1.9

1.8
3.9
1.12
1.13
1.14

4.1

4.11

6-K

0001-14832

June  17,  2004

4.21

20-F

0001-14832 March  21, 2005

2.7

109

Exhibit
Number

2.6

2.7

4.
4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6
4.7

4.8

4.9

8.1
11.1
11.2
12.1
12.2
13.1
15.1
15.2

Description

Form

File No.

Filing Date

Exhibit
No.

Filed
Herewith

Incorporated by Reference

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of
June 23, 2005, between Celestica  Inc.  and
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,  as trustee  to
the Indenture, dated as of  June 16,  2004,
between Celestica Inc. and the  trustee
Fifth Revolving Term Credit Agreement,
April 7, 2009, between: Celestica  Inc.,  the
Subsidiaries of Celestica Inc. specified
therein as Designated Subsidiaries,
CIBC World Markets, as Joint Lead
Arranger, RBC Capital Markets, as  Joint
Lead Arranger and Co-Syndication Agent,
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce,  a
Canadian Chartered  Bank, as
Administrative Agent, Banc of America
Securities LLC, as Co-Syndication Agent
and the financial institutions named  in
Schedule A, as lenders
Certain Contracts:
Services Agreement, dated as  of
January 1, 2009, between Celestica Inc.
and Onex Corporation
Executive Employment Agreement, dated
as of July 26, 2007, between Celestica  Inc.,
Celestica International Inc. and Celestica
Corporation and Craig H. Muhlhauser
Executive Employment Agreement, dated
as of July 26, 2007, between Celestica  Inc.,
Celestica International Inc. and Paul
Nicoletti
Executive Employment Agreement, dated
as of January 1, 2008, between
Celestica Inc., Celestica International  Inc.
and Elizabeth L. DelBianco
Amended and Restated Celestica Inc.
Long-Term Incentive Plan
Canadian  Share Unit Plan
D2D Employee  Share Purchase and
Option Plan (1997)
Celestica 1997 U.K. Approved  Share
Option Scheme
1998 U.S.  Executive Share Purchase  and
Option Plan
Subsidiaries of Registrant
Finance Code of Professional Conduct
Business Conduct Governance Policy
Chief Executive Officer Certification
Chief Financial Officer Certification
Certification required by Rule 13a-14(b)*
Celestica Audit Committee Mandate
Consent of KPMG LLP, Chartered
Accountants

6-K

0001-14832

June 20,  2005

4.22

20-F

0001-14832 March  25, 2008

4.4

20-F

0001-14832 March  25, 2008

4.5

20-F

0001-14832 March  25, 2008

4.6

20-F

001-14832 March  22,  2001

3.17

20-F
F-1/A 333-8700

001-14832 March  21, 2005

June 1,  1998

333-8700

April 29,  1998

4.16
10.20

10.19

333-9500

October  8,  1998

4.6

F-1

S-8

20-F

001-14832 March  21, 2006

15.1

X

X

X

X
X
X

X

* Pursuant to Commission Release No. 33-8212, this certification will be treated as ‘‘accompanying’’ this Annual Report on Form 20-F
and not ‘‘filed’’ as part of such report for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of Section 18
of  the  Exchange  Act,  and  this  certification  will  not  be  incorporated  by  reference  into  any  filing  under  the  Securities  Act,  or  the
Exchange Act, except to the extent that the registrant specifically  incorporates it by reference.

110

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has

duly caused and authorized the undersigned  to sign  this  annual report  on its behalf.

SIGNATURES

CELESTICA INC.

By:

/s/ ELIZABETH L. DELBIANCO

Elizabeth L. DelBianco
Executive Vice President
Chief Legal and Administrative Officer

Date:  March  23,  2010

111

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL  OVER  FINANCIAL REPORTING

The  management  of  Celestica  Inc.  (the  ‘‘Company’’)  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining
adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  The  Company’s  internal  control  system  was  designed  to
provide  reasonable  assurance  to  its  management  and  Board  of  Directors  regarding  the  preparation  and  fair
presentation of published financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All
internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems
determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation
and presentation.

Management  maintains  a  comprehensive  system  of  controls  intended  to  ensure  that  transactions  are
executed  in  accordance  with  management’s  authorization,  assets  are  safeguarded,  and  financial  records  are
reliable.  Management  also  takes  steps  to  see  that  information  and  communication  flows  are  effective  and  to
monitor performance, including performance of  internal control procedures.

Management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of
December 31, 2009 based on the criteria set forth in the Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  Based  on  this  assessment,
management  has  concluded  that,  as  of  December  31,  2009,  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial
reporting is effective. The Company’s independent auditors, KPMG LLP, have issued an unqualified opinion on
the effectiveness of the Company’s internal  control over financial reporting.

February 10, 2010

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Celestica Inc.

We  have  audited  Celestica  Inc.’s  (the  ‘‘Company’’)  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of
December 31, 2009, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is
responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying ‘‘Management’s report on
internal control over financial reporting.’’ Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight
Board  (United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable
assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material
respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing
the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of
internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes
in accordance with Canadian and U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. A Company’s internal control
over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records
that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the
Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and
expenditures  of  the  Company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and
directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of
unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of  the  Company’s  assets  that  could  have  a  material  effect  on  the
financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting  as  of  December  31,  2009,  based  on  the  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control — Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring  Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We also have conducted our audits on the consolidated financial statements, in accordance with Canadian
generally  accepted  auditing  standards  and  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board
(United  States).  Our  report  dated  February  10,  2010  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  those  consolidated
financial statements.

Toronto, Canada
February 10, 2010

/s/ KPMG LLP
Chartered  Accountants,
Licensed Public Accountants

F-2

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Celestica Inc.

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Celestica  Inc.  (the  ‘‘Company’’)  as  of
December  31,  2008  and  2009  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income
(loss),  shareholders’  equity  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  December  31,
2009.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our
responsibility is to express an  opinion  on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  Canadian  generally  accepted  auditing  standards  and  the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we
plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of
material  misstatement.  An  audit  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and
disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable  basis for our opinion.

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material
respects,  the  financial  position  of  the  Company  as  of  December  31,  2008  and  2009  and  the  results  of  its
operations  and  its  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  December  31,  2009  in
conformity with Canadian generally accepted  accounting principles.

Canadian  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  vary  in  certain  significant  respects  from  accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of
such  differences is presented in note  20 to the consolidated  financial statements.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on the
criteria  established  in  Internal  Control — Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO),  and  our  report  dated  February  10,  2010  expressed  an
unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Toronto, Canada
February 10, 2010

/s/ KPMG LLP
Chartered  Accountants,
Licensed Public Accountants

F-3

CELESTICA INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

Assets
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents (note 19) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable (note 2(e)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories (note 2(f)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid and other assets (note 14(d)(1)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes recoverable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income taxes (note 11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Property, plant and equipment (note 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible assets (note 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other long-term assets (note 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

As at December  31

2008

2009

$ 1,201.0
1,074.0
787.4
87.1
14.1
8.2

3,171.8
433.5
54.1
126.8

$

937.7
828.1
676.1
74.5
21.2
5.2

2,542.8
393.8
32.3
137.2

$ 3,786.2

$ 3,106.1

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued liabilities (notes 10(a), 14(d)(1), 20(d) and (g)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current portion of long-term debt (note 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,090.6
463.1
13.5
1.0

$

Long-term debt (note 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued pension and post-employment benefits (notes 13 and  20(c)) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income taxes (note 11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other long-term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shareholders’ equity:

Capital stock (note 8(b)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contributed surplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated other comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commitments, contingencies and guarantees (note 16).
Canadian and United States accounting  policy differences (note 20).
Subsequent events (note 22).

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

927.1
331.9
38.0
222.8

1,519.8
—

75.4
28.0
7.1

1,630.3

1,568.2
732.1
63.2
47.4
9.8

2,420.7

3,588.5
204.4
(2,436.8)
9.4

3,591.2
210.6
(2,381.8)
55.8

1,365.5

$ 1,475.8

$ 3,786.2

$ 3,106.1

CELESTICA INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$8,070.4
7,648.0

$7,678.2
7,147.1

$6,092.2
5,662.4

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and administrative expenses  (SG&A) (notes 2(o)

and 2(s)(1)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of intangible assets (notes  2(s)(1) and 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Integration costs related to acquisitions  (note 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other charges (note 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest on long-term debt (note 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income, net of interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Earnings (loss) before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes expense (recovery) (note  11):

Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

422.4

531.1

429.8

271.7
44.7
0.1
47.6
66.4
(15.2)

292.0
26.9

—
885.2
57.8
(15.3)

7.1

(715.5)

14.4
6.4

20.8

18.4
(13.4)

5.0

244.5
21.9

—

68.0
35.3
(0.3)

60.4

33.6
(28.2)

5.4

Net earnings (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (13.7) $ (720.5) $

55.0

Basic earnings (loss) per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted earnings (loss) per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shares used in computing per share amounts (in millions):

$ (0.06) $ (3.14) $
$ (0.06) $ (3.14) $

0.24
0.24

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted (note 2(r)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

228.9
228.9

229.3
229.3

Net earnings (loss) in accordance with U.S.  GAAP (note 20) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic earnings (loss) per share, in accordance with U.S.  GAAP (note 20) . . .
Diluted earnings (loss) per share, in  accordance with  U.S. GAAP (note 20) .

$ (16.1) $ (725.8) $
$ (0.07) $ (3.17) $
$ (0.07) $ (3.17) $

229.5
230.9

39.0
0.17
0.17

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

CELESTICA INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

Net earnings (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive income (loss),  net of  tax (note 9):

Year ended December  31

2007

2008

2009

$(13.7) $(720.5) $ 55.0

Currency translation adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reclass foreign currency translation to other charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change from derivatives designated as  hedges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.7

—
21.2

11.5
—
(58.0)

(1.6)
1.8
46.2

Comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 16.2

$(767.0) $101.4

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

CELESTICA INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF  SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

Capital Stock Warrants
(note 8)

(note 8)

Contributed
Surplus

Deficit

Balance — December 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in accounting policy . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shares issued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warrants cancelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation costs (note 8) . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net loss for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change from derivatives designated as  hedges
Currency translation adjustments . . . . . . . . . .

Balance — December 31, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shares issued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warrants cancelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation costs (note 8) . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net loss for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change from derivatives designated as  hedges
Currency translation adjustments . . . . . . . . . .

Balance — December 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shares issued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation costs (note 8) . . . .
Reclass to accrued liabilities (b)
. . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net earnings for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change from derivatives designated as  hedges
Currency translation adjustments . . . . . . . . . .

$3,576.6
—

8.6

—
—
—
—
—
—

3,585.2
3.3

—
—
—
—
—
—

3,588.5
2.7

—
—
—
—
—
—

$ 8.4
—
—
(5.3)
—
—
—
—
—

3.1
—
(3.1)
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

$179.3
—
—

5.3
5.1
0.6

—
—
—

190.3
—

3.1
10.0
1.0

—
—
—

204.4
—
17.6
(13.3)
1.9

—
—
—

$(1,696.2)
(6.4)

—
—
—
—
(13.7)
—
—

(1,716.3)
—
—
—
—
(720.5)
—
—

(2,436.8)
—
—
—
—

55.0

—
—

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income  (note  9)

$ 26.5(a)
(0.5)
—
—
—
—
—
21.2
8.7

55.9
—
—
—
—
—
(58.0)
11.5

9.4

—
—
—
—
—
46.2
0.2

Balance — December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . .

$3,591.2

$—

$210.6

$(2,381.8)

$ 55.8

(a) December 31, 2006 balance consisted  of currency translation adjustments.

(b) Reclassified stock-based compensation from contributed surplus to accrued liabilities due to a change in the

settlement method. See note 8(e).

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7

CELESTICA INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF  CASH FLOWS

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

Cash provided by (used in):

Operations:
Net earnings (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Items not affecting cash:

Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income taxes (recovery) (note 11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation (notes 8(d)  and  (e)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring charges (note 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other charges (note 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Changes in non-cash working capital items:

Accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid and other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes recoverable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Non-cash working capital changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash provided by operations

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Investing:

Purchase of property, plant and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from sale of operations or assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Financing:

Repurchase of Senior Subordinated Notes (note 7(d)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from termination of swap agreements  (note  7(d)) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repayment of capital lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financing costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Issuance of share capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash used in financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

$ (13.7) $ (720.5) $

55.0

130.8
6.4
13.2
5.1
14.0
11.8

32.0
406.0
(6.8)
11.4
(237.6)
(21.2)

183.8

351.4

(63.7)
27.0
(0.2)

(36.9)

—
—

(0.6)
(1.4)
3.5
(3.0)

(1.5)

109.2
(13.4)
23.4
1.1
850.3
(0.2)

(132.8)
4.5
22.5
5.7
58.9
(0.5)

(41.7)

208.2

(88.8)
7.7
0.3

(80.8)

(30.4)
—

(0.4)
(0.5)
2.1
(13.9)

100.4
(28.2)
28.0
3.8
9.5
(4.0)

244.9
110.2
21.7
(7.1)
(265.2)
24.5

129.0

293.5

(77.3)
10.0
1.0

(66.3)

(495.8)
14.7
(1.0)
(2.8)
2.7
(8.3)

(43.1)

(490.5)

Increase (decrease) in cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning  of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

313.0
803.7

84.3
1,116.7

(263.3)
1,201.0

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,116.7

$1,201.0

$ 937.7

Supplemental cash flow information  (note  19).

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION:

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in Canada
(Canadian  GAAP).  Except  as  outlined  in  note  20,  these  financial  statements  are,  in  all  material  respects,  in
accordance with accounting principles  generally  accepted in the  United States (U.S.  GAAP).

2.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

(a) Principles of consolidation:

These consolidated financial statements include our subsidiaries. Subsidiaries that are acquired during the
year  are  consolidated  from  their  respective  dates  of  acquisition.  Inter-company  transactions  and  balances  are
eliminated on consolidation.

(b) Use of estimates:

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles
requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and
liabilities and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and
the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. We applied significant estimates and
assumptions  to  our  valuations  against  inventory  and  income  taxes,  to  the  amount  and  timing  of  restructuring
charges or recoveries, to the fair values used in testing goodwill and long-lived assets, and to valuing our pension
costs.  Actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  those  estimates  and  assumptions,  especially  in  light  of  the
economic environment and uncertainties.

(c) Revenue:

We  derive  most  of  our  revenue  from  the  sale  of  electronic  equipment  that  we  have  built  to  customer
specifications. We recognize revenue from product sales when we deliver the goods or the goods are received by
our  customers;  title  and  risk  of  ownership  have  passed;  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists;
performance has occurred; receivables are reasonably assured of collection; and customer specified test criteria
have been met. We have no further performance obligations after revenue has been recognized, other than our
standard  manufacturing  warranty.  We  have  contractual  arrangements  with  the  majority  of  our  customers  that
require the customer to purchase unused inventory that we have purchased to fulfill that customer’s forecasted
manufacturing  demand.  We  account  for  raw  material  returns  as  reductions  in  inventory  and  do  not  recognize
revenue on these transactions.

We provide warehousing services in connection with manufacturing services to certain customers. We assess
the  contracts  to  determine  whether  the  manufacturing  and  warehousing  services  can  be  accounted  for  as
separate units of accounting. If the services do not constitute separate units of accounting, or the manufacturing
services  do  not  meet  all  of  the  revenue  recognition  requirements,  we  defer  recognizing  revenue  until  we  have
shipped the products to our customer.

We  also  derive  revenue  from  design,  engineering,  fulfillment  and  after-market  services.  We  recognize
services  revenue  for  short-term  contracts  as  we  perform  the  services  and  for  long-term  contracts  on  a
percentage-of-completion basis.

(d) Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on account and short-term investments with original maturities of

less  than three months. See note 19.

F-9

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

(e) Allowance for doubtful accounts:

We  record  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  against  accounts  receivable  that  management  believes  are
impaired. We record specific allowances against customer receivables based on our knowledge of the financial
condition of our customers. We also consider the aging of the receivables, customer and industry concentrations,
the current business environment, and  historical experience. See  notes 14(a) and  18.

(f)

Inventories:

We  value  our  inventory  on  a  first-in,  first-out  basis  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realizable  value.  Cost
includes direct materials, labor and overhead. In determining the net realizable value, we consider factors such
as shrinkage, the aging of and future demand for the inventory, contractual arrangements with customers, and
our  ability to redistribute inventory to  other programs  or return inventory  to  suppliers.

Raw materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Work in progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finished goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$533.1
106.4
147.9

$527.7
54.1
94.3

$787.4

$676.1

2008

2009

During  2009,  we  recorded  a  net  inventory  valuation  reversal  through  cost  of  sales  of  $1.0  (2008 — net

provision  of $19.6) to reflect changes in  the value  of our inventory to net realizable  value.

(g) Property, plant and equipment:

We carry property, plant and equipment at cost and depreciate these assets over their estimated useful lives
or lease terms on a straight-line basis. The estimated useful lives for our principal asset categories are as follows:

Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Building/leasehold  improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 25 years or term of lease
Office equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Machinery and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5 years
3 to 7 years

25 years

We  expense maintenance and repair costs as incurred.

(h) Goodwill:

To  the  extent  we  have  goodwill,  we  evaluate  it  annually  or  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances
(‘‘triggering  events’’)  indicate  that  we  may  not  recover  the  carrying  amount.  Absent  of  any  triggering  events
during  the  year,  we  conduct  our  goodwill  assessment  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  the  year  to  correspond  with  our
planning  cycle.  We  test  impairment,  using  the  two-step  method,  at  the  reporting  unit  level,  by  comparing  the
reporting  unit’s  carrying  amount  to  its  fair  value.  We  estimate  the  fair  values  of  the  reporting  units  using  a
combination of a market capitalization approach, a multiples approach and discounted cash flows. To the extent
a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, we may have an impairment of goodwill. We measure
impairment by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill, determined in a manner similar to a purchase price
allocation, to its carrying amount. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we determined that the entire goodwill balance
of $850.5 was impaired, and wrote it off as of December 31, 2008. See note 10(b). The process of determining
fair  values  is  subjective  and  requires  management  to  exercise  a  significant  amount  of  judgment  in  making
assumptions  about  future  results,  including  revenue  and  expense  projections,  discount  rates  and  market
multiples, at the reporting unit level.

F-10

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

(i)

Intangible assets:

We  carry  intangible  assets  at  cost  and  amortize  these  assets  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  estimated

useful lives. The estimated useful lives  are  as follows:

Intellectual property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer software assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3 to 5 years
4  to  10 years
1 to 10 years

Intellectual  property  assets  consist  primarily  of  certain  non-patented  intellectual  property  and  process
technology.  Other  intangible  assets  consist  primarily  of  customer  relationships  and  contract  intangibles.
Computer software assets consist primarily  of software licenses.

(j)

Impairment or disposal of long-lived  assets:

We  review  long-lived  assets  (comprised  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  intangible  assets)  for
impairment  on  an  annual  basis  or  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  (‘‘triggering  events’’)  indicate
that we may not recover the carrying amount. Absent of any triggering events during the year, we conduct our
long-lived assets assessment in the fourth quarter of the year to correspond with our planning cycle. We classify
assets as held-for-use or available-for-sale. We recognize an impairment loss on an asset used when the carrying
amount  exceeds  the  projected  undiscounted  future  net  cash  flows  we  expect  from  its  use  and  disposal.  We
measure the loss as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds its fair value, which we determine using
either  discounted  cash  flows  or  estimates  of  market  value  for  certain  assets,  where  available.  The  process  of
determining  fair  values  is  subjective  and  requires  management  to  exercise  judgment  in  making  assumptions
about future results, including revenue and expense projections and discount rates, as well as the valuation and
use of appraisals for property. For assets available-for-sale, we recognize an impairment loss when the carrying
amount exceeds the fair value less costs to sell. We have recorded impairment charges in 2007, 2008 and 2009.
See note 10(c).

(k) Pension and non-pension post-employment benefits:

We accrue our obligations under employee benefit plans and the related costs, net of plan assets. The cost
of  pensions  and  other  post-employment  benefits  earned  by  employees  is  actuarially  determined  using  the
projected  benefit  method  prorated  on  service,  and  management’s  best  estimate  of  expected  plan  investment
performance,  salary  escalation,  compensation  levels  at  time  of  retirement,  retirement  ages,  the  discount  rate
used  in  measuring  the  liability  and  expected  healthcare  costs.  Actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  the
estimates originally made by management. Changes in these assumptions could impact future pension expense
and pension funding. For the purpose of calculating the expected return on plan assets, we value assets at fair
value.  We  amortize  past  service  costs  arising  from  plan  amendments  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  average
remaining service period of employees active at the date of amendment. We amortize actuarial gains or losses
exceeding  10%  of  a  plan’s  accumulated  benefit  obligations  or  the  fair  market  value  of  the  plan  assets  at  the
beginning of the year, over the average remaining service period of active employees, except for plans where all,
or almost all, of the employees are no longer active, in which we amortize over the average remaining life of the
former  employees.  We  measure  plan  assets  and  the  accrued  benefit  obligations  at  December  31.  The  average
amortization period of the pension plans is 27 years for 2008 and 2009. The average remaining service period of
active  employees  covered  by  the  other  post-employment  benefits  plans  is  19  years  for  2008  and  2009.
Curtailment  gains  or  losses  may  arise  from  significant  changes  to  a  plan.  We  offset  curtailment  gains  against
unrecognized  losses  and  record  any  excess  gains  when  the  curtailment  occurs  and  all  curtailment  losses  in  the
period  in  which  it  is  probable  that  a  curtailment  will  occur.  Settlement  gains  or  losses  may  arise  from
transactions  in  which  we  substantially  discharge  or  settle  all  or  part  of  our  accrued  benefit  obligation  thereby
substantially eliminating the risks associated with the accrued benefit obligation and the assets used to effect the

F-11

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

settlement.  We  recognize  settlement  gains  or  losses  through  operations  in  the  period  in  which  the  settlement
occurs.  When  the  restructuring  of  a  benefit  plan  gives  rise  to  both  a  curtailment  and  a  settlement,  the
curtailment  is  accounted  for  prior  to  the  settlement.  We  record  pension  assets  as  other  long-term  assets  and
pension liabilities as accrued pension and post-employment benefits.

(l) Deferred financing costs:

We  record  financing  costs  as  a  reduction  to  the  cost  of  the  related  debt  which  we  amortize  to  operations

using the effective interest rate method.

(m) Income taxes:

We  use  the  asset  and  liability  method  of  accounting  for  income  taxes.  We  recognize  deferred  income  tax
assets  and  liabilities  for  future  income  tax  consequences  that  are  attributable  to  the  differences  between  the
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. We record a
valuation allowance against deferred income tax assets when management believes it is more likely than not that
some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. We recognize the effect of changes in
tax rates in the period of substantive  enactment.

We  record  an  income  tax  expense  or  recovery  based  on  the  income  earned  or  loss  incurred  in  each  tax
jurisdiction  and  the  substantively  enacted  tax  rate  applicable  to  that  income  or  loss.  In  the  ordinary  course  of
business, there are many transactions for which the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. The final tax outcome of
these matters may be different from the estimates originally made by management in determining our income
tax  provisions.  We  recognize  a  tax  benefit  related  to  tax  uncertainties  when  it  is  probable  based  on  our  best
estimate of the amount that will ultimately be realized. A change to these estimates could impact the income tax
provision.  We  recognize  accrued  interest  and  penalties  relating  to  tax  uncertainties  in  current  income
tax expense.

(n) Foreign currency translation and hedging:

Foreign currency translation:

The majority of our subsidiaries are integrated operations and have a U.S. dollar functional currency. For
such subsidiaries, we translate monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies into U.S. dollars
at  the  year-end  rate  of  exchange.  We  translate  non-monetary  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign
currencies  at  historic  rates,  and  we  translate  revenue  and  expenses  at  the  average  exchange  rates  prevailing
during the month of the transaction. Exchange gains and losses also arise on the settlement of foreign-currency
denominated transactions. We record  these exchange gains and losses in  our statement of  operations.

We translate the accounts of our self-sustaining foreign operations, for which the functional currency is not
the U.S. dollar, into U.S. dollars using the current rate method. We translate assets and liabilities at the year-end
rate  of  exchange,  and  we  translate  revenue  and  expenses  at  the  average  exchange  rates  prevailing  during  the
month of the transaction. We defer gains and losses arising from the translation of these foreign operations in
the foreign currency translation account  included in  other  comprehensive income (loss).

Foreign currency hedging:

We  enter  into  forward  exchange  and  option  contracts  to  hedge  the  cash  flow  risk  associated  with  firm
purchase  commitments  and  forecasted  transactions  in  foreign  currencies  and  foreign-currency  denominated
balances. We do not enter into derivatives for speculative purposes.

For  relationships  in  which  we  intend  to  apply  hedge  accounting,  we  have  formally  documented  the
relationship  between  hedging  instruments  and  hedged  items,  as  well  as  our  risk  management  objectives  and

F-12

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives to specific assets
and  liabilities  on  the  balance  sheet  or  to  specific  firm  commitments  or  forecasted  transactions.  We  have  also
formally assessed, both at the hedge’s inception and at the end of each quarter, whether the derivatives used in
hedged transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of hedged  items.

In certain circumstances, we have not designated forward contracts as hedges and therefore have marked
these contracts to market each period, resulting in a gain or loss in our consolidated statement of operations. We
record  the  gain  or  loss  from  these  forward  contracts  at  the  same  location  where  the  underlying  exposures  are
recognized  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  For  our  non-designated  hedges  against  our  balance
sheet exposures denominated in foreign currencies, we record the gain or loss from these forward contracts in
SG&A expenses.

Interest rate hedging:

In connection with the issuance of our Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011 (2011 Notes) in June 2004, we
entered into agreements to swap the fixed interest rate for a variable interest rate. We recorded the payments or
receipts under the swap agreements as interest expense on long-term debt. In February 2009, we terminated the
interest rate swap agreements. See notes 7  and 14.

Financial instruments:

We  recognize  all  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheet  at  fair  value,
except  for  loans  and  receivables,  held-to-maturity  investments  and  non-trading  financial  liabilities,  which  are
carried  at  their  amortized  cost.  We  also  record  certain  elements  of  our  Notes  at  fair  value  while  keeping  the
remaining amounts at cost or amortized cost. See notes  7 and  14 for further details.

All derivatives, including embedded derivatives that must be separately accounted for, are measured at fair
value in our consolidated balance sheet. We designate our hedging relationships as either cash flow hedges or
fair value hedges.

In a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative, to the extent that it is effective, are
recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) (OCI) until the asset or liability being hedged is recognized in
operations.  Any  cash  flow  hedge  ineffectiveness  is  recognized  in  operations  immediately.  For  hedges  that  are
discontinued before the end of the original hedge term, the unrealized hedge gain (loss) in OCI is amortized to
operations over the remaining term of the original hedge. If the hedged item ceases to exist before the end of
the original hedge term, the unrealized hedge gain (loss) in OCI is recognized in operations immediately. The
effective  portion  of  hedge  gain  (loss)  in  OCI  is  released  to  operations  as  the  hedged  items  are  recognized  in
operations  and  at  the  same  location  where  the  hedged  items  are  recorded  in  our  consolidated  statements  of
operations. Based on our current cash flow hedges, most of the underlying expenses that are being hedged are
included in cost of sales.

In a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of hedging derivatives are offset in operations by the changes
in the fair value relating to the hedged risk of the asset, liability or cash flows being hedged. Any fair value hedge
ineffectiveness is recognized in operations  immediately.

Derivatives may be embedded in financial instruments (the ‘‘host instrument’’). Embedded derivatives are
treated as separate derivatives when their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of
the host instrument, the terms of the embedded derivative are similar to those of a stand-alone derivative, and
the combined contract is not held for trading or designated at fair value. We have prepayment options that are
embedded in our Notes which meet the  criteria  for bifurcation.  See notes 7(d) and (e).

In determining the fair value of our financial instruments, we used a variety of methods and assumptions
that  are  based  on  market  conditions  and  risks  existing  on  each  reporting  date.  Broker  quotes  and  standard

F-13

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

market conventions and techniques, such as discounted cash flow analysis and option pricing models, are used to
determine  the  fair  value  of  our  financial  instruments,  including  derivatives  and  hedged  debt  obligations.  In
determining  the  fair  value  of  our  financial  instruments,  we  also  consider  the  credit  quality  of  the  financial
instruments,  including  our  own  credit  risk  as  well  as  the  credit  risks  of  our  counterparties.  See  note  14.  All
methods  of  fair  value  measurement  result  in  a  general  approximation  of  value  and  such  value  may  never
be realized.

We mark-to-market the embedded prepayment options in our Notes until the options are extinguished. We
also  applied  the  fair  value  hedge  accounting  to  our  interest  rate  swaps  and  our  hedged  debt  obligation  (2011
Notes) until February 2009. The changes in fair values each period are recorded in interest expense on long-term
debt,  except  for  the  write-down  of  the  embedded  prepayment  option  due  to  hedge  de-designation  or  debt
redemption which we recorded in other charges. The mark-to-market adjustment fluctuates each period as it is
dependent  on  market  conditions,  including  future  interest  rates,  implied  volatilities  and  credit  spreads.  The
impact of these adjustments on our results  of operations is  as follows:

Year ended December  31

2007

2008

2009

Increase (decrease) in interest expense on long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(0.6) $ 1.0

$ (9.0)

We  are  required  to  disclose  the  classifications  of  our  financial  instruments  into  the  following  specific

categories:

— financial assets  held-for-trading
— held-to-maturity investments
— financial liabilities held-for-trading

— loans  and receivables
— available-for-sale financial assets
— financial  liabilities  measured at amortized cost

The classification of our financial instruments is as  follows:

Our cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash and short-term investments. See note 19. We classify
accounts receivable as loans and receivables. Our derivative assets are included in prepaid and other assets and
other long-term assets. Our derivative liabilities are included in accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities.
The  majority  of  our  derivative  assets  and  liabilities  arise  from  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  and  interest
rate swap agreements. Our foreign currency forward contracts are recorded at fair value and the majority of our
foreign  currency  forward  contracts  are  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges.  Our  interest  rate  swap  agreements
related to our 2011 Notes were recorded at fair value and were designated as fair value hedges, prior to their
termination  in  the  first  quarter  of  2009.  See  note  14(d)(2).  Accounts  payable  and  the  majority  of  our  accrued
liabilities,  excluding  derivative  liabilities,  are  classified  as  financial  liabilities  which  are  recorded  at  amortized
cost.  Our  Notes,  which  are  comprised  of  elements  recorded  at  fair  value  and  amortized  cost,  are  classified  as
financial  liabilities.  See  note  7.  We  do  not  currently  designate  any  financial  assets  as  held-for-trading  or
available-for-sale.

(o) Research and development:

We incur costs relating to research and development activities. We expense these costs as incurred unless
development  costs  meet  certain  criteria  for  capitalization.  Total  research  and  development  costs  recorded  in
SG&A for 2009 were $7.0 (2008 — $7.6;  2007 — $2.5). No amounts were  capitalized.

(p) Restructuring charges:

We  record  restructuring  charges  relating  to  workforce  reductions,  facility  consolidations  and  costs
associated  with  exiting  businesses.  These  restructuring  charges,  which  include  employee  terminations  and

F-14

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

contractual lease obligations, are only recorded when we incur the liability and can measure its fair value. The
recognition  of  restructuring  charges  requires  management  to  make  certain  judgments  and  estimates  regarding
the nature, timing and amounts associated with the planned restructuring activities, including estimating future
sublease  income  and  the  net  recoverable  amount  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  to  be  disposed  of.  The
estimated  liability  may  change  subsequent  to  its  initial  recognition,  requiring  adjustments  to  the  expense  and
liability  recorded.  At  the  end  of  each  reporting  period,  we  evaluate  the  appropriateness  of  the  remaining
accrued balances.

(q) Stock-based compensation and other  stock-based payments:

We  account  for  employee  stock  options  using  the  fair-value  method  of  accounting.  We  recognize
compensation  expense  over  the  vesting  period,  on  a  straight-line  basis.  We  recognize  the  effect  of  actual
forfeitures as they occur. See notes 8(d) and (e) outlining our  stock-based compensation plans.

(r) Earnings (loss) per share and weighted average shares  outstanding:

We  follow  the  treasury  stock  method  for  calculating  diluted  per  share  results.  The  diluted  per  share
calculation  reflects  the  potential  dilution  from  stock  options.  As  a  result  of  our  net  losses  for  2007  and  2008,
approximately 0.1 million and 0.3 million, stock options were excluded from the diluted per share calculations
for 2007 and 2008, respectively.

(s) Changes in accounting policies:

(1) Goodwill and intangible assets:

On  January  1,  2009,  we  adopted  CICA  Handbook  Section  3064,  ‘‘Goodwill  and  intangible  assets.’’  This
revised  standard  establishes  guidance  for  the  recognition,  measurement  and  disclosure  of  goodwill  and
intangible  assets,  including  internally  generated  intangible  assets.  As  required  by  this  standard,  we  have
retroactively reclassified computer software assets on our consolidated balance sheet from property, plant and
equipment  to  intangible  assets.  We  have  also  reclassified  computer  software  amortization  on  our  consolidated
statement  of  operations  from  depreciation  expense,  included  in  SG&A,  to  amortization  of  intangible  assets.
There was no impact on previously reported  net earnings or  loss. See note  5.

(2) Financial instruments — disclosures:

Effective December 31, 2009, we adopted the amendment issued by the CICA to Handbook Section 3862,
‘‘Financial  instruments — disclosures,’’  which  requires  enhanced  disclosures  on  liquidity  risk  of  financial
instruments  and  new  disclosures  on  fair  value  measurements  of  financial  instruments.  These  requirements
correspond  to  the  IFRS  guidelines  on  financial  instruments  disclosures.  See  note  14.  The  adoption  of  this
amendment did not have a material  impact  on our consolidated financial  statements.

(t) Recently issued accounting pronouncements:

(1) International financial reporting standards  (IFRS):

In  February  2008,  the  Canadian  Accounting  Standards  Board  announced  the  adoption  of  International
Financial Reporting Standards for publicly accountable enterprises. IFRS will replace Canadian GAAP effective
January  1,  2011.  IFRS  is  effective  for  our  first  quarter  of  2011  and  will  require  that  we  restate  our  2010
comparative  numbers  under  IFRS.  We  have  started  an  IFRS  conversion  project  to  evaluate  the  impact  of
implementing the new standards. Our transition plan is progressing according to our implementation schedule.
We have disclosed our preliminary IFRS accounting policy decisions in our 2009 management’s discussion and
analysis.  Although  we  have  identified  key  accounting  policy  differences,  we  cannot  at  this  time  determine  the
impact of IFRS on our consolidated  financial statements.

F-15

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

(2) Business combinations:

In  January  2009,  the  CICA  issued  Handbook  Section  1582,  ‘‘Business  combinations,’’  which  replaces  the
existing standards. This section establishes the standards for the accounting of business combinations, and states
that  all  assets  and  liabilities  of  an  acquired  business  will  be  recorded  at  fair  value.  Obligations  for  contingent
considerations  and  contingencies  will  also  be  recorded  at  fair  value  at  the  acquisition  date.  The  standard  also
states that acquisition-related costs will be expensed as incurred and that restructuring charges will be expensed
in the periods after the acquisition date. This standard is equivalent to the IFRS on business combinations. This
standard is applied prospectively to business combinations with acquisition dates on or after January 1, 2011. We
do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements
unless we engage in a significant acquisition.

(3) Consolidated financial statements:

In  January  2009,  the  CICA  issued  Handbook  Section  1601,  ‘‘Consolidated  financial  statements,’’  which
replaces  the  existing  standards.  This  section  establishes  the  standards  for  preparing  consolidated  financial
statements  and  is  effective  for  2011.  We  are  currently  evaluating  the  impact  of  adopting  this  standard  on  our
consolidated financial statements. 

3.

INTEGRATION COSTS:

We  expense  integration  costs  relating  to  the  establishment  of  business  processes,  infrastructure  and
information  systems  for  acquired  operations.  None  of  the  integration  costs  incurred  related  to  existing
operations.

Also see note 22.

4.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:

Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Building/leasehold  improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Office equipment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Machinery and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

Cost

42.5
218.9
83.6
38.4
740.2

Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Building/leasehold  improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Office equipment
Machinery and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

Cost

35.7
207.2
90.6
36.1
686.5

2008

Accumulated
Depreciation

Net  Book
Value

$ —

50.4
57.5
32.4
549.8

$ —

53.9
63.9
33.1
511.4

$ 42.5
168.5
26.1
6.0
190.4

$433.5

$ 35.7
153.3
26.7
3.0
175.1

$393.8

$1,123.6

$690.1

2009

Accumulated
Depreciation

Net  Book
Value

$1,056.1

$662.3

F-16

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

As of December 31, 2009, we have $23.0 (December 31, 2008 — $22.0) of assets that are available-for-sale,
primarily  land  and  buildings,  as  a  result  of  the  restructuring  actions  we  implemented.  We  have  programs
underway to sell these assets.

Property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2009 includes $5.9 (December 31, 2008 — $6.4) of assets

under capital lease and accumulated  depreciation of $4.9  (2008 — $5.0)  related  thereto.

Depreciation  and  rental  expense  for  2009  was  $75.4  (2008 — $91.1;  2007 — $106.1)  and  $51.6  (2008 —

$49.1; 2007 — $55.9), respectively.

5.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS:

Intellectual property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer software assets (note 2(s)(1)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Intellectual property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer software assets (note 2(s)(1)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2008

Accumulated
Amortization

Net Book
Value

$ 0.6
19.5
34.0

$54.1

$118.8
181.6
222.1

$522.5

2009

Accumulated
Amortization

Net Book
Value

$111.3
181.0
232.3

$524.6

$ —

8.9
23.4

$32.3

Cost

$119.4
201.1
256.1

$576.6

Cost

$111.3
189.9
255.7

$556.9

The following table details the changes  in intangible assets:

Intellectual
Property

Other
Intangible
Assets

Computer
Software
Assets

Balance — December 31, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Addition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance — December 31, 2008 (i) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment (ii) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Addition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1.7
(1.1)
—

0.6
(0.2)
(0.4)
—

$ 33.5
(14.0)
—

19.5
(8.6)
(2.0)
—

$ 38.9
(11.8)
6.9

34.0
(13.1)
—

2.5

Total

$ 74.1
(26.9)
6.9

54.1
(21.9)
(2.4)
2.5

Balance — December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$—

$ 8.9

$ 23.4

$ 32.3

(i) As we finalized our 2009 plan, and in connection with our annual recoverability review of long-lived assets
in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2008,  we  determined  that  there  was  no  impairment  of  intangible  assets  for  2008.

(ii) As we finalized our 2010 plan, and in connection with our annual recoverability review of long-lived assets
in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009,  we  recorded  an  impairment  charge  of  $1.8  to  write-down  other  intangible
assets in Asia. The impairment was measured as the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the
assets determined using discounted cash flows.

F-17

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

In  2009,  as  a  result  of  restructuring  actions  we  implemented,  we  also  recorded  impairment  charges  to

write-down intellectual property by $0.4  and  other  intangible assets by  $0.2.

Amortization expense is as follows:

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

Amortization of intellectual property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of other intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of computer software assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 2.1
19.2
23.4

$ 1.1
14.0
11.8

$ 0.2
8.6
13.1

$44.7

$26.9

$21.9

We  estimate our future amortization  expense as  follows,  based on  the existing intangible  asset balances:

2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$15.6
13.9
2.8

$32.3

6. OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS:

Deferred pension (note 13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Land rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fair value of interest rate swaps (note  14(d)(2)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income taxes (note 11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 83.2
11.8
17.3
8.0
6.5

$104.4
10.9
—
14.4
7.5

2008

2009

7. LONG-TERM DEBT:

Secured, revolving credit facility (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011 (2011  Notes)  (b)(c)(d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (2013  Notes)  (b)(d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Embedded prepayment option at fair  value (d)(e) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basis adjustments on debt obligation (e) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unamortized debt issue costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fair value adjustment of 2011 Notes  attributable to interest rate risks (d)(e) . . . . . . . . . . .

Capital lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Less current portion (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$126.8

$137.2

2008

2009

$ —
489.4
223.1
(19.2)
4.9
(7.0)
40.9

732.1
1.0

733.1
1.0

$ —
—
223.1
(1.5)
3.1
(1.9)
—

222.8
—

222.8
222.8

$732.1

$ —

(a) In  April  2009,  we  renewed  our  revolving  credit  facility  on  generally  similar  terms  and  conditions,  and
reduced the size from $300.0 to $200.0, with a maturity of April 2011. Borrowings bear a higher interest rate

F-18

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

under  this  facility  than  under  the  prior  facility  and  we  are  required  to  comply  with  certain  restrictive
covenants relating to debt incurrence, the sale of assets, a change of control and certain financial covenants
related to indebtedness, interest coverage and liquidity. We have pledged certain assets, including the shares
of  certain  North  American  subsidiaries,  as  security.  The  facility  includes  a  $25.0  swing-line  facility  that
provides  for  short-term  borrowings  up  to  a  maximum  of  seven  days.  The  credit  facility  permits  us  and
certain  designated  subsidiaries  to  borrow  funds  for  general  corporate  purposes  (including  acquisitions).
Borrowings  under  the  facility  bear  interest  at  LIBOR  plus  a  margin,  except  that  borrowings  under  the
swing-line facility bear interest at a base rate plus a margin. There were no borrowings outstanding under
this  facility  at  December  31,  2009.  Commitment  fees  for  2009  were  $2.1.  Based  on  the  required  financial
ratios at December 31, 2009, we have full access to this facility. We were in compliance with all covenants at
December 31, 2009.

We also have uncommitted bank overdraft facilities available for operating requirements which total $65.0
at December 31, 2009. There were no borrowings outstanding under these facilities at December 31, 2009.
(b) In  June  2004,  we  issued  the  2011  Notes  with  a  principal  amount  of  $500.0  and  a  fixed  interest  rate  of

7.875%. We redeemed the outstanding  2011 Notes during 2009. See note  7(d).

In  June  2005,  we  issued  the  2013  Notes  with  a  principal  amount  of  $250.0  and  a  fixed  interest  rate  of
7.625%.  The  2013  Notes  are  unsecured  and  are  subordinated  in  right  of  payment  to  our  secured  debt
(see note 7(a)). The 2013 Notes have restrictive covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends, repurchase
our own stock or repay debt that is subordinated to these Notes. These covenants also place limitations on
the  sale  of  assets  and  our  ability  to  incur  additional  debt.  We  were  in  compliance  with  all  covenants  at
December 31, 2009. In January 2010, we announced our intention to redeem our outstanding 2013 Notes.
See note 22. As a result, we reclassified our 2013 Notes from long-term debt to current portion of long-term
debt on our consolidated balance sheet as at December  31, 2009.

(c)

In connection with the 2011 Notes, we entered into agreements to swap the fixed interest rate for a variable
interest  rate  based  on  LIBOR  plus  a  margin.  In  February  2009,  we  terminated  these  interest  rate  swap
agreements. See note 7(d). The average interest rate on the 2011 Notes was 7.0% for 2009 through to the
redemption of the debt (2008 — 6.5%; 2007 — 8.3%).

(d) During 2008, we paid $30.4, excluding accrued interest, to repurchase 2011 Notes with a principal amount
of $10.6 and to repurchase 2013 Notes with a principal amount of $26.9. We recognized a gain of $7.6 on the
repurchase of the Notes which we recorded in other charges. See note 10. The gain on the repurchase was
measured based on the carrying values of the repurchased portion of the Notes on the dates of repurchase.

In 2009, we paid $495.8, excluding accrued interest, to repurchase 2011 Notes with a principal amount of
$489.4.  We  recognized  a  gain  of  $19.5  on  the  repurchase  of  the  2011  Notes  which  we  recorded  in  other
charges. See note 10. The gain was measured based on the carrying value of the repurchased portion of the
2011 Notes on the date of repurchase. In February 2009, we terminated the interest rate swap agreements
related  to  the  2011  Notes  and  received  $14.7  in  cash,  excluding  accrued  interest,  as  settlement  of  these
agreements. In connection with the termination of the swap agreements, we discontinued fair value hedge
accounting on the 2011 Notes. In 2009, we recorded a write-down, through other charges, of $16.7 in the
carrying value of the embedded prepayment option on the 2011 Notes primarily to reflect the change in fair
value  upon  hedge  de-designation.  See  note  10.  We  amortized  the  historical  fair  value  adjustment  on  the
2011 Notes until the Notes were redeemed, using the effective interest rate method. This amortization was
recorded  as a reduction to interest expense  on long-term  debt. Also see note 22.

(e) The prepayment options in the Notes qualify as embedded derivatives that we bifurcated for reporting. As
of  December  31,  2009,  the  fair  value  of  the  embedded  derivative  asset  is  $1.5  for  the  2013  Notes  and  is
recorded  against  the  debt.  The  decrease  in  the  fair  value  of  the  embedded  derivative  asset  from
December 31, 2008 primarily reflects  the write-down upon hedge de-designation  described in  note 7(d).

F-19

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

As a result of bifurcating the prepayment option from the Notes, a basis adjustment was added to the cost
of  the  debt.  We  amortize  the  basis  adjustment  over  the  term  of  the  debt  using  the  effective  interest  rate
method.  This  amortization  is  recorded  as  a  reduction  of  interest  expense  on  long-term  debt.  The
unamortized fair value adjustment on the 2011 Notes decreased from $40.9 at December 31, 2008 to zero at
December  31,  2009  primarily  as  a  result  of  the  debt  repurchases  and  hedge  de-designation  described  in
note  7(d).  After  the  hedge  de-designation,  we  amortized  the  fair  value  adjustment  to  interest  expense  on
long-term  debt  until  the  2011  Notes  were  redeemed.  Upon  redemption  of  the  2011  Notes  in  2009,  the
related basis adjustment, the unamortized debt issue costs and the unamortized fair value adjustment were
eliminated in determining the gain that  we recorded  in other charges.

We  applied  fair  value  hedge  accounting  to  our  interest  rate  swaps  and  our  hedged  debt  obligation  (2011
Notes) until February 2009. We also mark-to-market the bifurcated embedded prepayment options in our
debt instruments until the options are extinguished. The changes in the fair values each period are recorded
in interest expense on long-term debt, except for the write-down of the embedded prepayment option due
to  hedge  de-designation  or  debt  redemption  which  we  recorded  in  other  charges.  The  mark-to-market
adjustment fluctuates each period as it is dependent on market conditions, including future interest rates,
implied  volatility  and  credit  spreads.  See  note  2(n)  which  summarizes  the  impact  of  our  mark-to-market
adjustments and our fair value hedge  accounting.

8. CAPITAL STOCK:

(a) Authorized:

We  are  authorized  to  issue  an  unlimited  number  of  subordinate  voting  shares  (SVS),  which  entitle  the
holder to one vote per share, and an unlimited number of multiple voting shares (MVS), which entitle the holder
to 25 votes per share. Except as otherwise required by law, the SVS and MVS vote together as a single class on
all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including the election of directors. The holders of the SVS and
MVS are entitled to share ratably, as a single class, in any dividends declared subject to any preferential rights of
any outstanding preferred shares in respect of the payment of dividends. Each MVS is convertible at any time at
the  option  of  the  holder  thereof  and  automatically,  under  certain  circumstances,  into  one  SVS.  We  are  also
authorized to issue an unlimited number  of  preferred  shares, issuable in series.

(b) Issued and outstanding:

Number of  Shares (in millions)

SVS

MVS

Total SVS
and MVS
outstanding

Warrants
(note 8(c))

228.8
0.4
—

229.2
0.3
—

229.5

0.4
—
(0.4)

—
—
—

—

Balance December 31, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other share issuances (i) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other (ii) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —

199.2

0.4 —
—

29.6

Balance December 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other share issuances (iii) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other (iv) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

199.6

29.6

0.3 —
10.7

(10.7)

Balance December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

210.6

18.9

F-20

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

Amount

SVS

MVS

Total SVS
and MVS
outstanding

Warrants
(note 8(c))

Balance December 31, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other share issuances (i) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other (ii) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance December 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other share issuances (iii) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other (iv) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$3,479.8
3.3

—

3,483.1
2.7
38.0

$105.4
—
—

105.4
—
(38.0)

$3,585.2
3.3

—

3,588.5
2.7

—

$ 3.1
—
(3.1)

—
—
—

Balance December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$3,523.8

$ 67.4

$3,591.2

$—

Capital transactions:

(i) During 2008, we issued 0.2 million SVS as a result of the exercise of employee stock options for $2.1
and  we  issued  0.1  million  SVS  for  $0.7  upon  the  vesting  of  restricted  share  units.  We  also  issued
0.1 million SVS for $0.5 upon the vesting of deferred share units.

(ii) During 2008, we cancelled 0.4 million warrants with an ascribed value of $3.1.

(iii) During 2009, we issued 0.3 million SVS as a result of the exercise of employee stock options for $2.7.

(iv) During  2009,  Onex  Corporation,  our  controlling  shareholder  who  holds  our  outstanding  MVS,
converted  10.7  million  MVS  into  10.7  million  SVS  and  then  sold  these  SVS  pursuant  to  a  public
offering.

(c) Warrants:

In connection with an acquisition in 2004,  we issued warrants. The warrants have expired.

Long-Term Incentives:

Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP):

Under  the  LTIP,  we  may  grant  stock  options,  performance  options,  performance  share  units  and  stock
appreciation  rights  to  eligible  employees,  executives  and  consultants.  Under  the  LTIP,  up  to  29.0  million  SVS
may be issued from treasury.

Share Unit Plan (SUP):

Under  the  SUP,  we  may  grant  restricted  share  units  and  performance  share  units  to  eligible  employees.
Under the SUP, we will satisfy the delivery of the share units by purchasing SVS in the open market or by cash,
rather than issuing SVS from treasury.

(d) Stock option plans:

(i) Long-Term Incentive Plan:

We have granted stock options and performance options as part of our LTIP. Options are granted at prices
equal to the market value on the day prior to the date of the grant and are exercisable during a period not to
exceed 10 years from the grant date.

(ii) Employee Share Purchase and Option Plans (ESPO):

We had ESPO plans that were available to certain employees and executives. Pursuant to the ESPO plans,
our  employees and executives were offered  the opportunity to purchase, at prices equal  to  market value, SVS
and,  in  connection  with  such  purchase,  receive  options  to  acquire  an  additional  number  of  SVS  based  on  the
number  of  SVS  acquired  by  them  under  the  ESPO  plans.  The  exercise  price  for  the  options  was  equal  to  the

F-21

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

price  per  share  paid  for  the  corresponding  SVS  acquired  under  the  ESPO  plans.  The  ESPO  options  expired
in 2008.

Stock option transactions were as follows:

Number of  Options (in millions)

Shares

Weighted Average
Exercise  Price

Outstanding at December 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited/Expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding at December 31, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited/Expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding at December 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited/Expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding at December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shares reserved for issuance upon exercise  of stock options or awards (in millions) .

11.5
2.7
(0.7)
(5.3)

8.2
2.4
(0.2)
(1.3)

9.1
2.4
(0.3)
(0.8)

10.4

26.7

$20.62
$ 6.42
$ 4.99
$27.25

$15.58
$ 5.97
$ 7.95
$13.58

$12.35
$ 4.51
$ 6.36
$21.44

$10.75

The following options were outstanding  as at December 31, 2009:

Range of Exercise Prices

$ 4.04 - $ 4.90 . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 5.26 - $ 6.05 . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 6.18 - $ 6.75 . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 6.93 - $10.00 . . . . . . . . . . . .
$10.13 - $17.15 . . . . . . . . . . . .
$17.20 - $27.68 . . . . . . . . . . . .
$27.91 - $82.12 . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 9.73 - $13.33 . . . . . . . . . . . .
$13.52 - $58.00 . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding Weighted Average

Options

Exercise  Price

Weighted Average
Remaining Life of
Outstanding Options

Exercisable Weighted Average

Options

Exercise Price

(in millions)
2.3
1.6
2.3
0.8
1.6
1.3
0.3
0.1
0.1

10.4

$ 4.47
$ 5.94
$ 6.45
$ 8.88
$15.07
$22.13
$50.79
$11.96
$18.80

(years)
9.1
7.4
7.9
7.0
4.6
3.3
1.4
2.5
1.6

(in  millions)
—
0.8
0.6
0.5
1.4
1.3
0.3
0.1
0.1

5.1

$ —
$ 5.99
$ 6.53
$ 9.33
$15.14
$22.13
$50.79
$11.96
$18.80

We have applied fair-value method of accounting for stock option awards granted after January 1, 2003 and,
accordingly,  have  recorded  compensation  expense.  Prior  to  January  1,  2003,  we  accounted  for  stock  option
awards using the settlement method  and no  compensation  expense was recognized.

F-22

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

We amortize the estimated fair value of options to expense over the vesting period of three to four years, on
a straight-line basis. We determined the fair value of the options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model
with the following weighted average assumptions:

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

Risk-free rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dividend yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Volatility factor of the expected market price of our shares . . . .
Expected option life (in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weighted-average fair value of options  granted . . . . . . . . . . . . .

0.0%

3.6% - 4.8% 1.0% - 3.3% 1.9% - 3.0%
0.0%
35% - 52% 38% - 59% 38% - 47%
4.0 - 5.5
$3.12

4.0 - 5.5
$2.57

5.5
$1.60

0.0%

For 2009, we expensed $5.9 (2008 — $6.6; 2007 — $7.0)  relating to the  fair value of options.

(e) Restricted share units awards:

We have granted restricted share units (RSUs) and performance share units (PSUs) as part of our LTIP and
SUP. These grants generally entitle the holder to receive one SVS or, at our discretion, the cash equivalent of the
market value of a share at the date of vesting. Historically, we have settled these awards with shares purchased in
the open market. The cost of equity-settled awards is based on the market value of our SVS at the time of grant.
We  amortize  this  cost  to  compensation  expense  over  the  vesting  period  on  a  straight-line  basis  with  a
corresponding charge through contributed  surplus.

During the fourth quarter of 2009, we decided to settle the share unit awards vesting in the first quarter of
2010 with cash. Cash-settled awards are accounted for as liabilities and remeasured based on our share price at
each reporting period until the settlement date. As a result of our decision to settle these awards with cash, we
reclassified  the  accumulated  balance  of  $13.3,  representing  the  grant  date  fair  value  of  vested  awards,  from
contributed surplus to accrued liabilities. We adjusted this liability to the market value of our underlying SVS at
December  31,  2009,  with  a  corresponding  charge  to  compensation  expense.  We  recorded  a  mark-to-market
adjustment of $10.9 (cost of sales — $5.2; SG&A — $5.7) in the fourth quarter of 2009. Management’s current
intention is to settle all future share unit awards in the form of shares purchased in the open market and, as a
result will continue to account for these  share units  as equity  awards.

The  weighted-average  grant  date  fair  value  of  the  share  units  awarded  in  2009  was  $4.19  (2008 — $6.52;
2007 — $6.10).  A  total  of  $33.0,  including  the  $10.9  mark-to-market  adjustment  described  above,  has  been
recognized for share unit awards in cost of  sales and SG&A in 2009 (2008 — $16.8;  2007 — $6.2).

F-23

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

RSUs  granted  before  2008  completely  vest  at  the  end  of  their  respective  terms,  which  is  generally  three
years. RSUs granted in 2008 and thereafter vest approximately one-third each year. PSUs vest at the end of their
respective terms, generally three years,  to  the extent  that performance conditions  have been met.

Number of  RSUs and PSUs (in millions)

RSUs

Vested

PSUs

Vested

Outstanding at December 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited/Expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.1
1.6
(0.5)
(0.8)

0.1

Outstanding at December 31, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited/Expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding at December 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited/Expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.4 —
3.2
(0.4)
(0.8)

4.4 —
4.4
(0.3)
(1.9)

2.0 —
0.8
(1.0)
—

1.8 —
2.1
(0.5)
(0.1)

3.3 —
4.6
(0.2)
(0.7)

Outstanding at December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6.6 —

7.0 —

9. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE  INCOME,  NET  OF TAX:

Opening balance of foreign currency translation  account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transitional adjustment — January 1,  2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Currency translation adjustment
Release of cumulative currency translation to other  charges (note (10)) . . . . . . . . .

Closing balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Opening balance of unrealized net gain (loss) on cash flow  hedges . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transitional adjustment — January 1,  2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net gain (loss) on cash flow hedges (i) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net loss (gain) on cash flow hedges reclassified to operations  (ii) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

$ —

26.5
8.7

—

35.2

$ 35.2
—
11.5
—

$ 46.7
—
(1.6)
1.8

46.7

46.9

20.7

—
(0.5) —
37.5
(16.3)

(53.1)
(4.9)

(37.3)
—
14.4
31.8

Closing balance (iii) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20.7

(37.3)

8.9

Accumulated other comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 55.9

$ 9.4

$ 55.8

(i) Net  of  income  tax  benefit  of  $0.1  for  2009  (2008 — $0.8  income  tax  benefit;  2007 — $0.2  income

tax expense).

(ii) Net of income tax expense of $0.6  for 2009 (2008 — $0.2 income tax expense; 2007 — no income tax).

(iii) Net of income tax expense of $0.1 as of December 31, 2009 (December 31, 2008 — $0.4 income tax benefit;

December 31, 2007 — $0.2 income tax expense).

We  expect  that  the  majority  of  the  gains  on  cash  flow  hedges  reported  in  the  2009  accumulated  other
comprehensive income balance will be reclassified to operations during 2010, primarily through cost of sales, as
the underlying expenses being hedged  are  incurred.

F-24

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

10. OTHER CHARGES:

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

Restructuring (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill impairment (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Long-lived asset impairment (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain on repurchase of Notes (note 7(d)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Write-down of embedded prepayment  option (note 7(d)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Recovery of damages (d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Release of cumulative translation adjustment (e) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Other (f) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$37.3

15.1

(4.8)

$ 35.3
850.5
8.8
(7.6)
—
—
—
(1.8)

$ 83.1
—
12.3
(19.5)
16.7
(23.7)
1.8
(2.7)

$47.6

$885.2

$ 68.0

(a) Restructuring:

Between 2001 and 2004, we announced global restructuring plans as a result of end market weakness and
the  shifting  of  manufacturing  capacity  from  higher-cost  regions  in  North  America  and  Europe  to  lower-cost
regions  in  Asia.  During  2005  and  2006,  we  announced  further  plans  to  improve  capacity  utilization  and
accelerate  margin  improvements,  primarily  in  our  North  America  and  Europe  regions  as  end-market  demand
and profitability had not recovered to  sustainable  levels.

In  January  2008,  we  estimated  that  additional  restructuring  charges  of  between  $50  and  $75  would  be
recorded throughout 2008 and 2009. In light of the continued uncertain economic environment, we determined
that  further  restructuring  actions  were  required  to  improve  our  overall  utilization  and  reduce  overhead  costs,
and in July 2009 we announced additional restructuring charges of between $75 and $100. Combined, we expect
to incur total restructuring charges of between $150 and $175 associated with this program. We recorded $35.3 in
restructuring charges in 2008 and $83.1 in 2009 related to this program. We expect to complete the remainder of
the restructuring actions by the end of 2010. As we finalize the detailed plans of these restructuring actions, we
will  recognize  the  related  charges.  The  recognition  of  these  charges  requires  management  to  make  certain
judgments and estimates regarding the amount and timing of restructuring charges or recoveries. Our estimated
liability  could  change  subsequent  to  its  recognition,  requiring  adjustments  to  our  expense  and  the  liability
amounts recorded.

Our  restructuring  actions  included  consolidating  facilities  and  reducing  our  workforce.  Approximately
36,100  employees  have  been  terminated  since  2001.  The  majority  of  the  employees  terminated  were
manufacturing  and  plant  employees.  Approximately  65%  of  the  employee  terminations  to  date  were  in  the
Americas, 25% in Europe and 10% in Asia. For leased facilities that have been vacated, the lease costs included
in  the  restructuring  costs  represent  future  lease  payments  less  estimated  sublease  recoveries.  Adjustments  are
made  to  lease  and  other  contractual  obligations  to  reflect  incremental  cancellation  fees  paid  for  terminating
certain  facility  leases  and  to  reflect  higher  accruals  for  other  leases  due  to  delays  in  the  timing  of  sublease
recoveries,  changes  in  estimated  sublease  rates,  or  changes  in  use,  relating  principally  to  facilities  in  the
Americas. We recorded non-cash charges to write-down certain long-lived assets (65% in the Americas, 25% in
Europe and 10% in Asia) which became impaired as a result of the rationalization of facilities. We expect our
long-term lease and other contractual obligations to be paid out over the remaining lease terms through 2015.
Our restructuring liability is recorded in  accrued liabilities.

F-25

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

Details of the activity through the accrued restructuring liability and the non-cash charge are as  follows:

Employee
termination
costs

Lease and other
contractual
obligations

Facility  exit
costs and
other

January 1, 2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31, 2001 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision /adjustments . . . . . . . . .
Cash payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31, 2002 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision /adjustments . . . . . . . . .
Cash payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31, 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision /adjustments . . . . . . . . .
Cash payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31, 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision /adjustments . . . . . . . . .
Cash payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31, 2005 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision /adjustments . . . . . . . . .
Cash payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision /adjustments . . . . . . . . .
Cash payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision /adjustments . . . . . . . . .
Cash payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision /adjustments . . . . . . . . .
Cash payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ —

$ —

90.7
(51.2)

39.5
124.7
(77.1)

87.1
68.8
(112.0)

43.9
101.3
(110.6)

34.6
122.7
(106.6)

50.7
115.2
(89.8)
(23.2)

52.9
20.7
(64.6)

9.0
31.9
(22.2)

18.7
69.9
(64.9)

35.3
(1.6)

33.7
63.1
(14.7)

82.1
24.4
(44.4)

62.1
10.9
(32.0)

41.0
20.7
(12.7)

49.0
9.1
(16.7)
—

41.4
8.6
(13.5)

36.5
1.4
(11.2)

26.7
6.5
(12.4)

$ —

12.4
(2.9)

9.5
5.8
(7.5)

7.8
4.0
(8.9)

2.9
6.2
(4.1)

5.0
5.7
(9.0)

1.7
5.9
(6.1)
—

1.5
2.9
(3.8)

0.6
0.9
(1.3)

0.2
2.9
(2.6)

Total accrued
liability

Non-cash
charge

Total
charge

$ —

$ —

$ —

138.4
(55.7)

82.7
193.6
(99.3)

177.0
97.2
(165.3)

108.9
118.4
(146.7)

80.6
149.1
(128.3)

101.4
130.2
(112.6)
(23.2)

95.8
32.2
(81.9)

46.1
34.2
(34.7)

45.6
79.3
(79.9)

98.6
—

98.6
191.8
—

290.4
(2.3)
—

288.1
35.3
—

323.4
11.0
—

334.4
47.9
—
—

382.3
5.1

—

387.4
1.1

—

388.5
3.8

—

237.0
—

237.0
385.4
—

622.4
94.9

—

717.3
153.7
—

871.0
160.1
—

1,031.1
178.1
—
—

1,209.2
37.3
—

1,246.5
35.3
—

1,281.8
83.1
—

December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 23.7

$ 20.8

$ 0.5

$ 45.0

$392.3

$1,364.9

(b) Goodwill:

Our  goodwill  balance  prior  to  the  impairment  charge  described  below  was  $850.5  and  was  established

primarily as a result of an acquisition  in  2001. All  goodwill was allocated to the Asia reporting unit.

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2008,  we  performed  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  assessment.  We
completed our step one analysis using a combination of valuation approaches including a market capitalization
approach,  a  multiples  approach  and  a  discounted  cash  flow.  The  market  capitalization  approach  used  our
publicly traded stock price to determine fair value, adjusted upward for a control premium, which we allocated
to  the  Asia  reporting  unit  on  a  prorata  basis  based  on  earnings.  The  multiples  approach  used  an  average  of
comparable trading multiples of our major competitors to arrive at a fair value, adjusted upward for a control
premium. We applied a 20% control premium to the fair values, which we believe is a reasonable estimate based

F-26

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

on past transactions in the EMS industry at December 31, 2008. The discounted cash flow method used revenue
and expense projections and risk-adjusted discount rates to determine fair value. The process of determining fair
value is subjective and required management to exercise a significant amount of judgment in determining future
growth  rates,  discount  rates  and  tax  rates,  among  other  factors.  At  that  time,  the  economic  environment  had
negatively impacted our ability to forecast future demand which in turn resulted in our use of higher discount
rates, reflecting the risk and uncertainty in the markets. We discounted our three-year projections using a 27%
discount rate. We averaged the fair values derived from the above approaches to determine the estimated fair
value of the Asia reporting unit. The results of our step one analysis indicated potential impairment in our Asia
reporting unit, which was corroborated by a combination of factors including a significant and sustained decline
in  our  market  capitalization,  which  was  significantly  below  our  book  value,  and  the  then  deteriorating  macro
environment,  which  resulted  in  a  decline  in  expected  future  demand.  We  performed  the  second  step  of  the
goodwill impairment assessment to quantify the amount of impairment. We engaged an independent third-party
consultant  to  assist  with  our  step  two  analysis.  This  involved  calculating  the  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill,
determined  in  a  manner  similar  to  a  purchase  price  allocation,  and  comparing  the  residual  amount  to  the
carrying amount of goodwill. Based on our analysis incorporating the declining market capitalization in 2008, as
well as the significant end market deterioration and economic uncertainties impacting expected future demand
at that time, we concluded that the entire goodwill balance as of December 31, 2008 of $850.5 was impaired. The
goodwill impairment charge was non-cash in nature and did not affect our liquidity, cash flows from operating
activities,  or  our  compliance  with  debt  covenants.  The  goodwill  impairment  charge  was  not  deductible  for
income tax purposes and, therefore, we did  not record a  corresponding tax  benefit in 2008.

(c) Long-lived asset impairment:

In  2007,  we  recorded  a  non-cash  impairment  charge  of  $15.1  primarily  against  property,  plant  and
equipment  in  the  Americas  and  Europe.  In  2008,  we  recorded  a  non-cash  impairment  charge  of  $8.8  against
property, plant and equipment in the Americas and Europe. In 2009, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge
of $12.3 against property, plant and equipment primarily in Japan.

We tested impairment of long-lived assets in the fourth quarter of each year. We used the two-step method,
by comparing the carrying amount of an asset, or group of assets, to the undiscounted cash flows from the use
and eventual disposal of the asset. If the carrying amount exceeded the undiscounted cash flows, we performed
step two by comparing the fair value of the asset to its carrying amount to determine the amount of impairment.
We  estimated  fair  value  using  discounted  cash  flows  or  estimates  of  market  value  for  certain  assets,  where
available.  We  used  revenue  and  expense  projections  based  on  site  submissions  which  were  discounted  using
risk-adjusted  rates.  We  worked  with  independent  brokers  to  obtain  the  market  prices  to  support  our  real
property values.

(d) Recovery of damages:

In 2009, we received a recovery of damages related to certain purchases we made in prior periods as a result
of  the  settlement  of  a  class  action  lawsuit.  When  the  cash  was  received,  we  recorded  the  recovery,  net  of
estimated reserves, of $23.7 through other charges. Future adjustments to our estimated reserves, if any, will be
recorded  through other charges.

(e) Release of cumulative translation  adjustment:

We recorded a net loss of $1.8 for the release of the cumulative currency translation adjustment related to a

liquidated foreign subsidiary.

F-27

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

(f) Other:

We  recognized  recoveries  on  the  sale  of  certain  assets  that  were  previously  written  down  through

other charges.

11. INCOME TAXES:

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

Earnings (loss) before income tax:

Canadian operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(143.2) $ 252.7
(968.2)

150.3

$(318.6)
379.0

$

7.1

$(715.5) $ 60.4

Current income tax expense (recovery):

Canadian operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 15.6
(1.2)

$

0.4
18.0

$ 29.5
4.1

Deferred income tax expense (recovery):

Canadian operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 14.4

$ 18.4

$ 33.6

$

$

8.7
(2.3)

$ (4.9) $ (23.1)
(5.1)

(8.5)

6.4

$ (13.4) $ (28.2)

The overall income tax provision differs  from the provision computed at the  statutory rate as follows:

Combined Canadian federal and provincial income tax rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax expense (recovery) based  on  earnings  or loss  before  income taxes at
statutory rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Impact on income taxes from:

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

36.1% 33.5% 33.0%

$ 2.6

$(239.7) $ 19.9

Manufacturing and processing deduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign income taxed at lower rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other, including non-taxable and non-deductible items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Write-down of non-deductible goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.2
(92.4)
71.2
10.9
23.3
—

(4.9)
297.2
(131.9)
46.6
3.1
34.6

2.5
(119.2)
79.2
32.3
(9.3)
—

Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 20.8

$

5.0

$

5.4

F-28

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future income tax consequences attributable to
differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets  and  liabilities,  and  their
respective tax bases. Deferred income tax  assets  and liabilities are comprised  of the following:

Deferred income tax assets:

Income tax effect of operating losses  carried forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounting provisions not currently deductible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property, plant and equipment, intangible  and  other  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring accruals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 555.1
45.6
78.5
12.4

$ 583.4
28.8
98.4
13.5

December  31

2008

2009

Valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deferred income tax liabilities:

Deferred pension asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unrealized foreign exchange gains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Share issue and debt issue costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

691.6
(591.9)

724.1
(582.6)

99.7

141.5

(15.1)
(113.1)
(2.7)

(14.3)
(134.0)
(1.6)

(130.9)

(149.9)

Deferred income tax liability, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (31.2) $

(8.4)

The net deferred income tax asset (liability) is  classified as follows:

December 31

2008

2009

Current
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 8.2
(39.4)

$ 5.2
(13.6)

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(31.2) $ (8.4)

In  certain  jurisdictions,  we  currently  have  significant  operating  losses  and  other  deductible  temporary
differences that will reduce taxable income in these jurisdictions in future periods. We have determined that a
valuation allowance of $582.6 is required in respect of our deferred income tax assets as at December 31, 2009
(December 31, 2008 — $591.9).

The aggregate amount of undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries, for which no deferred income
tax liability has been recorded, is $443.1 as at December 31, 2009 (December 31, 2008 — $980.0). We intend to
indefinitely re-invest income in these foreign subsidiaries.

We  have  been  granted  tax  incentives,  including  tax  holidays,  for  our  China,  Czech  Republic,  Malaysia,
Philippines  and  Thailand  subsidiaries.  The  tax  benefit  arising  from  these  incentives  is  approximately  $26.2,  or
$0.11 per diluted share, for 2009, $42.6, or $0.19 per diluted share, for 2008 and $45.0, or $0.20 per diluted share,
for 2007. As of December 31, 2009, we have tax incentives that expire between 2010 and 2015, and are subject to
certain conditions with which we intend  to  comply.

F-29

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

As at December 31, 2009, our operating loss  carry forwards  by year of expiry  are as follows:

Year  of Expiry

Americas

Europe

Asia

Total

2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 -  2028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indefinite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

1.6
6.2
14.7
21.2
23.6
30.7
810.5
373.3

$289.4
164.6 —

$ — $ 291.0
170.8
54.2
53.6
46.2
32.5
873.0
640.5

10.4
9.5
5.6
1.8

29.1
22.9
17.0
—
62.5 —
228.6

38.6

$1,281.8

$814.1

$65.9

$2,161.8

See note 16 regarding income tax contingencies.

12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

In 2008, we entered into a manufacturing agreement with a company under the control of our controlling
shareholder.  During  2009,  we  recorded  revenue  of  $42.3  (2008 — $19.3)  from  this  related  party.  As  at
December 31, 2009, we had $3.9 due from this related party. All transactions with this related party were in the
normal  course  of  operations  and  were  recorded  at  the  exchange  amount,  being  the  amount  agreed  to  by
the parties.

See note 8(b)(iv).

13. PENSION AND NON-PENSION POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFIT PLANS:

We  provide  pension  and  non-pension  post-employment  benefit  plans  for  our  employees.  Pension  benefits
include traditional pension plans as well as supplemental pension plans. Some employees in Canada, Japan and
the United Kingdom participate in defined benefit plans. Defined contribution plans are offered to employees,
mainly in Canada and the U.S.

We  provide  non-pension  post-employment  benefits  (other  benefit  plans)  to  retired  and  terminated
employees  in  Canada,  the  U.S.,  Mexico  and  Thailand.  These  benefits  include  one-time  retirement  and
termination  benefits,  medical,  surgical,  hospitalization  coverage,  supplemental  health,  dental  and  group
life insurance.

Our  pension  funding  policy  is  to  contribute  amounts  sufficient  to  meet  minimum  local  statutory  funding
requirements  that  are  based  on  actuarial  calculations.  We  may  make  additional  discretionary  contributions
based  on  actuarial  assessments.  Contributions  made  by  us  to  support  ongoing  plan  obligations  have  been
included  in  the  deferred  asset  or  liability  accounts  on  the  balance  sheet.  The  most  recent  statutory  pension
actuarial  valuations  were  completed  using  measurement  dates  as  of  April  2007  and  December  2008.  The
measurement  dates  to  be  used  for  the  next  actuarial  valuation  for  pensions  will  be  April  2010  and
December 2011.

We currently fund our non-pension post-employment benefit plans as we incur benefit payments. The most
recent actuarial valuations for non-pension post-employment benefits were completed using measurement dates
of  January  2008  and  October  2009.  The  measurement  dates  of  the  next  actuarial  valuations  for  non-pension
post-employment  benefits  will  be  January  2010  and  October  2012.  We  accrue  the  expected  costs  of  providing
non-pension post-employment benefits  during  the periods  in which  the employees  render  service.

F-30

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

The  measurement  date  used  for  the  accounting  valuation  for  pension  and  non-pension  post-employment

benefits is December 31, 2009.

Pension fund assets are invested primarily in fixed income and equity securities. Asset allocation between
fixed income and equity is adjusted based on the expected life of the plan and the expected retirement of the
plan  participants.  Currently,  the  asset  allocation  allows  for  45%-53%  investment  in  fixed  income,  45%-53%
investment  in  equities  through  mutual  funds,  and  1%  in  real  estate/other  investments.  We  employ  passive
investment approaches in our pension plan asset management strategy. Our pension funds do not invest directly
in  equities  or  derivative  instruments.  Our  pension  funds  do  not  invest  directly  in  our  shares,  but  may  invest
indirectly as a result of the inclusion of our shares in certain market investment funds. All of our plan assets are
measured at their fair value using quoted prices in active markets and can be classified as level 1 of the fair value
hierarchy. These plan assets are held with counterparty financial institutions each having a Standard and Poor’s
rating of A or above at December 31,  2009. We believe that the counterparty concentration risk is low.

The table below presents the market value of the assets as follows:

Fair Market
Value at
December 31

Actual Asset
Allocation (%)
at December  31

2008

2009

2008

2009

Equities through mutual funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$133.0
134.8
18.7

$171.3
181.1
4.9

46% 48%
47% 51%
1%
7%

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$286.5

$357.3

100% 100%

The following tables provide a summary of the estimated financial position of our pension and non-pension

post-employment benefit plans:

Pension Plans
Year ended
December 31

Other Benefit
Plans
Year ended
December  31

2008

2009

2008

2009

Plan assets, beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Employer contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actual return on assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voluntary employee contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plan settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefits paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign currency exchange rate changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$429.7
22.0
(56.9)
0.1

—
(23.8)
(84.6)

2.7

$286.5
22.3
41.6 —
0.1 —
(8.6) —
(20.8)
36.2 —

(2.7)

3.2
—
—
—
(3.2)
—

$— $—

Plan assets, end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$286.5

$357.3

$— $—

F-31

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

Pension Plans
Year ended
December 31

Other
Benefit Plans
Year ended
December  31

2008

2009

2008

2009

Accrued benefit obligations, beginning  of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voluntary employee contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actuarial losses (gains) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plan curtailments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plan settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefits paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign currency exchange rate changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$473.3
2.4
23.0
0.1
(54.1)
—
—
(23.8)
(94.2)

$ 81.1
2.5
4.2

$326.7
2.9
20.0
0.1
26.8
(0.2)
(8.1) —
(20.8)
39.1

—
(4.6)
(1.2)

(2.7)
(13.2)

$ 66.1
2.2
4.4

—
(6.8)
(0.7)
—
(3.2)
7.9

Accrued benefit obligations, end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$326.7

$386.5

$ 66.1

$ 69.9

Excess of accrued benefit obligations over  plan assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unrecognized actuarial losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unrecognized net  transition obligation and  prior service cost . . . . . . . . . .

$ (40.2) $ (29.2) $(66.1) $(69.9)
16.3
(8.2)

124.1
(4.1)

117.5
(4.9)

21.3
(7.6)

Deferred (accrued) pension cost

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 72.4

$ 90.8

$(52.4) $(61.8)

The  following  table  reconciles  the  deferred  (accrued)  pension  balances  to  those  reported  as  of

December 31, 2008 and 2009:

Accrued pension and post-employment

benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred pension assets (note 6) . . . . . . . . . .

2008

Other
Benefit
Plans

Total

Pension
Plans

2009

Other
Benefit
Plans

Total

$(52.4)
—

$(52.4)

$(63.2) $ (13.6)
104.4

83.2

$ 20.0

$ 90.8

$(61.8)
—

$(61.8)

$ (75.4)
104.4

$ 29.0

Pension
Plans

$(10.8)
83.2

$ 72.4

The following table outlines the net periodic benefit  cost  as follows:

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service cost
Interest cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected return on assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net amortization of prior service cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net amortization of actuarial losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curtailment/settlement loss (gain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Defined contribution pension plan expense . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pension Plans
Year ended December 31

Other Benefit Plans
Year ended  December  31

2007

2008

2009

2007

2008

2009

$ 4.9
23.1
(22.7)
(0.1)
5.0
(0.2)

$ 2.4
23.0
(23.1)
(0.1)
3.9
0.1

10.0
11.5

6.2
11.8

$ 2.9
20.0
(15.9) —

$ 2.8
3.8

(0.3)
4.1
2.1

(0.8)
1.1
(0.3)

12.9
10.7 —

6.6

$ 2.5
4.2
—
(0.7)
1.0
(0.5)

6.5
—

$ 2.2
4.4
—
(0.7)
0.8
(0.5)

6.2
—

Total expense for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 21.5

$ 18.0

$ 23.6

$ 6.6

$ 6.5

$ 6.2

F-32

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

The  following  table  outlines  the  actuarial  assumption  percentages  used  in  measuring  the  accrued  benefit

obligations at December 31 and the  net  periodic benefit costs for the year ended  December 31  as follows:

Weighted average discount rate (i) for:

Accrued benefit obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net periodic benefit cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted average rate of compensation increase for:

Accrued benefit obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net periodic benefit cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted average expected long-term  rate of return on  plan assets

(ii) for:
Net periodic benefit cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Healthcare cost trend rate (iii) for:

Pension Plans

Other Benefit Plans

2007

2008

2009

2007

2008

2009

5.4
5.0

3.7
3.5

5.9
5.4

3.2
3.7

5.7
5.9

3.5
3.2

5.6
5.5

3.4
3.6

6.5
5.6

4.7
3.4

6.4
6.5

4.7
4.7

5.8

5.9

5.8 — — —

Accrued benefit obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 7.8
Net periodic benefit cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — 8.0
Estimated rate for the following 12-month net  periodic  benefit cost . — — — 7.8

7.3
7.8
7.3

7.6
7.3
7.6

Management  applied  significant  judgment  in  determining  these  assumptions.  We  evaluate  these
assumptions on a regular basis taking into consideration current market conditions and historical market data.
Actual results could differ materially from  those estimates and assumptions.

(i) The weighted average discount rate is determined using publicly available rates for high yield corporate
bonds and government bonds for each country where there is a pension or non-pension benefit plan. A
lower discount rate would increase the  present  value of the benefit  obligation.

(ii) The weighted average rate of return for each asset class contained in our approved investment strategy
is  used  to  derive  the  expected  long-term  rate  of  return  on  assets.  For  fixed  income  securities,  the
long-term  rate  of  return  on  bonds  for  each  country  is  used.  The  duration  of  the  long-term  rate  of
return on the bonds coincides with the estimated maturity of the plan obligations. For equity securities,
an  expected  equity  risk  premium  is  aggregated  with  the  long-term  rate  of  return  on  bonds.  The
expected equity risk premium is specific for each country and is based on historic equity returns. There
is no assurance that the plans will earn the assumed  rate of  return on plan assets.

(iii) The ultimate healthcare trend rate used to determine the cost of the benefits is estimated to steadily

decline to 4.8% and is expected to be achieved  in 2019.

Assumed healthcare trend rates impact the amounts reported for healthcare plans. A one-percentage point

change in the assumed healthcare trend rates has the following impact:

Other
Benefit  Plans
Year ended
December  31

2008

2009

1% Increase

Effect on accrued benefit obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effect on service cost and interest cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$10.8
1.2

$ 7.8
1.2

1% Decrease

Effect on accrued benefit obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effect on service cost and interest cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (7.8) $(6.5)
(0.8)

(0.9)

F-33

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

At December 31, 2009, we have pension plans that have accrued benefit obligations of $255.2 in excess of
plan assets of $211.0. We also have pension plans with plan assets of $146.3 that are in excess of accrued benefit
obligations of $131.3.

At December 31, 2009, the total accumulated benefit obligations for the pension plans was $385.3 and the

accrued benefit obligations for the non-pension  post-employment benefit  plans was $69.9.

In 2009, we made contributions to the pension plans of $33.0, of which $10.7 was for defined contribution
plans and $22.3 was for defined benefit plans. We may, from time to time, make voluntary contributions to the
pension plans. In 2009, we made contributions to the non-pension post-employment benefit plans of $3.2 to fund
benefit payments.

In  conjunction  with  certain  restructuring  activities,  we  settled  the  pension  obligations  of  two  plans  for  an

aggregate of $8.6.

The  estimated  future  benefit  payments  for  the  next  10  years,  which  reflect  expected  future  service,  and

estimated employer contributions are  as  follows:

Expected benefit payments:

Expected employer contributions:

14. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

(a) Financial risk management objectives:

Year

Pension  Benefits Other Benefits

2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2015 - 2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 18.3
18.6
18.9
19.1
19.3
100.2
$ 32.6

$ 3.8
3.8
3.9
4.0
4.1
23.6
$ 3.8

We have exposures to a variety of financial risks through our operations. We regularly monitor these risks
and have established policies and business practices to mitigate the adverse effects of these potential exposures.
We have used certain types of derivative financial instruments to reduce the effects of some of these risks. We do
not enter into or trade financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for speculative purposes.

Currency  risk:  Due  to  the  nature  of  our  international  operations,  we  are  exposed  to  exchange  rate
fluctuations  on  our  cash  receipts,  cash  payments  and  balance  sheet  exposures  denominated  in  various  foreign
currencies.  The  majority  of  currency  risk  is  driven  by  the  operational  costs  incurred  in  local  currencies  by  our
subsidiaries. We manage our currency risk through our hedging program using forecasts of future cash flows and
balance sheet exposures denominated  in foreign currencies. See note 2(n).

Our major currency exposures, as of December 31, 2009, are summarized in U.S. dollars equivalents in the
following table. For purposes of this table, we have excluded items such as pensions, post-employment benefits

F-34

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

and income taxes, in accordance with the financial instruments standard. The local currency amounts have been
converted to U.S. dollar equivalents  using  the spot rates as of December 31, 2009.

Mexican
peso

Thai
baht

Malaysian
ringgit

Canadian
dollar

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other financial assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 0.5
—
—
(20.4)

$ 1.0
—

1.3
(14.0)

$ 0.9
0.2
0.3
(12.6)

$ 54.8
—

0.3
(44.0)

Net financial assets (liabilities) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(19.9) $(11.7)

$(11.2)

$ 11.1

At  December  31,  2009,  a  one-percentage  point  strengthening  or  weakening  of  the  following  currencies
against the U.S. dollar for our financial instruments denominated in non-functional currencies has the following
impact:

Mexican
peso

Thai Malaysian
baht

ringgit

Canadian
dollar

1% Strengthening

Net earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$—

0.1

$(0.1)
0.5

$(0.2)
0.4

$—

2.0

1% Weakening

Net earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
(0.1)

0.1
(0.5)

0.2
(0.4)

—
(2.0)

Interest  rate  risk:  We  are  exposed  to  interest  rate  risks  as  we  have  significant  cash  balances  invested  at
floating rates. Borrowings under our revolving credit facility bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin. If we borrow
under  this  facility,  we  will  be  exposed  to  interest  rate  risks  due  to  fluctuations  in  the  LIBOR  rate.  A
one-percentage  point  increase  in  the  LIBOR  rate  would  increase  interest  expense,  assuming  maximum
borrowings under our credit facility, by  $2.0 annually.

Credit  risk:  Credit  risk  refers  to  the  risk  that  a  counterparty  may  default  on  its  contractual  obligations
resulting  in  a  financial  loss  to  us.  With  respect  to  our  financial  market  activities,  we  have  adopted  a  policy  of
dealing only with creditworthy counterparties to mitigate the risk of financial loss from defaults. We monitor the
credit  risk  of  the  counterparties  with  whom  we  conduct  business,  through  a  combined  process  of  credit  rating
reviews  and  portfolio  reviews.  To  mitigate  the  risk  of  financial  loss  from  defaults  under  our  foreign  currency
forward contracts, these counterparty financial institutions each had a Standard and Poor’s rating of A or above
at December 31, 2009. In November 2009, we renewed our accounts receivable sales program on similar terms
and  conditions  for  an  additional  year.  This  financial  institution  had  a  Standard  and  Poor’s  rating  of  A+  at
December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009, no accounts receivable were sold under this program. We believe the
credit risk of counterparty non-performance is  low.

Concentration  of  credit  risk:  We  also  provide  credit  to  our  customers  in  the  normal  course  of  business.
Financial  instruments  that  potentially  subject  us  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk  are  primarily  accounts
receivable,  inventory  repurchase  obligations  of  customers,  and  non-cancelable  purchases  of  inventory.  We
perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial conditions. In certain instances, we may obtain
letters of credit or other forms of security from our customers. We consider our concentrations of credit risk in
determining our estimates of reserves for potential credit losses. In addition, we maintain cash and short-term
investments in high-quality investments  or on deposit  with major  financial institutions.

F-35

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

The  carrying  amount  of  financial  assets  recorded  in  the  financial  statements,  net  of  any  allowances  or
reserves for losses, represents our estimate of maximum exposure to credit risk. As of December 31, 2009, less
than 1% of our gross accounts receivable are over 90 days past due. Accounts receivable are net of an allowance
for doubtful accounts of $7.5 at December 31,  2009 (December  31, 2008 — $13.7).

Liquidity  risk:  Liquidity  risk  is  the  risk  that  we  may  not  have  cash  available  to  satisfy  our  financial
obligations as they come due. The majority of our financial liabilities recorded in accounts payable and accrued
liabilities  are  due  within  90  days.  The  maturity  analysis  of  our  derivative  financial  liabilities  is  included  in
note  14(d)(1).  We  manage  liquidity  risk  by  maintaining  a  portfolio  of  liquid  funds  and  investments  and  a
revolving credit facility that includes overdraft facilities. We funded the repurchases and redemption of our 2011
Notes  from  existing  cash  resources.  In  January  2010,  we  announced  our  intention  to  redeem  our  outstanding
2013 Notes. See note 22. We believe that cash flow from operations, together with cash on hand, cash from the
sales of accounts receivable, and borrowings available under our credit facility and bank overdraft facilities will
be sufficient to support our financial  obligations.

(b) Fair values:

We  used  the  following  methods  and  assumptions  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  each  class  of  financial

instruments:

The  carrying  amounts  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  accounts  receivable,  accounts  payable  and  accrued
liabilities  approximate  fair  value  due  to  the  short-term  nature  of  these  instruments.  The  fair  values  of  foreign
currency  contracts  are  estimated  using  generally  accepted  valuation  models  based  on  discounted  cash  flow
analysis with inputs of observable market data, including currency rates and discount factors. Discount factors
are  adjusted  by  our  own  credit  risk  or  the  credit  risk  of  the  counterparty,  depending  if  the  fair  values  are  in
liability or asset positions, respectively.

The  carrying  amounts  and  fair  values  of  our  financial  instruments,  where  there  are  differences,  are

as follows:

2008

2009

Carrying
Amount

Fair Value
(ii)

Carrying
Amount

Fair Value
(ii)

2011 Notes (i) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2013 Notes (i) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$512.6
226.5

$452.7
185.2

$ —

224.7

$ —

230.9

(i) The  carrying  amount  of  the  Notes  excludes  unamortized  debt  issue  costs  and  accrued  interest.  All
outstanding 2011 Notes were redeemed during 2009. We intend to redeem the outstanding 2013 Notes in
the first quarter of 2010. See note 22.

(ii) Based on quoted market rates or prices.

The carrying values of our Notes are comprised of elements recorded at fair value and amortized cost. Our
2013 Notes are recorded at amortized cost except for the embedded prepayment options which are recorded at
fair value. The fair values of the prepayment options are estimated using option pricing models with inputs of
observable  market  data,  including  future  interest  rates,  implied  volatilities  and  credit  spreads.  For  our  2011
Notes, we previously applied fair value hedge accounting and changes in the fair value due to the hedged interest
rate risk were reflected in the carrying value of  the 2011 Notes.

(c) Fair value measurements:

Effective December 31, 2009, we adopted the amendment issued by the CICA to Handbook Section 3862,
‘‘Financial  instruments — disclosures,’’  which  requires  enhanced  disclosures  on  fair  value  measurements  of

F-36

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

financial instruments. The amendment establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance
of the inputs used to measure fair value. The three levels of fair value hierarchy based on the reliability of inputs
are as follows:

(cid:127) level 1  inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted)  in active markets for identical assets or  liabilities;

(cid:127) level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included in level 1 that are observable for the asset or

liability either directly (i.e. prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

(cid:127) level  3  inputs  are  inputs  for  the  asset  or  liability  that  are  not  based  on  observable  market  data

(i.e. unobservable inputs).

In the table below, we have segregated all financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value into
the most appropriate level within the fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to determine the fair value at
the measurement date. We have no financial  assets or  liabilities measured using level 3 inputs.

Financial  assets  and  liabilities  measured  at  fair  value  as  at  December  31,  2008  and  2009  in  the  financial

statements are summarized below:

Assets:
Cash equivalents (money market funds) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Derivatives — foreign currency forward contracts . . . . . .
Derivatives — interest rate swap agreements . . . . . . . . .

Liabilities:
Derivatives — foreign currency forward contracts . . . . . .

2008

2009

Level 1

Level 2

Total

Level 1

Level  2

Total

$390.1
—
—

$ — $390.1
4.2
17.3

4.2
17.3

$321.6
—
—

$— $321.6
9.4
9.4
—

—

$390.1

$21.5

$411.6

$321.6

$9.4

$331.0

$ —

$ —

$43.1

$ 43.1

$43.1

$ 43.1

$ —

$ —

$1.4

$1.4

$

$

1.4

1.4

Money  market  funds  are  valued  using  a  market  approach  based  on  the  quoted  market  prices  of  identical
instruments. Derivatives include foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate swap agreements. Foreign
currency  forward  contracts  are  valued  using  an  income  approach  by  comparing  the  current  quoted  market
forward  rates  to  our  contract  rates  and  discounting  the  values  with  appropriate  market  observable  credit  risk
adjusted  rates.  The  fair  values  of  our  cancelable  interest  rate  swap  agreements  were  estimated  using  a
discounted  cash  flow  analysis  with  inputs  of  observable  market  data  including  future  interest  rates,  implied
volatilities and credit spreads. The interest rate swap agreements were terminated in February 2009. There were
no transfers of fair value measurements between level 1 and level 2 of the fair value hierarchy in 2008 and 2009.

F-37

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

(d) Derivatives and hedging activities:

(1) We  enter  into  foreign  currency  contracts  to  hedge  foreign  currency  risks  primarily  relating  to  cash
flows. At December 31, 2009, we had forward exchange contracts to trade U.S. dollars in exchange for
the following currencies:

Currency

Amount of
U.S. dollars

Weighted average Maximum
period in
exchange rate of
months
U.S. dollars

Fair value
gain/(loss)

Canadian dollar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
British pound sterling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thai  baht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malaysian ringgit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mexican peso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Singapore dollar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Euro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Romanian lei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Czech koruna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$206.5
89.5
50.1
47.8
37.1
18.9
13.3
13.1
12.9

$489.2

$0.92
1.60
0.03
0.29
0.08
0.70
1.45
0.33
0.05

15
4
12
12
12
12
3
12
6

$ 7.7
(0.1)
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.3
—
(0.3)
(0.1)

$ 8.0

At  December  31,  2009,  the  fair  value  of  these  contracts  was  a  net  unrealized  gain  of  $8.0  (December  31,
2008 — net unrealized loss of $38.9). This is comprised of $9.4 of derivative assets recorded in prepaid and other
assets and other long-term assets, and $1.4 of derivative liabilities recorded in accrued liabilities. The change in
the  fair  value  of  these  forward  exchange  contracts  for  2009  is  due  primarily  to  the  favourable  movement  in
foreign exchange rates for the currencies that we hedge and the settlement of contracts with significant losses.
The  unrealized  gains  or  losses  are  a  result  of  fluctuations  in  foreign  exchange  rates  between  the  time  the
currency forward contracts were entered into and the  valuation  date at  period  end.

We  have  not  designated  certain  forward  contracts  to  trade  U.S.  dollars  as  hedges,  most  significantly  our

British pound sterling contract, and have marked these contracts  to  market each period  through operations.

(2) In  connection  with  our  2011  Notes,  we  entered  into  agreements  in  June  2004  to  swap  the  fixed  rate  of
interest for a variable rate. These swap agreements were designated as fair value hedges. The fair value of
the interest rate swap agreements at December 31, 2008 was an unrealized gain of $17.3 which was recorded
in other long-term assets. We terminated the interest rate swap agreements in February 2009 and received
$14.7 in cash, excluding accrued interest, as settlement of these agreements.

Fair  value  hedge  ineffectiveness  arose  when  the  change  in  the  fair  values  of  our  swap  agreements,  our
hedged debt obligation and its embedded derivatives, and the amortization of the related basis adjustments did
not  offset  each  other  during  a  reporting  period.  The  fair  value  hedge  ineffectiveness  for  our  2011  Notes  was
recorded in interest expense on long-term debt and amounted to a loss of $1.4 for 2009. This fair value hedge
ineffectiveness was primarily driven by the difference in the credit risk used to value our hedged debt obligation
as compared to the credit risk used to value our interest rate swaps. As a result of discontinuing our fair value
hedge  on  our  2011  Notes  in  2009,  no  further  fair  value  hedge  ineffectiveness  will  occur.  See  note  2(n)  which
summarizes the impact of our mark-to-market  adjustments  and our  fair value hedge accounting.

15. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT:

Our main objectives in managing our capital resources are to ensure liquidity and to have funds available
for  working  capital  or  other  investments  required  to  grow  our  business.  Our  capital  resources  consist  of  cash,
short-term  investments,  access  to  credit  facilities  and  bank  overdraft  facilities,  senior  subordinated  notes  and
share capital.

F-38

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

We  manage  our  capitalization  levels  and  make  adjustments,  as  available,  for  changes  in  economic
conditions. We have full access to a $200.0 credit facility, access to bank overdraft facilities and we could sell up
to $250.0 in accounts receivable, on a committed basis, under an accounts receivable sales program to provide
short-term  liquidity.  Our  credit  facility  has  restrictive  covenants  relating  to  debt  incurrence,  the  sale  of  assets
and a change of control. The facility also contains financial covenants that may limit the amount of debt that can
be  incurred  under  the  facility.  We  closely  monitor  our  business  performance  to  evaluate  compliance  with  our
covenants.  Our  2013  Notes,  which  we  intend  to  redeem  in  the  first  quarter  of  2010,  also  have  restrictions  on
financing  activities.  We  continue  to  monitor  and  review  the  most  cost-effective  methods  for  raising  capital,
taking into account these restrictions and covenants. Our credit facility expires in April 2011 and our accounts
receivable sales program is available  until November 2010.

During  2009,  we  redeemed  our  outstanding  2011  Notes.  In  January  2010,  we  announced  our  intention  to
redeem our outstanding 2013 Notes. See note 22. We have not distributed, nor do we have any current plan to
distribute, any dividends to our shareholders. We have and expect to, from time to time, purchase shares in the
open market for the settlement of share  unit  awards to employees  under our long-term incentive plans.

Our strategy on capital risk management has not changed since 2008. Other than the restrictive covenants
associated with our debt obligations noted above, we are not subject to any contractual or regulatorily imposed
capital requirements. While some of our international operations are subject to government restrictions on the
flow  of  capital  into  and  out  of  their  jurisdictions,  these  restrictions  have  not  had  a  material  impact  on
our  operations.

16. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES  AND GUARANTEES:

At December 31, 2009, we have operating leases that require  future payments as follows:

2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating
Leases

$39.5
24.3
11.7
9.2
6.9
26.2

We have contingent liabilities in the form of letters of credit, letters of guarantee and surety bonds which we
provided to various third parties. These guarantees cover various payments, including customs and excise taxes,
utility commitments and certain bank guarantees. At December 31, 2009, these contingent liabilities amounted
to $50.2 (December 31, 2008 — $55.4).

In addition to the above guarantees, we have also provided routine indemnifications, whose terms range in
duration and often are not explicitly defined. These may include indemnifications against adverse impacts due to
changes  in  tax  laws,  third  party  intellectual  property  infringement  claims  and  third  party  claims  for  property
damage  from  negligence.  We  have  also  provided  indemnifications  in  connection  with  the  sale  of  certain
businesses and real property. The maximum potential liability from these indemnifications cannot be reasonably
estimated.  In  some  cases,  we  have  recourse  against  other  parties  to  mitigate  our  risk  of  loss  from  these
indemnifications. Historically, we have not made significant payments relating to these types of indemnifications.

Litigation:

In the normal course of our operations, we are subject to litigation and claims from time to time. We may
also  be  subject  to  lawsuits,  investigations  and  other  claims,  including  environmental,  labor,  product,  customer

F-39

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

disputes and other matters. Management believes that adequate provisions have been recorded in the accounts
where required. Although it is not always possible to estimate the extent of potential costs, if any, management
believes that the ultimate resolution of such contingencies will not have a material adverse impact on our results
of operations, financial position or liquidity.

In  2007,  securities  class  action  lawsuits  were  commenced  against  the  Company  and  our  former  Chief
Executive and Chief Financial Officers, in the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York
by certain individuals, on behalf of themselves and other unnamed purchasers of our stock, claiming that they
were purchasers of our stock during the period January 27, 2005 through January 30, 2007. The plaintiffs allege
violations  of  United  States  federal  securities  laws  and  seek  unspecified  damages.  They  allege  that  during  the
purported  class  period  we  made  statements  concerning  our  actual  and  anticipated  future  financial  results  that
failed to disclose certain purportedly adverse information with respect to demand and inventory in our Mexican
operations  and  our  information  technology  and  communications  divisions.  In  an  amended  complaint,  the
plaintiffs  have  added  one  of  our  directors  and  Onex  Corporation  as  defendants.  All  defendants  have  filed
motions  to  dismiss  the  amended  complaint.  Those  motions  are  pending.  A  parallel  class  proceeding  has  also
been issued against the Company and our former Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers in the Ontario
Superior Court of Justice, but neither leave nor certification of the action has been granted by that court. We
believe that the allegations in these claims are without merit and we intend to defend against them vigorously.
However, there can be no assurance that the outcome of the litigation will be favorable to us or that it will not
have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  position  or  liquidity.  In  addition,  we  may  incur  substantial
litigation expenses in defending these claims. We have liability insurance coverage that may cover some of our
litigation expenses, potential judgments or  settlement costs.

Income taxes:

We are subject to tax audits and reviews by local tax authorities of historical information which could result
in additional tax expense in future periods relating to prior results. Reviews by tax authorities generally focus on,
but  are  not  limited  to,  the  validity  of  our  inter-company  transactions,  including  financing  and  transfer  pricing
policies which generally involve subjective areas of taxation and a significant degree of judgment. If any of these
tax  authorities  are  successful  with  their  challenges,  our  income  tax  expense  may  be  adversely  affected  and  we
could also be subject to interest and penalty  charges.

In  connection  with  ongoing  tax  audits  in  Canada,  tax  authorities  have  taken  the  position  that  income
reported  by  one  of  our  Canadian  subsidiaries  in  2001  through  2003  should  have  been  materially  higher  as  a
result  of  certain  inter-company  transactions.  The  successful  pursuit  of  that  assertion  could  result  in  that
subsidiary  owing  significant  amounts  of  tax,  interest  and  possibly  penalties.  We  believe  we  have  substantial
defenses  to  the  asserted  position  and  have  adequately  accrued  for  any  probable  potential  adverse  tax  impact.
However, there can be no assurance as to the final resolution of this claim and any resulting proceedings, and if
this claim and any ensuing proceedings are determined adversely to us, the amounts we may be required to pay
could be material.

In connection with a tax audit in Brazil, in the fourth quarter of 2009, tax authorities took the position that
income  reported  by  our  Brazilian  subsidiary  in  2004  should  have  been  materially  higher  as  a  result  of  certain
inter-company  transactions.  We  believe  we  have  substantial  defenses  to  the  asserted  position.  However,  there
can be no assurance as to the final resolution of this matter and, if it is determined adversely to us, the amounts
we may be required to pay for taxes,  interest  and penalties could  be  material.

We have and will continue to recognize the future benefit of certain Brazilian tax losses on the basis that
these tax losses can and will be fully utilized in the fiscal period ending on the date of dissolution of our Brazilian
subsidiary. We regularly review Brazilian laws and assess the likelihood of the realization of the future benefit of
the tax losses. A change to the benefit realizable on these Brazilian losses could result in a substantial increase to
our  net future tax liabilities.

F-40

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

17. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC  INFORMATION:

The accounting standards establish the criteria for the disclosure of certain information in the interim and
annual  financial  statements  regarding  operating  segments,  products  and  services,  geographic  areas  and  major
customers.  Operating  segments  are  defined  as  components  of  an  enterprise  for  which  separate  financial
information  is  available  that  is  regularly  evaluated  by  the  chief  operating  decision  maker  in  deciding  how  to
allocate  resources  and  in  assessing  performance.  Our  operating  segment  is  comprised  of  our  electronics
manufacturing services business. Our  chief operating  decision  maker is our  Chief Executive Officer.

(i) The  following  table  indicates  revenue  by  end  market  as  a  percentage  of  total  revenue.  Our  revenue
fluctuates from period to period depending on numerous factors, including but not limited to: seasonality of
business, the level of program wins or losses with new, existing and disengaging customers, the phasing in or
out of programs, and changes in customer demand.

Consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enterprise Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Telecommunications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Industrial, Aerospace and Defense, and Healthcare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year ended
December 31

2007

2008

2009

19% 23% 29%
28% 25% 21%
14% 15% 15%
19% 16% 13%
10% 10% 12%
10% 11% 10%

(ii) The  following  table  details  our  external  revenue  allocated  by  manufacturing  location  among  countries

exceeding 10%:

Year ended
December 31

2007

2008

2009

China . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thailand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

18% 19% 16%
17% 18% 18%
14% 14% 23%
*
12% 11%

*

less than 10% in the period indicated

(iii) The following table details our property, plant and equipment allocated among countries exceeding 10%:

China . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thailand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

23% 25% 24%
11% 10% 10%
18% 14% 13%
14% 19%

*

December 31

2007

2008

2009

*

less than 10% in the period indicated

18. SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS:

During 2007, two customers individually comprised 11% and 10% of total revenue. At December 31, 2007,

no customer represented more than 10% of total accounts receivable.

F-41

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

During  2008,  no  customer  represented  more  than  10%  of  total  revenue.  At  December  31,  2008,  two

customers individually represented more than 10%  of  total  accounts receivable.

During  2009,  one  customer  individually  comprised  17%  of  total  revenue.  At  December  31,  2009,  one

customer represented more than 10%  of total accounts  receivable.

19. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW  INFORMATION:

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

Paid during the year:

Interest (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taxes (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$76.6
$23.2

$65.4
$17.0

$64.8
$16.6

(a) This includes interest paid on the Notes. Interest on the Notes is payable in January and July of each year
until maturity or earlier repurchase or redemption. See notes 7(b) and (c). The interest paid on the 2011
Notes reflected the amounts received or paid relating to the interest rate swap agreements. During 2009, we
redeemed  our  outstanding  2011  Notes.  In  January  2010,  we  announced  our  intention  to  redeem  our
outstanding 2013 Notes. See note 22.

(b) Cash taxes paid are net of income  taxes recovered.

Cash is comprised of the following:

December  31

2008

2009

Cash (i) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash equivalents (i) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 406.2
794.8

$259.8
677.9

$1,201.0

$937.7

(i) Our  current  portfolio  consists  of  certificates  of  deposit  and  certain  money  market  funds  that  are  secured
exclusively  by  U.S.  government  securities.  The  majority  of  our  cash  and  cash  equivalents  are  held  with
financial institutions each of which had at December 31, 2009 a Standard and Poor’s rating of A-1 or above.

20. CANADIAN AND UNITED STATES ACCOUNTING POLICY DIFFERENCES:

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  Canadian  GAAP.  The
significant  differences  between  Canadian  and  U.S.  GAAP,  and  their  effects  on  our  consolidated  financial
statements, are described below:

Consolidated statements of operations:

The following table reconciles net earnings (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss), as reported in the
accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  consolidated  statements  of  other  comprehensive

F-42

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

income (loss), respectively, to net earnings (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss) that would have been
reported had the consolidated financial  statements been  prepared  in accordance with  U.S. GAAP:

Net earnings (loss) in accordance with Canadian GAAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain on foreign exchange contract, net of tax (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impact of debt instruments and interest rate swaps, net of  tax (b) . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax  uncertainties (h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation expense (e) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year ended December  31

2007

2008

2009

$(13.7) $(720.5) $55.0

(15.3) —

—
(1.4)
—
(1.0) —

2.4
7.6

(8.9)
(7.6)
0.5

Net earnings (loss) in accordance with U.S.  GAAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive income (loss):

Other comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with Canadian GAAP . . . . . .
Changes to funded status of defined benefit pension  and other post-employment
benefit plans (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(16.1) $(725.8) $39.0

29.9

(46.5)

46.4

6.5

16.3

(1.8)

Comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with U.S. GAAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 20.3

$(756.0) $83.6

The following table details the computation of  U.S. GAAP basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

Net earnings (loss) attributable to common shareholders — basic  and diluted . . .
Weighted average shares — basic (in  millions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weighted average shares — diluted (in millions)  (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic earnings (loss) per subordinate  voting share (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic earnings (loss) per multiple voting share (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted earnings (loss) per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (16.1) $(725.8) $ 39.0
229.5
229.3
228.9
230.9
229.3
228.9
$ (0.07) $ (3.17) $ 0.17
$ (0.07) $ (3.17) $ 0.17
$ (0.07) $ (3.17) $ 0.17

(1) Excludes the effect of all options and warrants in 2007 and 2008 as they were anti-dilutive due to the loss

reported in the year.

(2) Basic earnings (loss) per share:

Under  U.S.  GAAP,  we  applied  the  two-class  method  which  requires  the  disclosure  of  basic  per  share
amounts  for  each  class  of  shares  assuming  100%  of  earnings  are  distributed  as  dividends  to  each  class  of
shares based on their contractual rights. For purposes of this calculation, our MVS and SVS holders share
ratably, as a single class, in any dividends declared. See note 8(a). Canadian GAAP does not require similar
disclosures.

F-43

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

The cumulative effect of these adjustments on  our  shareholders’  equity is  as follows:

As at December 31

2007

2008

2009

Shareholders’ equity in accordance with Canadian GAAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain on foreign exchange contract, net of tax (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impact of debt instruments and interest rate  swaps, net of  tax (b) . . . . . . . .
Recognition of funded status of benefit  plans,  net of tax (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax  uncertainties (h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,118.2
15.3
5.5
(142.5)
—

$1,365.5
—

$1,475.8
—

7.9
(126.2)
7.6

(1.0)
(128.0)
—

Shareholders’ equity in accordance with U.S. GAAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,996.5

$1,254.8

$1,346.8

(a) In 2001, we entered into a forward exchange contract to hedge the cash portion of the purchase price for
one acquisition. This transaction did not qualify for hedge accounting treatment under U.S. GAAP, which
specifically  precludes  hedges  of  forecasted  business  combinations.  We  recorded  a  gain  on  the  exchange
contract  in  operations  in  2001  for  U.S.  GAAP.  For  Canadian  GAAP,  we  deferred  this  gain  by  reducing
goodwill.  Goodwill  was  lower  for  Canadian  GAAP  than  U.S.  GAAP.  In  2008,  we  wrote  off  our  entire
goodwill  balance  for  Canadian  and  U.S.  GAAP,  thereby  releasing  that  gain  to  operations  for  Canadian
GAAP purposes. As a result, this is no longer a reconciling item for U.S. GAAP.

(b) In  2004,  we  entered  into  interest  rate  swap  agreements  to  hedge  the  fair  value  of  our  2011  Notes  by
swapping the fixed rate of interest for a variable interest rate. We applied fair value hedge accounting to our
2011 Notes and interest rate swaps using the ‘‘shortcut’’  method  for U.S. GAAP.

Effective  January  1,  2007,  the  prepayment  options  in  our  Notes  qualified  as  embedded  derivatives  under
Canadian  GAAP  and  were  bifurcated  for  reporting.  This  bifurcation  was  not  required  under  U.S.  GAAP
and  therefore,  the  transitional  adjustments  related  to  the  bifurcation  of  embedded  prepayment  options
recorded against opening deficit, as well as the subsequent fair value adjustments recorded in operations for
the  embedded  derivatives  and  amortization  of  the  related  basis  adjustments  due  to  the  bifurcation,  were
reversed for U.S. GAAP. Under U.S. GAAP, we recorded a gain of $1.3 ($1.9 less $0.6 in taxes) in 2007 to
reverse  the  transitional  adjustment  recorded  in  opening  deficit  for  Canadian  GAAP.  This  was  offset  by  a
loss  of  $1.3  ($1.9  less  $0.6  in  taxes)  in  2007  in  operations  to  reverse  the  fair  value  adjustments  and
amortization of basis adjustments recorded for Canadian GAAP. There was no net impact on shareholders’
equity under U.S. GAAP in 2007. Under U.S. GAAP, we recorded a loss of $0.2 ($0.3 less $0.1 in taxes) in
2009 (2008 — loss of $10.1 ($14.2 less $4.1 in taxes)) to operations to reverse the fair value adjustments and
amortization of basis adjustments recorded for Canadian GAAP.

Due to the bifurcation of the embedded prepayment options, our prior hedge relationship between the 2011
Notes  and  the  interest  rate  swaps  became  a  non-qualified  type  for  fair  value  hedge  accounting  under
Canadian GAAP. Under Canadian GAAP, we recorded a derivative liability of $7.9 as of January 1, 2007 for
the interest rate swaps. A loss of $5.6 ($7.9 less $2.3 in taxes) was added back to shareholders’ equity for
U.S. GAAP. On January 1, 2007, we redesignated a new hedging relationship between our 2011 Notes and
the interest rate swaps, together with the bifurcated embedded prepayment options, to qualify for fair value
hedge  accounting  under  Canadian  GAAP.  For  Canadian  GAAP,  we  adopted  the  ‘‘long-haul’’  method  to
evaluate the effectiveness of this hedge relationship on an ongoing basis and to calculate the changes in the
fair values of the hedging instrument and related hedged item due to the hedged risks. The difference in the
changes in fair values between the interest rate swaps and the hedged debt obligation amounted to a loss of
$14.2 ($15.2 less $1.0 in taxes) for 2008 (2007 — loss of $3.5 ($1.3 plus $2.2 in taxes)) for Canadian GAAP
which was added back to operations for U.S. GAAP. For 2009, the difference in the changes in fair values
between the interest rate swaps and the hedged debt obligation amounted to a gain of $1.8 ($1.8 less nil in

F-44

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

taxes)  prior  to  hedge  de-designation  under  Canadian  GAAP  which  was  deducted  from  operations  for
U.S. GAAP.

Since bifurcation of our embedded prepayment options is not required under U.S. GAAP, we continued to
apply fair value hedge accounting to our 2011 Notes and interest rate swaps, using the ‘‘shortcut’’ method
with  the  assumption  that  there  is  no  ineffectiveness  for  U.S.  GAAP.  In  2007,  we  recorded  an  increase  of
$16.6 in the fair value of the interest rate swap, with a corresponding gain of $11.8 ($16.6 less $4.8 in taxes)
to operations. We also recorded an increase of $16.6 in the fair value of the 2011 Notes attributable to the
interest  rate  risk  being  hedged,  and  a  corresponding  loss  of  $15.4  ($16.6  less  $1.2  in  taxes)  to  operations.
The difference in the tax rates applied resulted in a loss of $3.6 charged to operations under U.S. GAAP for
2007.  In  2008,  we  recorded  an  increase  of  $8.6  in  the  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swap,  with  a
corresponding  gain  of  $6.1  ($8.6  less  $2.5  in  taxes)  to  operations.  During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2008,  we
repurchased  a  portion  of  our  2011  Notes.  As  a  result,  under  U.S.  GAAP  we  de-designated  a  fair  value
hedge relationship of $50.0 with one of our counterparty banks on the date of repurchase. We continued to
apply the ‘‘shortcut’’ method to the remaining $450.0 of 2011 Notes. In 2008, we also recorded an increase
of  $8.5  in  the  fair  value  of  the  2011  Notes  attributable  to  the  interest  rate  risk  being  hedged,  and  a
corresponding loss of $7.3 ($8.5 less $1.2 in taxes) to operations for U.S. GAAP. The difference in the tax
rates applied resulted in a loss of $1.2 charged to operations under U.S. GAAP for 2008. In February 2009,
we terminated our interest rate swap agreements and discontinued fair value hedge accounting on the 2011
Notes. In 2009, we recorded a decrease of $2.6 in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements prior to
termination, with a corresponding loss of $2.0 ($2.6 less $0.6 in taxes) to operations for U.S. GAAP. In 2009,
we also recorded a decrease of $2.4 in the fair value of the remaining designated portion of $450.0 of 2011
Notes prior to hedge de-designation, with a corresponding gain of $2.1 ($2.4 less $0.3 in taxes) to operations
for  U.S.  GAAP.  The  difference  in  the  tax  rates  applied  resulted  in  a  gain  of  $0.1  to  operations  under
U.S. GAAP for 2009.

In connection with the termination of the interest rate swap agreements in February 2009, we discontinued
fair value hedge accounting and amortized the cumulative fair value adjustment over the remaining term of
the  Notes.  For  2009,  the  difference  in  the  amount  of  amortization  between  Canadian  and  U.S.  GAAP
resulted in a loss of $3.2 ($3.7 less $0.5 in taxes) charged to operations under U.S.  GAAP.

The gain on the repurchase of Notes was adjusted under U.S. GAAP since the carrying values of the Notes
were not affected by the bifurcation of embedded derivatives, or by the subsequent fair value adjustments
under  Canadian  GAAP.  In  addition,  differences  occurred  as  we  applied  the  ‘‘long-haul’’  method  under
Canadian  GAAP  compared  to  the  ‘‘shortcut’’  method  under  U.S.  GAAP.  We  also  accounted  for  the
amortization of the cumulative fair value adjustment to the hedged debt obligation on a different basis due
to the timing differences in the hedge de-designation under U.S. GAAP. In 2008, we recorded a loss of $0.5
($0.6  less  $0.1  in  taxes)  to  operations  to  adjust  the  gain  on  debt  repurchases  for  U.S.  GAAP.  In  2009,  we
redeemed all of the outstanding 2011 Notes with a principal amount of $489.4. We recorded a loss of $16.3
($18.7  less  $2.4  in  taxes)  to  operations  to  adjust  the  gain  on  debt  repurchase  recorded  under  Canadian
GAAP. We also reversed the write-down in the carrying value of the embedded prepayment option on the
2011  Notes  due  to  hedge  de-designation  and  debt  repurchase  by  $12.5  ($16.7  less  $4.2  in  taxes)  for  U.S
GAAP. For 2009, this resulted in a net charge of $3.8 ($2.0 plus $1.8 in taxes) to operations for U.S. GAAP.

(c) As a result of adopting the pension standards in 2006, we recorded a net pension liability for U.S. GAAP,
representing  the  funded  status  of  pension  and  other  post-retirement  benefit  plans,  and  charged
accumulated other comprehensive loss. Changes to the funded status after initial adoption are recognized
through  comprehensive  income  (loss)  in  the  year  of  the  change.  The  estimated  amounts  that  will  be
amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) during 2010 are as follows: a $2.7 gain in
prior service costs and a net loss of $5.7. There are no pension plan assets that are expected to be returned
to us during 2010.

F-45

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

(d) Accrued  liabilities  include  $97.2  at  December  31,  2009  (December  31,  2008 — $146.0)  relating  to  payroll

and benefit accruals.

Other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP:

(e) Stock-based compensation:

Effective  January  1,  2006,  we  adopted  the  standard  ‘‘Share-based  payments.’’  This  standard  requires
companies  to  expense  the  fair  value  of  stock-based  compensation  awards  through  operations,  including
estimating forfeitures at the time of grant in order to estimate the amount of stock-based awards that will
ultimately  vest.  We  applied  the  fair  value  method  of  accounting  for  awards  granted  subsequent  to
December 31, 2005.

As of December 31, 2009, we have total compensation costs relating to unvested awards that have not yet
been  recognized  of  $33.6  (December  31,  2008 — $30.4),  net  of  estimated  forfeitures.  Compensation  cost
will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining weighted-average period of approximately two
years and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures. We recorded an additional $1.0
to  our  U.S.  GAAP  compensation  expense  for  2007.  There  was  no  difference  between  Canadian  and
U.S. GAAP for 2008. We recorded a reduction of $0.5 to our U.S. GAAP compensation expense for 2009.

As of December 31, 2009, the weighted  average  remaining  life of exercisable options is  5.0 years.

(f) Accumulated other comprehensive loss:

Year ended December 31

2007

2008

2009

Accumulated other comprehensive income  in accordance  with Canadian  GAAP

$ 55.9

$

9.4

$ 55.8

Opening balance of accumulated net loss  on  cash flow hedges . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transitional adjustment — January 1,  2007  (note 9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

(0.5) $ —
—
0.5

Closing balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—

$ —
—

—

Opening balance related to pension and  non-pension  post-employment  benefit

plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(149.0) $(142.5) $(126.2)

Recognition of funded status of defined benefit pension and other

post-employment benefit plans, net of tax  (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6.5

16.3

(1.8)

Closing balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(142.5)

(126.2)

(128.0)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss  in accordance  with U.S. GAAP . . . . . .

$ (86.6) $(116.8) $ (72.2)

(g) Warranty liability:

We  record  a  liability  for  future  warranty  costs  based  on  management’s  best  estimate  of  probable  claims
under our product or service warranties. The accrual is based on the terms of the warranty which vary by
customer,  product  or  service  and  historical  experience.  We  regularly  evaluate  the  appropriateness  of  the
remaining accrual.

F-46

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

The following table details the changes  in the  warranty liability:

Balance at January 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accruals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 23.2
15.5
(13.9)

$ 24.8
14.0
(18.1)

$ 20.7
3.9
(10.8)

Balance at December 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 24.8

$ 20.7

$ 13.8

2007

2008

2009

(h) Accounting for uncertainty in income  taxes:

Effective 2007, we adopted the standard ‘‘Accounting for uncertainty in income taxes,’’ for U.S. GAAP. This
standard prescribes a recognition and measurement model for the accounting of uncertain tax positions and
clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold that a tax position
is  required  to  meet  before  being  recognized  in  the  financial  statements.  The  standard  also  provides
guidance on de-recognition of tax benefits, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting
in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact
on our U.S. GAAP results.

In 2008, we recorded a provision of $7.6 to account for tax uncertainties under Canadian GAAP, which we
did not recognize under U.S. GAAP due to timing. We recognized these tax uncertainties for U.S. GAAP
in 2009.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits, inclusive of interest and
penalties, is as follows:

Balance at January 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions based on tax provisions related to the current year . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increases (reductions) due to foreign  exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increases for tax positions of prior years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reductions relating to settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 88.3
12.8
9.8

—
(31.1)

$ 79.8
3.8
(9.8)
9.3
(12.3)

$ 70.8
1.4
9.3
64.8
(11.4)

Balance at December 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 79.8

$ 70.8

$134.9

2007

2008

2009

The  total  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  for  2009  of  $108.9  (2008 — $61.5;  2007 — $79.8),  if
recognized, would reduce our annual effective tax rate. We expect our unrecognized tax benefits to change
significantly over the next 12 months as a result of ongoing Canadian and foreign tax audits. However, we
are unable to estimate the range of possible change.

We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in current tax expense. We
accrued  net  potential  interest  and  penalties  of  $30.7  related  to  the  unrecognized  tax  benefits  during  2009
(2008 — $3.2;  2007 — $5.7)  and  in  total,  as  of  December  31,  2009,  we  have  recorded  a  net  liability  for
potential interest and penalties of $55.8  (December  31, 2008 — $20.3).

We are subject to taxes in the following jurisdictions: Canada, United States, Mexico, Brazil, Spain, Czech
Republic,  Romania,  Hungary,  Switzerland,  France,  the  United  Kingdom,  Hong  Kong,  China,  Japan,
Thailand, Singapore and Malaysia, all with varying statutes of limitations.

F-47

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

Generally,  the  tax  years  2001  through  2009  remain  subject  to  examination  by  tax  authorities  with  the
exception  of  the  following  jurisdictions  in  which  earlier  years  remain  subject  to  examination  by  tax
authorities:

Canada (specific item under waiver) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hong Kong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1998 - 2000
1998 - 2000

Years

(i) Fair value measurements:

In  2008,  we  adopted  the  standard  ‘‘Fair  value  measurements,’’  which  defines  fair  value  and  prescribes
methods for measuring fair value, including a three level hierarchy of the inputs used to measure fair value.
See note 14 for the disclosure of our financial assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value as at
December 31, 2008 and 2009.

Effective  January  1,  2009,  these  standards  also  applied  to  non-financial  assets  and  liabilities.  In  2009,  we
recorded an impairment charge to write-down certain assets included in property, plant and equipment to
fair value. The fair value of those assets at December 31, 2009 was $18.4 which we measured using level 3
inputs in the fair value hierarchy.

We carry property, plant and equipment at amortized cost. We record impairment losses when the carrying
amount of assets exceed the undiscounted future net cash flows we expect from their use and disposal. The
process  of  determining  fair  values  is  subjective  and  we  exercise  judgment  in  making  assumptions  about
future  results,  including  revenue  and  expense  projections  and  discount  rates,  as  well  as  the  valuation  and
use of appraisals for property. The process and assumptions used to determine these fair values qualify as
level 3 unobservable inputs. We will continue to amortize these assets using their new fair values, over the
remaining useful lives of the assets.

(j) Recently adopted United States accounting  pronouncements:

In 2008, we adopted the standard ‘‘The fair value option for financial assets and financial liabilities,’’ which
permitted entities to elect to measure its financial instruments and certain other eligible items at fair value,
with unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value to be recognized in operations at each
subsequent  reporting  date.  The  fair  value  election  may  be  applied  on  an  instrument  by  instrument  basis,
with  a  few  exceptions.  The  adoption  of  this  standard  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our  consolidated
financial statements. We have chosen not to elect the fair value option for any items that are not already
required to be measured at fair value in accordance with  U.S.  GAAP.

Effective January 1, 2009, we adopted the standard ‘‘Business combinations (revised 2007),’’ which requires
the  use  of  fair  value  accounting  for  business  combinations.  Equity  securities  issued  as  consideration  in  a
business combination are recorded at fair value as of the acquisition date as opposed to the date when the
terms  of  the  business  combination  were  agreed  to  and  announced.  In  addition,  transaction  costs  are
expensed under this standard. This standard is applied prospectively for acquisitions closing after January 1,
2009.  We  do  not  expect  the  adoption  of  this  standard  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our  consolidated
financial statements unless we engage  in a  significant acquisition.

Effective  for  2009,  we  adopted  the  standard  ‘‘Disclosures  about  derivative  instruments  and  hedging
activities  (an  amendment),’’  which  changes  the  disclosure  requirements  related  to  an  entity’s  derivative
instruments  and  hedging  activities.  Entities  are  required  to  provide  enhanced  disclosures  with  respect  to
(1) how and why they use derivative instruments, (2) how derivative instruments and related hedged items
are  accounted  for  under  the  existing  standards,  and  (3)  how  derivative  instruments  and  related  hedged
items affect its financial position, financial  performance and its cash flows. See notes  2(n), 7  and 14.

F-48

CELESTICA INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

(in millions of U.S. dollars)

Effective  for  2009,  we  adopted  the  standard  ‘‘Subsequent  events,’’  which  establishes  general  standards  of
accounting  for  and  disclosure  of  events  that  occur  after  the  balance  sheet  date  but  before  financial
statements are issued or are available to be issued. The adoption of this standard did not have a material
impact on our consolidated financial  statements.

Effective  for  2009,  we  adopted  the  standard  ‘‘The  FASB  accounting  standards  codification  and  the
hierarchy  of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,’’  which  establishes  the  source  of  authoritative
accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied in the presentation of financial statements in
conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP.  The  adoption  of  this  standard  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our
consolidated financial statements.

Effective  for  2009,  we  adopted  the  standard  ‘‘Employers  disclosure  about  post-retirement  benefit  plan
assets,’’  which  requires  additional  disclosures  about  plan  assets  for  defined  benefit  pension  and  other
post-retirement benefit plans. Disclosures are required on investment policies and strategies, categories of
plan assets, fair value measurement of plan assets and concentration risks. See note 13. This standard also
requires plan sponsors to classify their plan assets using the fair value hierarchy to determine fair value. The
three levels of fair value hierarchy, based on the reliability of inputs, is described in note 14. All of our plan
assets  were  measured  at  fair  value  using  level  1  inputs,  such  as  quoted  prices  in  active  markets.  The
adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our  consolidated financial  statements.

21. COMPARATIVE INFORMATION:

We  have reclassified certain prior year information to conform to the  current year’s presentation.

22. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

In January 2010, we completed the acquisition of Scotland-based, Invec Solutions Limited. Invec provides
warranty management, repair and parts management services to companies in the information technology and
consumer electronics markets. The cash purchase price was $6.4.

In  January  2010,  we  announced  our  intention  to  redeem  the  outstanding  2013  Notes  with  a  principal
amount  of  $223.1.  In  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  2013  Notes,  we  will  redeem  the  Notes  at  a  price  of
103.813% of the principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. Based on
the carrying value at December 31, 2009 of $222.8, we expect to incur a loss of approximately $9 on redemption,
which we will record through other charges. We expect to complete the redemption during the first quarter of
2010  using  existing  cash  resources.  As  a  result,  we  have  reclassified  the  2013  Notes  from  long-term  debt  to
current portion of long-term debt on our  consolidated balance  sheet.

F-49